MasterLink Training - Herzing University

Continuing Education Programs(Not for Credit)Summer 2012CE_00155_0412

A MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENTOur primary goal is to provide students with marketable skills leadingto employment. Certainly, that means the technical skills and knowledgerequired in the career field chosen by the student. Our hands-on courseworkand combination of academic and real-world instruction provide those skills.Marketable skills encompass more. Employers also expect technical competencewhile demanding good communication skills, teamwork, positive attitudes,high performance standards, and a willingness to accept responsibility in theworkplace. In order to provide these equally necessary marketable skills, weintegrate communication opportunities in all of our courses and encourage teaminvolvement whenever appropriate. We also demonstrate and emphasize theseperformance standards to our students by requiring completion of a workplacerelatedproject for appraisal.At Herzing University students not only learn the technical and business skillsrequired in professional occupations, they are also expected to develop essentialwork habits. Consequently, we stress the importance of attendance as an integralelement of a complete education and as an important work habit to develop.Important work habits include responsibility and reliability, and attendance inclass is a major factor in both these areas. Further, class attendance benefitsthe student through increased opportunity for learning, added success of teamexperiences, and demonstrated respect for the instructor and fellow students.At Herzing University, we believe in student service. We are focused on providingall that we can to help students graduate, attain their career objectives, andfulfill their goals. We stand ready and able to demonstrate our commitment toyour success.Yours truly,Renée HerzingPresidentMISSION STATEMENTIt is the mission of Herzing University to provide high-quality undergraduate and graduate degrees and diploma programs toprepare a diverse and geographically distributed student population to meet the needs of employers in technology, business,healthcare (including social work), design, and public safety. Career-oriented degree programs include a complementary andintegrated general education curriculum established to stimulate students’ intellectual growth, to contribute to their personaldevelopment, and to enhance their potential for career advancement.

Table of Contents• Continuing Education Locations......................................................................................................................................1• Registration and Policies..................................................................................................................................................2• Madison Campus...............................................................................................................................................................3Nurse Aide Training Program.................................................................................................................................................................... 3• MasterLink Training ...........................................................................................................................................................4MasterLink Certification Paths........................................................................................................................................4CCA for Citrix XenApp 6........................................................................................................................................................................... 4CCAA for Citrix XenApp 5 for Windows Server 2008 ....................................................................................................................... 4CCDA.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4CCENT............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4CCNA 1.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4CCNA 2.......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4CCNA Security.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 4CCNA Voice.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4CCNP.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4CCNP Security.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 4CCNP Service Provider............................................................................................................................................................................... 4CCNP Voice................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4CompTIA A+................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4CompTIA CTT+............................................................................................................................................................................................. 4CompTIA Linux+........................................................................................................................................................................................... 4CompTIA Network+..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4CompTIA Project+........................................................................................................................................................................................ 4CompTIA Security+...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4ITSM V3 Foundation Certification............................................................................................................................................................. 4MCITP Database Administrator................................................................................................................................................................. 5MCITP Database Developer...................................................................................................................................................................... 5MCITP Enterprise Messaging Administrator on Exchange 2010.........................................................................................................5MCITP Server Administrator on Windows Server 2008 ...................................................................................................................... 5MCITP SharePoint Administrator............................................................................................................................................................... 5MCITP Windows 7 Enterprise Desktop Support Technician................................................................................................................. 5Microsoft Lync Server 2010....................................................................................................................................................................... 5Red Hat Certified Engineer........................................................................................................................................................................ 5Red Hat Certified System Administrator.................................................................................................................................................. 5VMware Certified Professional 5............................................................................................................................................................. 5Adobe Courses...............................................................................................................................................................5Acrobat...........................................................................................................................................................................5Adobe Acrobat 8.0 Pro Level 1................................................................................................................................................................ 5Adobe Acrobat 8.0 Pro Level 2................................................................................................................................................................ 5Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Pro Level 1................................................................................................................................................................ 5Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Pro Level 2................................................................................................................................................................ 6Captivate........................................................................................................................................................................6Summer 2012• iVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsTime Management: Get Organized for Peak Performance ............................................................................................................. 13Working Smarter Using Technology to Your Advantage................................................................................................................... 13Writing Reports and Proposals.............................................................................................................................................................. 14Human Resources.........................................................................................................................................................14Anger Management: Understanding Anger—Yours and Others..................................................................................................... 14Building Self-Esteem and Assertive Skills ............................................................................................................................................. 14Celebrating Diversity ............................................................................................................................................................................... 14Change Management: Change and How to Deal With It................................................................................................................. 14Conflict Resolution: Dealing With Difficult People............................................................................................................................... 14Conflict Resolution: Getting Along in the Workplace.............................................................................................................................. 15Employee Dispute Resolution: Mediation Through Peer Review....................................................................................................... 15Hiring Smart: Behavioral and Performance-Based Techniques........................................................................................................ 15Stress Management Training................................................................................................................................................................... 15Sales and Marketing.....................................................................................................................................................15Building Relationships for Success in Sales........................................................................................................................................... 15Dynamic Sales Presentations................................................................................................................................................................... 15Overcoming Objections and Nailing the Sale..................................................................................................................................... 16Prospecting for Leads Like a Pro........................................................................................................................................................... 16Selling Smarter.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 16Using the Telephone as a Sales Tool..................................................................................................................................................... 16Supervisors and Managers...........................................................................................................................................16The ABCs of Supervising Others............................................................................................................................................................ 16Business Leadership: Becoming Management Material..................................................................................................................... 16Coaching: A Leadership Skill.................................................................................................................................................................. 17Conducting Effective Performance Reviews.......................................................................................................................................... 17Customer Service Training: Managing Customer Service.................................................................................................................. 17Delegation: The Art of Delegating Effectively.................................................................................................................................... 17Marketing and Sales................................................................................................................................................................................ 17Motivation Training: Motivating Your Workforce................................................................................................................................ 17Performance Management: Managing Employee Performance...................................................................................................... 18The Professional Supervisor.................................................................................................................................................................... 18Team Building: Developing High-Performance Teams........................................................................................................................ 18Teamwork: Building Better Teams .......................................................................................................................................................... 18Train-the-Trainer...........................................................................................................................................................18Facilitation Skills: Becoming a Great Trainer....................................................................................................................................... 18Train-the-Trainer: Advanced Skills for the Practical Trainer ............................................................................................................. 18Train-the-Trainer: The Practical Trainer................................................................................................................................................. 19Certified Microsoft Technical Courses...........................................................................................................................19Business Intelligence....................................................................................................................................................19Introduction to Microsoft Business Intelligence From SQL 2008 Through SharePoint and Office 2007................................... 19SharePoint 2010 Business Intelligence.................................................................................................................................................. 19Desktop Deployment....................................................................................................................................................19Configuring and Administering Windows 7......................................................................................................................................... 19Summer 2012• iiiVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsInstalling and Configuring the Windows Vista Operating System.................................................................................................. 20Planning and Managing Windows 7 Desktop Deployments and Environments............................................................................ 20Maintaining and Troubleshooting Windows Vista Computers.......................................................................................................... 20Managing Enterprise Desktops Using the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack......................................................................... 21Supporting Windows Vista Computers With Desktop Images and Applications Packages....................................................... 21Troubleshooting and Supporting Windows 7 in the Enterprise........................................................................................................ 21Windows 7, Enterprise Desktop Support Technician.......................................................................................................................... 22Exchange Server...........................................................................................................................................................22Configuring, Managing, and Troubleshooting Microsoft Exchange Server 2010......................................................................... 22Designing and Deploying Messaging Solutions With Microsoft Exchange Server 2010............................................................ 23Designing a High-Availability Messaging Solution Using Microsoft Exchange Server 2007..................................................... 23Designing a Messaging Infrastructure Using Microsoft Exchange Server 2007........................................................................... 24Introduction to Installing and Managing Microsoft Exchange Server 2007.................................................................................. 24Managing Messaging Security Using MS Exchange Server 2007.................................................................................................. 24Monitoring and Troubleshooting Microsoft Exchange Server 2007................................................................................................ 25Planning, Deploying, and Managing Exchange Server 2010 Unified Messaging....................................................................... 25Microsoft Office Communications Server.....................................................................................................................25Implementing and Maintaining IM/Presence, Conferencing, and TelephonyUsing Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007................................................................................................................ 25Office Communications Server 2007 R2 Ignite................................................................................................................................... 26Network........................................................................................................................................................................26Network Administration ........................................................................................................................................................................... 26Security.........................................................................................................................................................................26Designing Security for Microsoft Networks.......................................................................................................................................... 26SharePoint....................................................................................................................................................................27Advanced IT Pro Course for Microsoft Office Sharepoint Server 2007 and Windows Sharepoint Services 3.0 ................. 27Configuring and Administering Microsoft SharePoint 2010............................................................................................................. 27Designing and Developing Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010 Applications................................................................................ 27Designing a Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Infractructure...................................................................................................................... 27Implementing MS Office SharePoint Server 2007............................................................................................................................. 28Implementing Windows SharePoint Services 3.0................................................................................................................................ 28Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Application Development....................................................................................................................... 28Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010 for the Site Owner/Power User............................................................................................... 29PowerPivot for End Users......................................................................................................................................................................... 29SharePoint 2007 Designer Level 1........................................................................................................................................................ 29SharePoint 2007 Designer Level 2........................................................................................................................................................ 29SharePoint 2007 Operations.................................................................................................................................................................. 29SharePoint 2007 Web Development.................................................................................................................................................... 30SharePoint 2010 Advanced Foundation Development...................................................................................................................... 30SharePoint 2010 Designer...................................................................................................................................................................... 30SharePoint 2010 Foundation Level 1.................................................................................................................................................... 30SharePoint 2010 Foundation Level 2.................................................................................................................................................... 30SharePoint 2010 Overview for Developers........................................................................................................................................ 31Summer 2012• ivVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsSharePoint 2010 Overview for IT Professionals................................................................................................................................. 31SharePoint Designer 2010 Level 1........................................................................................................................................................ 31SharePoint Designer 2010 Level 2........................................................................................................................................................ 31SharePoint Server 2010.......................................................................................................................................................................... 32SQL...............................................................................................................................................................................32Designing and Optimizing Database Solutions With Microsoft SQL Server 2008...................................................................... 32Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Integration Services....................................................................... 32Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Reporting Services......................................................................... 33Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Analysis Services............................................................................ 33Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Integration Services....................................................................... 33Implementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Reporting Services......................................................................... 33Implementing a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Database.................................................................................................................... 34Introduction to SQL Server 2008 Administration................................................................................................................................ 34Maintaining a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Database................................................................................................................ 34Querying and Processing SQL Server Data Using Microsoft SQL Server..................................................................................... 34Updating Your Microsoft SQL Server 2008 BI Skills to SQL Server 2008 R2.............................................................................. 34Updating Your SQL Server 2005 Skills to SQL Server 2008.......................................................................................................... 35Writing Queries Using Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Transact (Transact-SQL)............................................................................... 35System Center...............................................................................................................................................................35Planning, Deploying, and Managing Microsoft Systems Center Configuration Manager 2007............................................... 35Visual Studio and .NET.................................................................................................................................................36Developing Data Access Solutions With Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 ......................................................................................... 36Developing Microsoft ASP.NET Web Applications Using Visual Studio.NET.................................................................................. 36Developing Web Applications With Microsoft Visual Studio 2010................................................................................................ 36Developing Windows Applications With Microsoft Visual Studio 2010........................................................................................ 37Developing Windows Communication Foundation Solutions With Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.............................................. 37Introduction to Programming Microsoft.NET Framework Applications With MS Visual Studio 2005.................................................................37Introduction to Web Development With Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 ......................................................................................... 38Microsoft Visual Basic Scripting Edition and Microsoft Windows Script Host Essentials.............................................................. 38Programming in C With Microsoft Visual Studio 2010...................................................................................................................... 38Programming Essentials Using Microsoft C.NET................................................................................................................................... 38Programming Essentials Using Microsoft VB.NET................................................................................................................................. 39Windows Server Configuration.....................................................................................................................................39Configuring, Managing, and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers.................................................................................. 39Configuring and Troubleshooting Identity and Access Solutions With Windows Server 2008 Active Directory.................... 39Configuring and Troubleshooting Internet Information Services in Windows Server 2008........................................................ 40Configuring and Troubleshooting Windows Server 2008 Active Directory Domain Services.................................................... 40Configuring and Troubleshooting a Windows Server 2008 Network Infrastructure................................................................... 40Configuring and Troubleshooting Windows Server 2008 Terminal Services................................................................................ 41Deploying, Configuring, and Administering Microsoft Lync Server 2010...................................................................................... 41Designing a Windows Server 2008 Active Directory Infrastructure and Services...................................................................... 41Designing a Windows Server 2008 Applications Infrastructure ..................................................................................................... 42Designing a Windows Server 2008 Network..................................................................................................................................... 42Summer 2012• vVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsFundamentals of Windows Server 2008............................................................................................................................................. 42Fundamentals of Windows Server 2008 Active Directory............................................................................................................... 42Planning and Designing a Microsoft Lync Server 2010 Solution..................................................................................................... 43Planning and Maintaining a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Network Infrastructure.............................................................. 43Planning for Windows Server 2008 Services..................................................................................................................................... 43Updating Your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008............................................................................... 44Updating Your Applications Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008............................................................ 44Windows Server Management.....................................................................................................................................44Administering Team Foundation Server 2010..................................................................................................................................... 44Automating Administration With Windows PowerShell 2.0.............................................................................................................. 44Automating Windows Server 2008 Administration With Windows Powershell............................................................................ 45Managing, Maintaining, and Securing Your Networks Through Group Policy.............................................................................. 45Managing and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Network Infrastructure Servers................................................................. 45Managing System Center Operations Manager 2007..................................................................................................................... 46Updating Your Windows Server 2008 Technology Specialist Skills to R2.................................................................................... 46Windows PowerShell for Administrators............................................................................................................................................... 46Windows Server Virtualization.....................................................................................................................................46Implementing and Managing Microsoft Desktop Virtualization....................................................................................................... 46Implementing and Managing Microsoft Server Virtualization......................................................................................................... 47Planning and Designing Microsoft Virtualization Solutions............................................................................................................... 47Cisco-Authorized Courses............................................................................................................................................48Application Control Engine..........................................................................................................................................48Implementing the Application Control Engine Service Module v2.0............................................................................................... 48Implementing the Cisco Application Control Engine (ACE) Appliance 1.0..................................................................................... 48ASA..............................................................................................................................................................................48Deploying Cisco ASA Firewall Solutions v1.0...................................................................................................................................... 48Deploying Cisco ASA VPN Solutions v1.0............................................................................................................................................ 48Securing Networks With ASA Advanced v1.0.................................................................................................................................... 48Securing Networks With ASA Foundation............................................................................................................................................ 49CCNA—Core Network Fundamentals..........................................................................................................................49Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks v3.0......................................................................................................................................... 49Cisco Wide-Area Application Services v3.0....................................................................................................................................... 49Data Center Network Infrastructure Designs....................................................................................................................................... 50Designing for Cisco Internetwork v2.1.................................................................................................................................................. 50Implementing Cisco Advanced Storage Networking Solutions v4.2................................................................................................ 50Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks v1.0.................................................................................................................................. 51Implementing Cisco Storage Networking Solutions v4.2................................................................................................................... 51CSE...............................................................................................................................................................................51Cisco Sales Essentials v5.0 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 51Data Center...................................................................................................................................................................51Cisco Data Center Unified Computing Operations............................................................................................................................. 51Data Center Unified Computing Server Integration v4.6................................................................................................................. 52Designing Data Center Application Services....................................................................................................................................... 52Summer 2012• viVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsImplementing Cisco Data Center Network Infrastructure 1.............................................................................................................. 52Implementing Cisco Data Center Network Infrastructure v3.0......................................................................................................... 52Implementing Cisco Data Center Unified Fabric v4.0........................................................................................................................ 53Implementing Data Center Application Services................................................................................................................................ 53Implementation............................................................................................................................................................53Designing Cisco Storage Networking Solutions v4.2.............................................................................................................................. 53Interconnecting Devices................................................................................................................................................53Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Accelerated v.1.1.......................................................................................................... 53Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices v1.1 Part 1...................................................................................................................... 54Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices v 1.1 Part 2.................................................................................................................... 54Intrusion Prevention System.........................................................................................................................................54Implementing Cisco Intrusion Protection Systems v7.0........................................................................................................................ 54IOS................................................................................................................................................................................55Cisco IOS Primer ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 55Cisco IOS XR Software Version 3.4.0 IPv4 Routing (XIPV4R)........................................................................................................... 55Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security v1.0.................................................................................................................................. 55Implementing Cisco IOS Unified Communicatons................................................................................................................................ 55Implementing Cisco MPLS v2.3............................................................................................................................................................... 56Implementing Cisco Quality of Service v2.3....................................................................................................................................... 56IPv6 Fundamentals, Design, and Deployment v3.0 .............................................................................................................................. 56Routing and Switching.................................................................................................................................................56Advanced Routing and Switching .......................................................................................................................................................... 56Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers v3.2................................................................................................................................................ 57Implementing Cisco IP Routing V1.0...................................................................................................................................................... 57Routing and Switching.............................................................................................................................................................................. 57Securing Networks With Cisco Routers and Switches v1.0.................................................................................................................... 57Security.........................................................................................................................................................................57Check Point Security Administrator (CCSA) R71................................................................................................................................. 57Check Point Security Expert (CCSE) R71.............................................................................................................................................. 58Implementing Cisco NAC Appliance v2.1............................................................................................................................................. 58Implementing Cisco Security Monitoring, Analysis, and Response System v2.0............................................................................ 58Telephony.....................................................................................................................................................................58Call Manager Administration IPT v8.0.................................................................................................................................................. 58Implementing Cisco Voice Communications and QoS v8.0 ............................................................................................................... 59VoIP Versus IP Telephony......................................................................................................................................................................... 59Troubleshooting and Maintenance...............................................................................................................................59Troubleshooting Cisco Unified Communications v8.0.......................................................................................................................... 59Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks ......................................................................................................................... 59Troubleshooting Unified Communications v1.0 .................................................................................................................................... 60Unified Communications Manager...............................................................................................................................60Accelerated Unified Communications Manager (v6) and Unity (v5)............................................................................................... 60Administering Cisco Unified Communications Manager v7.0............................................................................................................ 60Administering Cisco Unified Communications Manager v8.0............................................................................................................ 61Summer 2012• viiVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsAdvanced UC for Cisco Account Managers......................................................................................................................................... 61Basics of Unified Communications v1.0................................................................................................................................................. 62Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager Part 1 v8.0................................................................................................ 62Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager Part 2 v8.0................................................................................................ 62Integrating Cisco Unified Communications Applications v8.0........................................................................................................... 62Introducing Cisco Voice and Unified Communications Administration v8.0....................................................................................... 63Unified Contact Center..................................................................................................................................................63Cisco Contact Center Express and Unified IP IVR Deployment v4.0............................................................................................... 63Communications Manager Administration (CMA v8.5)...................................................................................................................... 63UCCE/ICM w/CVP—Unified Contact Center Enterprise/Intelligent Contact Manager Administration w/CVP..................... 64Unified Contact Center Enterprise/Intelligent Contact Manager Administration w/CVP........................................................... 64Unified Contact Center Enterprise/Intelligent Contact Manager Administration w/IP IVR......................................................... 64Unified Contact Center Express Advanced v8.0....................................................................................................................................... 65Unified Intelligence Center............................................................................................................................................65Deploying Cisco Unified Intelligence Center v8.0.............................................................................................................................. 65Unity Connection..........................................................................................................................................................65Implementing Cisco Unity Connection v8.0........................................................................................................................................... 65Implementing Cisco Unified Messaging v5.0....................................................................................................................................... 65Unity Connection Administration v8.5 ................................................................................................................................................... 65VPN..............................................................................................................................................................................66Deploying Cisco ASA VPN Solutions v1.0............................................................................................................................................ 66Wireless........................................................................................................................................................................66Cisco Unified Wireless Networking v7.1.............................................................................................................................................. 66Cisco Wireless LAN Advanced Topics v2.0............................................................................................................................................. 66Implementing Cisco Unified Wireless Networking Essentials v2.0................................................................................................... 66Citrix-Authorized Courses............................................................................................................................................67Presentation Server......................................................................................................................................................67CTX-1264C—Citrix Presentation Server 4.5 and XenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2003: Support..................................... 67CTX-1259C—Citrix Presentation Server 4.5 and XenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2003: Administration.......................... 67XenApp........................................................................................................................................................................67CXA-201-2: Implementing Citrix XenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2008................................................................................... 67CXA-206-1: Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration................................................................................................................................... 68CXA-300-1: Advanced Administration for Citrix XenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2008........................................................ 68XenDesktop..................................................................................................................................................................68Citrix XenDesktop 5 Administration....................................................................................................................................................... 68CompTIA Courses.........................................................................................................................................................68A+................................................................................................................................................................................68CompTIA A+.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 68CompTIA Healthcare IT Technician......................................................................................................................................................... 69CTT+.............................................................................................................................................................................69CompTIA Certified Technical Trainer (CTT+) Exam Prep Course..................................................................................................... 69Linux+..........................................................................................................................................................................70CompTIA Linux+ Certification................................................................................................................................................................. 70Summer 2012• viiiVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsNetwork+.....................................................................................................................................................................70CompTIA Network+.................................................................................................................................................................................. 70Project+........................................................................................................................................................................70CompTIA Project+..................................................................................................................................................................................... 70Security+......................................................................................................................................................................70CompTIA Security + ................................................................................................................................................................................. 70EC Council Courses.......................................................................................................................................................71Ethical Hacking.............................................................................................................................................................71Certified Ethical Hacker........................................................................................................................................................................... 71F5 Courses....................................................................................................................................................................71BIG-IP...........................................................................................................................................................................71BIG-IP LTM Level 1 ................................................................................................................................................................................... 71BIG-IP LTM Level 2 ................................................................................................................................................................................... 71ITIL Courses..................................................................................................................................................................71V3 Operational Support and Analysis.........................................................................................................................71ITIL Operations Support and Analysis................................................................................................................................................... 71V3 Foundation Bridge Program....................................................................................................................................72ITIL Foundations Training.......................................................................................................................................................................... 72ITIL v3 Foundation Bridge Program....................................................................................................................................................... 72ITIL v3 Foundations Training.................................................................................................................................................................... 72Juniper Courses............................................................................................................................................................72Advanced Juniper Networks Routing..................................................................................................................................................... 72Linux System Administration Courses..........................................................................................................................73Red-Hat.........................................................................................................................................................................73JBoss SOA: ESB Service Implementation............................................................................................................................................... 73Red Hat Enterprise Clustering and Storage Management................................................................................................................ 73Red Hat Enterprise Deployment and Systems Management............................................................................................................ 73Red Hat Enterprise System Monitoring and Performance Tuning..................................................................................................... 73Red Hat Linux Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................... 74Red Hat System Administration II........................................................................................................................................................... 74Red Hat System Administration II With RHCSA Exam........................................................................................................................ 74Red Hat System Administration III With RHCSA.................................................................................................................................. 74RHCE Rapid Track Course........................................................................................................................................................................ 75Microsoft Office Courses..............................................................................................................................................75Access..........................................................................................................................................................................75Access 2003 Level 1................................................................................................................................................................................. 75Access 2003 Level 2................................................................................................................................................................................. 75Access 2003 Level 3................................................................................................................................................................................. 76Access 2007 Level 1................................................................................................................................................................................. 76Access 2007 Level 2................................................................................................................................................................................. 76Access 2007 Level 3................................................................................................................................................................................. 76Access 2007 Level 4................................................................................................................................................................................. 77Access 2010 Level 1................................................................................................................................................................................. 77Summer 2012• ixVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsAccess 2010 Level 2................................................................................................................................................................................. 77Access 2010 Level 3................................................................................................................................................................................. 77Microsoft Office Access 2010: Transition From MS Access 2003 (First Look)................................................................................ 78Excel.............................................................................................................................................................................78Excel 2003 Intro to VBA.......................................................................................................................................................................... 78Excel 2003 Level 1................................................................................................................................................................................... 78Excel 2003 Level 2................................................................................................................................................................................... 78Excel 2003 Level 3................................................................................................................................................................................... 78Excel 2007 Level 1................................................................................................................................................................................... 79Excel 2007 Level 2................................................................................................................................................................................... 79Excel 2007 Level 3................................................................................................................................................................................... 79Excel 2007 Level 4................................................................................................................................................................................... 79Excel 2007 VBA........................................................................................................................................................................................ 80Excel 2010 Level 1................................................................................................................................................................................... 80Excel 2010 Level 2................................................................................................................................................................................... 80Excel 2010 Level 3................................................................................................................................................................................... 80Excel 2010: Pivot Tables ......................................................................................................................................................................... 80Microsoft Office Excel 2010: Transition From MS Excel 2003 (First Look).................................................................................... 80Expression Web............................................................................................................................................................81Expression Web 2007............................................................................................................................................................................. 81FrontPage.....................................................................................................................................................................81FrontPage 2003........................................................................................................................................................................................ 81InfoPath........................................................................................................................................................................81InfoPath 2007............................................................................................................................................................................................ 81InfoPath 2010............................................................................................................................................................................................ 81Office............................................................................................................................................................................82Office 2007 New Features..................................................................................................................................................................... 82Office 2010 New Features..................................................................................................................................................................... 82Outlook.........................................................................................................................................................................82Outlook 2003 Level 1.............................................................................................................................................................................. 82Outlook 2003 Level 2.............................................................................................................................................................................. 82Outlook 2007 Level 1.............................................................................................................................................................................. 83Outlook 2007 Level 2.............................................................................................................................................................................. 83Outlook 2010 Level 1.............................................................................................................................................................................. 83Outlook 2010 Level 2.............................................................................................................................................................................. 83Outlook 2010 Level 3.............................................................................................................................................................................. 83PowerPoint....................................................................................................................................................................84Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010: Transition From MS PowerPoint 2003 (First Look)................................................................ 84PowerPoint 2003 Level 1......................................................................................................................................................................... 84PowerPoint 2003 Level 2......................................................................................................................................................................... 84PowerPoint 2007 Level 1......................................................................................................................................................................... 84PowerPoint 2007 Level 2......................................................................................................................................................................... 85PowerPoint 2010 Level 1......................................................................................................................................................................... 85Summer 2012• xVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsPowerPoint 2010 Level 2......................................................................................................................................................................... 85Project...........................................................................................................................................................................85Project 2003.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 85Project 2007.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 86Project 2010 Level 1................................................................................................................................................................................ 86Project 2010 Level 2................................................................................................................................................................................ 86Publisher.......................................................................................................................................................................86Publisher 2003.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 86Publisher 2007.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 87SharePoint....................................................................................................................................................................87SharePoint 3.0 End-User Level 1............................................................................................................................................................ 87SharePoint 3.0 End-User Level 2............................................................................................................................................................ 87Visio.............................................................................................................................................................................87Visio 2003.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 87Visio 2007.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 88Visio 2010.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 88Windows 7...................................................................................................................................................................88Installing and Configuring Windows 7 Client...................................................................................................................................... 88Windows 7 Level 1................................................................................................................................................................................... 88Word.............................................................................................................................................................................89Microsoft Office Word 2010: Transition From MS Word 2003 (First Look).................................................................................. 89Word 2003 Level 1.................................................................................................................................................................................. 89Word 2003 Level 2.................................................................................................................................................................................. 89Word 2003 Level 3.................................................................................................................................................................................. 89Word 2007 Level 1.................................................................................................................................................................................. 90Word 2007 Level 2.................................................................................................................................................................................. 90Word 2007 Level 3.................................................................................................................................................................................. 90Word 2007 New Features...................................................................................................................................................................... 90Word 2010 Level 1.................................................................................................................................................................................. 91Word 2010 Level 2.................................................................................................................................................................................. 91Word 2010 Level 3.................................................................................................................................................................................. 91Miscellaneous Technical Courses.................................................................................................................................91Crystal Reports.............................................................................................................................................................91Crystal Reports XI Level 1....................................................................................................................................................................... 91Crystal Reports XI Level 2....................................................................................................................................................................... 91Developer.....................................................................................................................................................................92Google Apps for Businesses.................................................................................................................................................................... 92Relational Database Design................................................................................................................................................................... 92Working With Agile/Scrum.................................................................................................................................................................... 92IT—Infrastructure..........................................................................................................................................................92SQL: Fundamentals of Querying............................................................................................................................................................ 92QuickBooks..................................................................................................................................................................92QuickBooks 2010...................................................................................................................................................................................... 92Summer 2012• xiVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsWireless Technology.....................................................................................................................................................93Wireless Networking Concepts.............................................................................................................................................................. 93VMware-Certified Courses...........................................................................................................................................93vSphere........................................................................................................................................................................93VMware vSphere: Fast Track (V5.0)..................................................................................................................................................... 93VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage v5.0............................................................................................................................. 93Website Language Courses..........................................................................................................................................93Usability.......................................................................................................................................................................93Introduction to Web Usability................................................................................................................................................................. 93XHTML, HTML, and CSS................................................................................................................................................93Web Design With XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level 1........................................................................................................................... 93Web Design With XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level 2........................................................................................................................... 94Web Design With XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level 3........................................................................................................................... 94• Medical Technology Management InstituteSeminars and Cross-Training.......................................................................................................................................953D/2D Linac Beam Scanning Hands-On Workshop........................................................................................................................... 95Annual Mammography Update for Physicists........................................................................................................................................ 95Annual State-of-the-Art Vascular Ultrasound Seminar...................................................................................................................... 95Bone Densitometry Training Course for Technologists (2.5 Day)...................................................................................................... 95Bone Densitometry Training Course for Technologists (2 Day)............................................................................................................... 96Breast Imaging: Conventional, Digital and Future.............................................................................................................................. 96Breast Ultrasound Training Course for Technologists (3 Day)........................................................................................................... 96Breast Ultrasound Training Course for Technologists (2 Day)........................................................................................................... 96The Cardiac Patient in the Primary or Urgent Care Setting............................................................................................................. 97Comprehensive Mammography Training Course................................................................................................................................ 97Cross-Sectional Anatomy for CT and MRI............................................................................................................................................ 97CT Physics Update.................................................................................................................................................................................... 97CT Training Course for Technologists..................................................................................................................................................... 98Digital Breast Tomosynthesis Hands-On Training Workshop ............................................................................................................ 98Digital Breast Tomosynthesis Imaging................................................................................................................................................... 98Digital Breast Tomosynthesis: Imaging and Implementation............................................................................................................. 98Digital Mammography: The New Modality in Breast Imaging ........................................................................................................ 99Emergency Ultrasound Hands-On Workshop...................................................................................................................................... 99Healthcare Leadership Training Course................................................................................................................................................ 99IMAT/VMAT................................................................................................................................................................................................ 99Introduction to Musculoskeletal Ultrasound.........................................................................................................................................100Mammography Course for Technologists............................................................................................................................................ 100Mammography Review.......................................................................................................................................................................... 100The Many Facets of Forensic Imaging................................................................................................................................................. 100Mastering the Art of Digital Radiography......................................................................................................................................... 101Medical Dosimetry: An Initial Training Course, Part I.......................................................................................................................101Medical Dosimetry: An Initial Training Course, Part II......................................................................................................................101MRI Hands-On Workshop for Physicists.............................................................................................................................................. 102Summer 2012• xiiVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsMRI: Practical Tips for the Technologists............................................................................................................................................. 102MRI Training Course for Technologists................................................................................................................................................. 102MRI Update for Physicists...................................................................................................................................................................... 102Multi-Slice CT Hands-On Workshop for Physicists............................................................................................................................103Multi-Slice CT Protocol Parameters and Dose...................................................................................................................................103Musculoskeletal Imaging in the Digital World...................................................................................................................................103Musculoskeletal Imaging and Pathology ............................................................................................................................................ 103Nuclear Medicine Physics Hands-On Workshop...............................................................................................................................104Optimizing CT Protocols and Dose...................................................................................................................................................... 104PACS Administrator Course: Training in Imaging Informatics..........................................................................................................104Pathology and Diagnostic Imaging...................................................................................................................................................... 104The Physics of Nuclear Medicine.......................................................................................................................................................... 104Practical Applications for Today’s CT Technologist............................................................................................................................105A Review of Bone Densitometry........................................................................................................................................................... 105Stereotactic Breast Biopsy Hands-On Course...................................................................................................................................105Successful Stereotactic Breast Biopsies............................................................................................................................................... 106Surveying Digital Mammography Units Hands-On Workshop.......................................................................................................106Ultrasound Physics Hands-On Workshop............................................................................................................................................ 106Continuing Education Webinars.................................................................................................................................107Bone Densitometry: The Diagnostic Gold Standard...........................................................................................................................107Bone Densitometry: A Registry Review................................................................................................................................................ 107Cross-Sectional Anatomy of the Body for CT and MRI....................................................................................................................107CT Registry Review................................................................................................................................................................................. 107Imaging Pathology of the Chest and Abdomen................................................................................................................................108MRI Accreditation Procedures for Physicists....................................................................................................................................... 108Neuro Cross-Sectional Anatomy for CT and MRI..............................................................................................................................108PACS as a Profession.............................................................................................................................................................................. 108Transition From Staff to Management................................................................................................................................................. 109Inservice Programs.....................................................................................................................................................109Alzheimer’s Disease................................................................................................................................................................................ 109Anatomy of a KUB.................................................................................................................................................................................. 109Bone Tumors ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 109Cancer: An Update for Radiologic Technologists..............................................................................................................................109Chest Radiography................................................................................................................................................................................. 109Conventional and Digital Breast Imaging: Past, Current and Future.............................................................................................110Cranial and Vertebral Trauma............................................................................................................................................................. 110Cranio-Cerebral Trauma....................................................................................................................................................................... 110Diagnostic Imaging of Aneurysms and Vascular Malformations....................................................................................................110Diagnostic Imaging of the Genitourinary System.............................................................................................................................110Diagnostic Imaging of Trauma.............................................................................................................................................................. 110Excellence in Bone Densitometry.......................................................................................................................................................... 110Forensic and Trauma Imaging............................................................................................................................................................... 111Mammography Positioning Course...................................................................................................................................................... 111Summer 2012• xiiiVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of ContentsMastering the Art of Digital Radiography......................................................................................................................................... 111An Overview of Vascular Pathology................................................................................................................................................... 111Pathology and Diagnostic Imaging...................................................................................................................................................... 111Radiologic Signs of Child Abuse.......................................................................................................................................................... 111Trauma and Forensic Radiography: Enhancing Your Skills..............................................................................................................112• Minneapolis CampusCertification in Sealant Application for Dental Auxiliary ...............................................................................................................113DANB General Chairside Refresher.................................................................................................................................................... 113DANB Infection Control Refresher........................................................................................................................................................ 113DANB Radiology Refresher................................................................................................................................................................... 113Elementary Spanish I for Medical and Dental Professionals..........................................................................................................113Expanded Functions Technique Refresher........................................................................................................................................... 114Nitrous Oxide/Oxygen Inhalation Sedation Training......................................................................................................................114Radiology Technique Refresher............................................................................................................................................................ 114• New Orleans CampusNotary Preparation................................................................................................................................................................................ 115• Online CampusCAPM Exam Prep ................................................................................................................................................................................... 116Communicating Through Conflict .......................................................................................................................................................... 116Earned Value Analysis ........................................................................................................................................................................... 116Effective Project Management Practices............................................................................................................................................. 116Energy-Efficient Design for Architects................................................................................................................................................. 116Family Office Set-Up ............................................................................................................................................................................. 116LabSim A+ Essentials Certification Training....................................................................................................................................... 117LabSim A+ Practical Applications Certification Training.................................................................................................................117LabSim CCNA Certification Training................................................................................................................................................... 117LabSim Network+ Certification Training............................................................................................................................................ 117LabSim Security+ Certification Training............................................................................................................................................. 117LEED AP Building Design + Construction (BD+C)..............................................................................................................................118LEED AP Interior Design + Construction.............................................................................................................................................. 118LEED AP Operations + Maintenance (O+M)..................................................................................................................................... 118LEED Green Associate Exam Prep....................................................................................................................................................... 118On-Par Project Management................................................................................................................................................................ 118Payback Analysis.................................................................................................................................................................................... 118PMI-RMP Exam Prep.............................................................................................................................................................................. 119PMP Exam Prep....................................................................................................................................................................................... 119Project Energy Independence............................................................................................................................................................... 119Project Home Improvement.................................................................................................................................................................... 119Project Management Scorecard........................................................................................................................................................... 119Project Prosperity.................................................................................................................................................................................... 119Project Turnaround.................................................................................................................................................................................. 120Rapid Synthesis of the Project Management Body of Knowledge................................................................................................120Virtual Project Teams.............................................................................................................................................................................. 120Summer 2012• xivVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Table of Contents• Orlando CampusBasic EKG Course.................................................................................................................................................................................... 121Central Service Technician Certificate................................................................................................................................................ 121CST Exam Preparation........................................................................................................................................................................... 121IV Certification......................................................................................................................................................................................... 121Nurse Refresher Course ......................................................................................................................................................................... 122Professional NCLEX-RN Remediation Course.....................................................................................................................................122Spanish for Healthcare Professionals.................................................................................................................................................. 122Success Skills for Nursing Applicants................................................................................................................................................... 122Surgical Technology Clinical Externship.............................................................................................................................................. 123Surgical Technologist Certification Review Course ...........................................................................................................................123Summer 2012• xvVisit our website at www.herzing.edu

Continuing Education LocationsCampusesAkron Institute of Herzing University1600 South Arlington Road, Suite 100Akron, OH 44306tel: (330) 724-1600fax: (330) 724-9688email: info@akroninstitute.comAtlanta Campus3393 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 1003Atlanta, GA 30326tel: (404) 816-4533fax: (404) 816-5576email: info@atl.herzing.eduBirmingham Campus280 West Valley AvenueBirmingham, AL 35209tel: (205) 916-2800fax: (205) 916-2807email: info@bhm.herzing.eduBrookfield Campus555 South Executive DriveBrookfield, WI 53005tel: (262) 649-1710fax: (262) 797-9090email: info@brk.herzing.eduKenosha Campus4006 Washington RoadKenosha, WI 53144tel: (262) 671-0675fax: (262) 653-1434email: info@ken.herzing.eduMadison Campus5218 East Terrace DriveMadison, WI 53718tel: (608) 249-6611fax: (608) 249-8593email: info@msn.herzing.eduMinneapolis Campus5700 West BroadwayMinneapolis, MN 55428tel: (763) 535-3000fax: (763) 535-9205email: info@mpls.herzing.eduNew Orleans Campus2500 Williams BoulevardKenner, LA 70062tel: (504) 733-0074fax: (504) 733-0020email: info@nor.herzing.eduOmaha School of Massageand Healthcare of Herzing University9748 Park DriveOmaha, NE 68127tel: (402) 331-3694fax: (402) 331-0280email: info@osmt.comOnline Campus/Herzing UniversityMenomonee Falls Learning CenterW140 N8917 Lilly RoadMenomonee Falls, WI 53051tel: (866) 508-0748fax: (414) 727-7090email: info@onl.herzing.eduOrlando Campus1865 SR 436Winter Park, FL 32792tel: (407) 478-0500fax: (407) 478-0501email: info@orl.herzing.eduToledo Campus5212 Hill AvenueToledo, OH 43615tel: (419) 776-0300fax: (419) 776-0315email: info@tol.herzing.eduContinuing Education DivisionsMasterLink Training555 South Executive DriveBrookfield, WI 53005tel: (262) 754-8020fax: (262) 565-2469email: kkostrewa@masterlinktraining.comMedical TechnologyManagement Institute20900 Swenson Drive, Suite 650Waukesha, WI 53186tel: (262) 717-9797fax: (262) 717-9171email: custservice@mtmi.netSummer 2012Madison West Learning Center3 Point PlaceMadison, WI 53719tel: (608) 620-2200email: mlc-info@herzing.edu• 1Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Registration and Policies• How to RegisterPlease contact, via telephone, the campus or continuing education division that is offering the course(s) you are interested infor available dates, fees, and methods of payment. A listing of campuses/continuing education divisions are listed on thepreceding page. If you are interested in a course, it is very important that you register as early as possible.• Cancellation PolicyHerzing University and its continuing education divisions reserve the right to cancel any course or make any other changes itdeems necessary in order to provide students with the best educational experience possible prior to the course offering date.Fees will be refunded in full if it becomes necessary to cancel a course; however, under no circumstances, will the amountrefunded exceed the amount of the registration fee. Herzing University or its continuing education divisions will not reimbursestudents for the cost of travel or lodging in the event that a class is cancelled. We will make all reasonable attempts to notifystudents of cancellations or changes using the email, phone, and fax contact information provided by the student at the timeof registration. It is recommended that you call the campus or continuing education division offering the course a day prior toyour class to confirm that the class will meet as scheduled.• Refund/Transfer PolicyWe recognize you may occasionally need to cancel a registration. If your plans change, please contact (via telephone) thecampus offering the course at least five business days prior to the course start date, and we will begin the refund process.Unless a separate policy is stated for a specific course, the following applies to all cancellations and refunds: prior to the firstday of class, 100% of the fee paid will be refunded, minus a $10 administrative fee. If class has begun or concluded, refundswill be decided on a case-by-case basis. You may transfer into another course offered by the same campus/continuingeducation division.• Professional Credit and Continuing Education UnitsSome of the courses listed in this catalog qualify for CEUs (continuing education units). CEUs are a way of measuring andofficially recognizing the time and effort the student puts into education for their job or profession. One CEU is equal to 10hours of instruction. CEUs do not constitute academic credit. If the course you have taken qualifies for CEUs, you will be givendocumentation on either the last day of the course, or you will be sent a confirmation of completion of the course to your addressof record following the course. CEUs do not constitute academic credit. The courses and programs outlined in this catalog areintended for professional training or development and do not transfer into any Herzing University degree programs.Summer 2012• Undergraduate and Graduate CatalogsFor information on Herzing University’s for-credit undergraduate or graduate degree programs, as well as details on studentpolicies, see the Herzing University undergraduate or graduate catalogs.• 2Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Madison CampusNurse Aide Training ProgramThis course is designed to meet the Wisconsin Department ofHealth Services training requirements for employment as a nurseaide, also known as nursing assistants, nursing aides, orderlies,and attendants, who perform duties in long-term care facilities,hospitals, and home healthcare agencies. The course contentincludes interpersonal communication skills, medical technology,legal and ethical responsibilities, safe and efficient clinical skillapplications, gerontology, nutrition, infection control, safety/emergency procedures, and the application of wellness andillness concepts. These skills will prepare the student to focus onproviding safe, effective, and caring services to the elderly orchronically ill patient of any age or those with developmentaldisabilities or mental health issues. Successful completion ofthe program prepares the student for the National Nurse AideAssessment Program (NNAAP) written and skills competencyevaluation examination certification in accordance withappropriate Wisconsin state regulations. Students need topass the state test before they can be placed on the WisconsinNursing Assistant Registry.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0024/CENATP• Contact Hours: 144.0• Course Length: 8 weeks• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 3Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingMasterLink Certification PathsPlease see the individual course descriptions following this list ofcertifications for more details.CCA for Citrix XenApp 6• Citrix XenApp 6.5 Administration (CXA-206-1), 5 daysCCAA for Citrix XenApp 5 for Windows Server 2008• Implementing Citrix XenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2008(CXA-201-2), 5 days• Advanced Administration for Citrix XenApp 5.0 forWindows Server 2008 (CXA-300-1), 5 daysCCDA• Designing for Cisco Internetwork v2.1 (DESGN), 5 daysCCENT• Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 v1.1(ICND1), 5 daysCCNA 1• Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 v1.1(ICND1), 5 days• Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 2 v1.1(ICND2), 5 daysCCNA 2• Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices: Acceleratedv1.1 (CCNAX), 5 daysCCNA Security• Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security v1.0 (IINS), 5 daysCCNA Voice• Introducing Cisco Voice and Unified CommunicationsAdministration v8.0 (ICOMM), 5 daysCCNP• Implementing Cisco Switched Networks v1.0 (SWITCH),5 days• Implementing Cisco IP Routing v1.0 (ROUTE), 5 days• Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco IP Networks v1.0(TSHOOT), 5 daysCCNP Security• Securing Networks With Cisco Routers and Switches v1.0(SECURE), 5 days• Deploying Cisco ASA v8.2 Firewall Features (Includes v8.3Upgrade Content) v1.0 (FIREWALL), 5 days• Deploying Cisco ASA VPN Solutions v1.0 (VPN), 5 days• Implementing Cisco Intrusion Preventions Systems v7.0 (IPS),5 daysCCNP Service Provider• Implementing Cisco IP Routing v1.0 (ROUTE), 5 days• Implementing Cisco Quality of Service v2.3 (QOS), 5 days• Implementing Cisco MPLS v2.3 (MPLS), 5 days• Configuring BGP on Cisco v3.2 (BGP), 5 daysCCNP Voice• Implementing Cisco Voice Communications and QoS v8.0(CVOICE), 5 days• Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Part1, v8.0 (CIPT1), 5 days• Implementing Cisco Unified Communications Manager, Part2, v8.0 (CIPT2), 5 days• Troubleshooting Cisco Unified Communications v8.0(TVOICE), 5 days• Integrating Cisco Unified Communications Applications v8.0(CAPPS), 5 daysCompTIA A+• CompTIA A+ (A+), 5 daysCompTIA CTT+• CompTIA Certified Technical Trainer Exam Prep Course(CTT+), 3 daysCompTIA Linux+• CompTIA Linux+ (LINUX+), 5 daysCompTIA Network+• CompTIA Network+ (NET+), 5 daysCompTIA Project+• CompTIA Project+ (PROJ+), 5 daysCompTIA Security+• CompTIA Security+ (SEC+), 5 daysITSM V3 Foundation Certification• ITIL Foundations Training (ITILv3/ITILFT), 3 daysSummer 2012• 4Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingMCITP Database Administrator• Transact-SQL: Writing Queries Using Microsoft SQL Server2008 (2778), 5 days• Maintaining a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Database(6231), 5 daysMCITP Database Developer• Transact-SQL: Writing Queries Using Microsoft SQL Server2008 (2778), 5 days• Implementing a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Database(6232), 5 daysRed Hat Certified Engineer• Red Hat System Administration III With RHCSA (RHCE),5 daysRed Hat Certified System Administrator• Red Hat System Administration II With RHCSA (RHCSA),5 daysVMware Certified Professional 5• VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage v5.0(VMWC), 5 daysMCITP Enterprise MessagingAdministrator on Exchange 2010• Configuring, Managing, and Troubleshooting MicrosoftExchange Server 2010 (10135A), 5 days• Designing and Deploying Messaging Solutions WithMicrosoft Exchange Server 2010 (10233A), 5 daysMCITP Server Administrator onWindows Server 2008• Configuring and Troubleshooting Windows Server 2008Active Directory Domain Services (6425), 5 days• Configuring and Troubleshooting a Windows Server 2008Network Infrastructure (6421B), 5 daysMCITP SharePoint Administrator• Configuring and Administering Microsoft SharePoint 2010(10174), 5 days• Designing a Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Infrastructure(10231A), 5 daysMCITP Windows 7 EnterpriseDesktop Support Technician• Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows 7 Client(6292), 3 days• Planning and Managing Windows 7 Desktop Deploymentand Environments (6294), 5 days• Troubleshooting and Supporting Windows 7 in theEnterprise (6293), 3 days• Planning and Implementing Windows Server 2008(6433A), 3 daysAcrobatAdobe CoursesAdobe Acrobat 8.0 Pro Level 1This course will cover the following areas: accessing informationin a PDF document; creating PDF documents; modifying PDFdocuments; adding PDF navigation aids; working with multiplePDF documents; reviewing PDF documents; and implementingemail-based and browser-based document reviews.• Course Code: A81• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Minimal experience with computers andcommon Microsoft applications such as word processing,spreadsheet, and Web browser applicationsAdobe Acrobat 8.0 Pro Level 2This course will cover the following areas: converting technicaldocuments to PDF files; enhancing and controlling PDF contentaccessibility; customizing PDF documents for interactive useonline; and preparing PDFs for commercial printing.• Course Code: A82• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneAdobe Acrobat 9.0 Pro Level 1Summer 2012Microsoft Lync Server 2010• Deploying, Configuring, and Administering Micrrosoft LyncServer 2010 (10533), 5 days• Planning and Designing a Microsoft Lync Server 2010Solution (10534), 5 daysAdobe Acrobat allows users to share files electronically byemail, over a network, or on the Web so that recipients canview, print, and offer feedback. In this course, students willuse Adobe Acrobat 9.0 to make information more portable,accessible, and useful.• 5Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: This course is designed for office professionalswho need to create and share PDF files and PDF portfolios.• Course Code: A91• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Basic experience with computers and commonMicrosoft applications such as word processing, spreadsheet,and Web browser applicationsAdobe Acrobat 9.0 Pro Level 2In this course, students will use Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Pro to converttechnical documents to PDF files, enhance and control PDFcontent accessibility, customize PDF documents for interactiveuse online, and prepare PDFs for commercial printing.Who Should Attend: Office professionals who want to employthe advanced productivity and creative features of Acrobat9.0 Pro• Course Code: A92• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Pro Level 1CaptivateAdobe Captivate 5.0Adobe CoursesStudents will create software demonstrations and interactivetraining simulations using Adobe® Captivate® 5. Topics coveredinclude exploring the Adobe Captivate 5 environment, creatinga project, updating a project, recording and modifying audio,adding quizzes, publishing a project, and organizing projects.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for beginners andintermediate Adobe® Captivate® 5 users who want to createsoftware demonstrations and interactive simulations.• Course Code: C5• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with the Microsoft®Windows® operating system, Microsoft® Internet Explorer,and basic computer terminologies.DreamweaverAdobe CoursesAdobe Dreamweaver CS5 Level 1Topics covered in this course include designing, building, anduploading a website; identifying basic Web design conceptsand customizing the Adobe Dreamweaver CS5 interface;building a website; designing Web pages; creating reusablesite assets; working with different types of links; and uploadinga website.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for novice Webdesigners, Web developers, website designers, and graphicartists with some programming background who need tobuild simple websites and want to utilize the features ofAdobe Dreamweaver CS5. The course covers Adobe WebCommunication using Dreamweaver CS5 objectives and isintended to help prepare students to take the Adobe CertifiedAssociate Exam.• Course Code: DW51• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Web Design with XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level1 or equivalent skills/knowledgeAdobe Dreamweaver CS5 Level 2Students will develop professional-looking Web pages using theAdobe Dreamweaver CS5 application, work in code view, usecoding tools and features available in Adobe DreamweaverCS5, format Web pages using advanced CSS techniques, workwith AP elements, work with Spry elements, create and validateforms, and integrate external files with Dreamweaver.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Web developers,designers, and administrators who are familiar with the basictools and features of Adobe Dreamweaver CS5 and wantto expand on existing knowledge to gain intermediate toadvanced skills for creating and maintaining more robustinteractive websites. This course covers the Adobe CertifiedAssociate and Adobe Certified Expert exam objectives and isintended to help prepare students to take the Adobe CertifiedAssociate and Adobe Certified Expert exams.• Course Code: DW52• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Dreamweaver CS5 Level 1 or equivalentknowledge/skillsSummer 2012• 6Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingAdobe Dreamweaver CS5 Level 3Adobe Flash CS5 Level 2Students will create and manage database-driven websites,establish database connectivity, work with recordsets, createinteractive page elements, administer database records, createa user authentication system, and administer websites.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Web designersand developers who have experience in using Dreamweaver tobuild websites and have a desire to expand on their knowledgeto create professional, dynamic websites.• Course Code: DW53• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Adobe Dreamweaver CS5 Level 1 and AdobeDreamweaver CS5 Level 2 or equivalent knowledge/skills.FlashAdobe CoursesAdobe Flash CS5 Level 1Students will create and manipulate a wide variety of objectsranging from simple graphic designs to complex animationsequences using the Adobe Flash CS5 application. Topicscovered include getting started with Flash CS5; adding shapes,colors, and lines with drawing and painting tools; creatingsymbols and instances; identifying and comparing imagetypes; manipulating objects; creating and modifying text andconverting text to shapes; identifying animation tools andfeatures and creating an animation; entering simple code inActionScript; and adding a code snippet to Flash.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for designers anddevelopers who are new to Flash. It covers the Adobe RichMedia Communication using Flash Professional CS5 objectivesand is intended to help prepare students to take the AdobeCertified Associate exam.• Course Code: FL51• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with the Windowsenvironment (XP for those using the guide and Vista foronline users), be familiar with the Web and its terminologies,have a basic frame of reference for graphic and designapplications, and have a desire to know the basicterminologies and components of ActionScript and its roleas a Flash programming language.Students will plan, design, and develop complex Flashprojects using the Adobe Flash CS5 application. Topicscovered include planning a Flash project, designing a project,managing symbols, laying out text in a Flash document,creating advanced animations, adding audio to a movie,working with ActionScript 3.0, publishing a movie in differentfile formats, and extending Flash.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for users who wantto expand their introductory skills in developing animations andwork with ActionScript 3.0. This course covers the AdobeCertified Associate exam objectives and is intended to helpprepare students to take the Adobe Certified Associate exam.• Course Code: FL52• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Adobe® Flash® CS5 Level 1 or equivalentskills/knowledge. Students should also have the desire toexpand their knowledge of ActionScript 3.0.IllustratorAdobe CoursesAdobe Illustrator CS5 Level 1Students will use Adobe Illustrator CS5 to create illustrationsthat include graphics and text. Topics covered include gettingacquainted with the Adobe Illustrator CS5 application, creatingshapes in a document, creating custom paths, working with textin an Illustrator document, working with objects, enhancingdocuments, proofing documents to make them more accurate,and saving images for Web and print.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for designers,publishers, pre-press professionals, marketing communicationsprofessionals, or people switching to a design job or taking ondesign responsibilities and who need to use Illustrator to createillustrations, logos, advertisements, or other graphic documents.• Course Code: IL51• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with the basicfunctions of their computer’s operating system such as creatingfolders, launching programs, and working with windows.Students should also have basic Windows application skills,such as copying and pasting objects, formatting text, savingfiles, and so on. Familiarity with basic design terminology,such as palettes, color modes, shapes, text, and paths ishighly recommended.Summer 2012• 7Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingAdobe Illustrator CS5 Level 2Students will create complex illustrations, manage color acrossa range of devices, work with graphs and variables, controlhow illustrations appear on print and the Web, and previewthem on mobile devices.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for designers,publishers, prepress professionals, marketing communicationsprofessionals, or people switching to a design job or taking ondesign responsibilities and who need to use Illustrator to createillustrations, logos, advertisements, or other graphic documents.They will have some previous experience with Illustrator.• Course Code: IL52• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Adobe Illustrator CS5 Level 1 or equivalentknowledge/skillsInDesignAdobe CoursesAdobe InDesign CS5 Level 1Students will utilize Adobe InDesign CS5 to create and delivereye-catching printed documents. Topics covered includeidentifying the various elements of the Adobe InDesign interface,designing documents, enhancing documents with formats, color,and styles, working with page elements, managing objects,working with tables, and finalizing documents.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for students whowant to explore the basic tools and features of InDesign forcreating professional page layout and designs.• Course Code: ID51• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with the functions oftheir computer’s operating system such as creating folders,launching programs, copying and pasting objects, formattingtext, and retrieving and saving files. Familiarity with otherAdobe software applications is helpful but not required.Adobe InDesign CS5 Level 2Students will use the advanced features of Adobe InDesignCS5 to create and design content for the Web and print.Topics covered include handling page elements, managingstyles, developing complex paths, importing and exportingdata to external files, working with XML files, creating dynamicdocuments, managing long documents, exporting InDesign filesto other formats, and adjusting print settings.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for students whowant to expand their entry-level knowledge of Adobe InDesignby using advanced features and collaboration tools.• Course Code: ID52• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Adobe InDesign CS5 Level 1 or equivalentknowledge/skillsPhotoshopAdobe CoursesAdobe Photoshop CS5 Level 1Students will understand and use the various elements in thePhotoshop CS5 interface so as to efficiently work with thesoftware. They will use the different tools in Photoshop forselecting parts of images and identify the need for havinglayers in a Photoshop document. Students will also organize thedifferent components of the design as layers. With the layeredPhotoshop document thus created, they will apply layer effectsand other special effects in order to enhance the appearanceof the design. Once the design is finalized, students will saveimages in both print and Web formats.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for a diverseaudience including, but not limited to, computer-savvyprofessionals who want to create and enhance graphicsfor marketing materials, newsletters, blogs, and websites;photographers who want to work with and prepare photosfor print or Web; students with an interest in graphic designor those with novice design skills; and professionals who wantto learn and use Photoshop CS5 as a complement to otherCS5 programs, such as Illustrator. The course covers the AdobeVisual Communication using Photoshop CS5 objectives and isintended to help prepare students to take the Adobe CertifiedAssociate Exam.• Course Code: PH51• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with the basicfunctions of their computer’s operating system such as creatingfolders, launching programs, and working with windows.Students should also have basic Windows application skills,such as copying and pasting objects, formatting text, savingfiles, and so on.Summer 2012• 8Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingAdobe Photoshop CS5 Level 2Students will enhance the ability to create accurate masks andimage effects, retouch images, work with video files, automaterepetitive tasks, and integrate with other Adobe applications.They will also use image-editing tools in Photoshop to manipulateand enhance the appearance of an image.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for intermediateand advanced users of Photoshop. The course covers theAdobe Visual Communication using Photoshop CS5 and AdobePhotoshop CS5 ACE exam objectives and is intended to helpprepare students to take the Adobe Certified Associate andAdobe Certified Expert exams.• Course Code: PH52• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have taken the Adobe PhotoshopCS5 Level 1 course or have equivalent skills/knowledge.CCDA Boot CampBoot CampsIn this fast-paced five-day boot camp, students will receive thetraining and practice needed to design an efficient and wellbuiltnetwork while also preparing for the CCDA exam 640-863. This course includes the material from the Designing CiscoInternetwork Solutions (DESGN) course, various case studies,and an exam voucher for the CCDA exam. All Cisco ChannelSpecializations, except the SMB, require a valid CCDA as apart of the sales engineer role.Who Should Attend: Design engineers; network administratorsand systems engineers responsible for implementing andmanaging small and medium business networks; networksupport staff that will perform a help desk role in a medium orenterprise-sized company that has an integral network supportescalation staff; network support staff that will act as networkdevice installer and first-line support in a small businessenvironment; customers or account managers who are new toCisco products or just entering the internetworking industry;channel partners looking to achieve certifications for specificspecialization requirements; and Cisco channel specializationsthat require a valid CCDA such as Express Foundation, ExpressUnified Communications, Advanced Unified Communications,Advanced Security, Advanced Wireless, Advanced Routingand Switching, and Advanced Data Center Networking.• Course Code: CCDA• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have the following prerequisiteskills and knowledge: CCNA certification (or equivalentworking knowledge) and Building Cisco Multilayer SwitchedNetworks (BCMSN) (recommended).CCIE Routing and Switching Written Boot CampThis CCIE routing and switching instructor-led written examboot camp contains four consecutive days of intense trainingfrom our Cisco-certified industry experts and one day oftesting. This course is specifically designed to assist studentsin passing their CCIE routing and switching written exam. TheCCIE (Cisco Certified Internetworking Expert) routing andswitching certification validates the expert knowledge andmastery of skills required to configure and manage all elementsfound within the Cisco CCIE Routing and Switching Blueprint.Class length is four consecutive days of training and one dayof testing. In addition to classroom time, there will be dailyhomework assignments to be completed at night. These are veryfull days, so students should arrive at our facility rested andprepared to work. Each student receives dedicated instructormentoring to ensure all concepts are completely understood.The courseware is updated to reflect the current content of theCCIE routing and switching written exam. Our courseware isupdated after each class based on previous feedback. Freepractice questions and one test attempt is included.Who Should Attend: This class is designed for the studentwishing to expedite the CCIE routing and switching writtenexam process.• Course Code: CCIE1• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Review of the eBook material included with thiscourse in advance of attending. A basic understanding ofall of the technologies listed on the Cisco CCIE Routing andSwitching Written Exam Blueprint.ICM BootcampThis course is intended for personnel within the call centerenvironment who will have day-to-day interaction with theICM product from Cisco. The course combines elements fromtwo separate five-day courses: ICM Product Training (ICMPT),and ICM System Administration (ICMSA). The course startswith an overview of ICM from the 40,000-foot level downto fundamental network design and ICM component processinteraction. The students spend several days performing ICMconfiguration, basic scripting, and basic reporting—buildinga duplexed ICM system from the ground up to accommodatetwo geographically dispersed contact centers. The course alsospends quality time with installation and troubleshooting ofSummer 2012• 9Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingcomponents to include Web View, Internet Script Editor (ISE),Peripheral Gateway (PG) installation, database schemaoverview, external database connectivity and configuration,hot fix installation, and command line troubleshooting (rttest,opctest, procmon, dumplog).Who Should Attend: This course is designed for call centermanagers, product managers, console operators, telecomanalysts, application developers, and other individualsresponsible for designing and implementing the ICMconfiguration, designing and monitoring ICM scripts, andGenerating ICM reports.• Course Code: ICM• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Working knowledge of MS Windows-NTserver, working knowledge of TCP/IP networking, andfamiliarity with call center operations (ADC, network andany IVR implementation)MCITP Server Administrator Boot Camp/MCITP Windows 7 Enterprise Support TechnicianThis boot camp will prepare qualified Microsoft professionalsto earn the Microsoft Certified IT Professional (MCITP): ServerAdministrator and MCITP: Enterprise administrator certificationsfor Server 2008. In this intensive test-preparation programwhere the goal is certification, students will practice samplequestions and take simulated exams using Transcender, theindustry-leading test-preparation product. This boot campincludes all the exams needed for certification, along with onefree retake voucher for each exam if needed. A fast-paced,rapid review session prior to each exam covers key material,providing comprehensive exam preparation.• Course Code: MCITP2• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneInterconnecting CiscoNetworking Devices Accelerated v1.1Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices—Acceleratedv1.0 is an instructor-led course that provides students withthe knowledge and skills necessary to install, operate, andtroubleshoot a small- to medium-sized network, includingconnecting to a WAN and implementing network security.This course is the equivalent of Interconnecting Cisco NetworkDevices Part 1, v1.0 and Interconnecting Cisco NetworkDevices Part 2, v1.0 together. This boot camp will serve toreview and expand on what the candidate already knowsand add to it the detailed configuration and implementationof Cisco IOS devices.Prospective CCNAX v1.0 students should prepare themselves forcourse days consisting of at least 10 hours and as long as 12hours. Homework will be assigned and reviewed daily.Who Should Attend: The ideal candidate would be someonewho has worked in a data network environment (PC support/helpdesk or network operations/monitoring) and has hadhands-on experience, though no formal training, with CiscoIOS devices. The primary audience for this course is networkadministrators, network engineers, network managers, andsystems engineers. The secondary audience for this course isnetwork designers and project managers.• Course Code: CCNAX• Contact Hours: 60.0• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Basic computer literacy, basic MicrosoftWindows navigation skills, and basic Internet usage skillsMCITP Server and EnterpriseAdministrator Combo Boot CampThis boot camp will prepare qualified Microsoft professionalsto earn the Microsoft Certified IT Professional (MCITP): ServerAdministrator certification for Server 2008. In this intensive testpreparationprogram where the goal is certification, studentswill practice sample questions and take simulated exams usingTranscender, the industry-leading test-preparation product. Afast-paced, rapid review session prior to each exam coverskey material, providing comprehensive exam preparation.• Course Code: MCITP• Contact Hours: 97.5• Course Length: 15 days• Prerequisite: NoneSQL Business Intelligence Boot CampThis boot camp will prepare qualified Microsoft professionalsto earn the Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist (MCTS):Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Business Intelligence certification.This program is truly dual purpose: for cutting-edge skillsdevelopment, students are provided with expert instructionand the Intense School brand of hands-on labs that areaccelerated and based on real-world scenarios; for testpreparation,students will practice sample question and takesimulated exams using Intense Schools time-test proprietarypractice exams.• Course Code: MSQL• Contact Hours: 32.5Summer 2012• 10Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneSystem Center ClientManagement Suite Boot CampThis instructor-led course provides students with the knowledgeand skills to deliver Proof-of-Concepts and implement solutionsbased on the System Center Client Management Suite. Thecourse focuses on typical scenarios for planning, deploying,and managing clients using the Microsoft System Centerfamily of products: System Center Configurations Manager2007, System Center Operations Manager 2007, SystemCenter Data Protection Manager 2007, and System CenterService Manager 2010. The course discusses frameworks andmethodologies for planning client management solutions andenables students to deliver Proof-of-Concept engagementsusing Client Management Suite.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for technical presales,engagement, and delivery consultants from MicrosoftCertified Partners.• Course Code: 50252• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: Students must have network and systemadministration knowledge, Active Directory knowledge,and familiarity with Microsoft System Center products(recommended).Business Soft Skills CoursesBusiness Soft Skills CoursesCareer DevelopmentBusiness Case AnalysisThis course is an in-depth presentation of the business caseanalysis process required to support decisions concerningperformance-based logistics. It provides students with a stepby-stepmethod for development of the BCA. At the completionof the course, students should be capable of participatingas an integral member of a PBL team in development andmaintenance of the BCA.• Course Code: BCA• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneBusiness Writing That WorksThis two-day workshop will teach participants how to use thefive Cs of writing; ensure their writing meets basic grammaticalstandards, including word agreement, sentence construction,proper spelling, and punctuation; differentiate between theactive and passive voice; and write business letters, reports,memos, and emails.• Course Code: SSBW• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012Business EthicsBusiness Ethics for the OfficeThis workshop will not provide participants with an easy wayto solve every ethical decision they will ever have to make.It will, however, help define the ethical framework to makesolving those ethical dilemmas easier. We’ll also look at sometools that can be used when facing an ethical decision aswell as techniques that can be used so you don’t get stuck inan ethical quandary. Best of all, we’ll look at a lot of casestudies so that participants can practice making decisions ina safe environment.• Course Code: SSBE• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneCommunications StrategiesThis course covers the following topics: identifying commoncommunication problems; developing skills in asking questions;identifying non-verbal messages and what they are tellingothers; developing skills in listening actively and empathetically;enhancing the ability to handle difficult situations; and dealingwith situations assertively.• Course Code: SSCS1• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneCustomer Service: Critical ElementsThis two-day workshop will help teach participants how torecognize that service delivery is an individual response value,• 11Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingunderstand how an individual’s behavior impacts the behaviorof others, develop more confidence and skill as a problemsolver,communicate more assertively and effectively, andmake customer service a team approach.• Course Code: SSCS2• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 day• Prerequisite: NoneMeeting Management:The Art of Making Meetings WorkMeetings come in all shapes and sizes, from the convention toa quick huddle in an office hallway. This two-day program willbe concerned with small working meetings and with groupsthat have a job to do and require the energy, commitment, andtalents of those who participate. Participants will understandthe value of meetings as a management tool, recognize thecritical planning step that makes meeting time more effective,identify process tools that can help create an open and safeforum for discussion, and develop and practice techniques forhandling counterproductive behavior.• Course Code: SSMM• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 day• Prerequisite: NoneThe Minute Taker’s WorkshopWhether at work or in the community, people are involvedin meetings. Meetings are costly, even if they are held in acompany boardroom. To ensure meetings are productive andworth the expense involved, three ingredients are necessary:an assurance of closure, a strong chair or leader, and accurateminutes. It has been said that if the minutes of a meeting arenot accurate, then the meeting may just as well not have takenplace. If people can’t remember or agree on what actuallyoccurred at a meeting, how can the group effectively accomplishits objectives? This one-day workshop helps minute-takersunderstand their role and the best techniques for producingminutes that include all the essential information needed.• Course Code: SSMT1• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneNegotiating for ResultsAt the conclusion of this workshop, participants will understandhow often we all negotiate and the benefits of good negotiationskills, recognize the importance of preparing for the negotiationprocess, regardless of the circumstances, identify the variousnegotiation styles, their advantages and disadvantages,develop strategies for dealing with tough or unfair tactics, gainskill in developing alternatives and recognizing options, andhave the opportunity to practice the “how to” of these skills ina supportive environment.• Course Code: SSNF• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneProblem Solving and Decision MakingIf you are tired of applying dead-end solutions to recurringproblems in your company, this two-day workshop shouldhelp you reconstruct your efforts and learn new ways toapproach problem solving and develop practical ways tosolve some of your most pressing problems as well as reachwin-win decisions.• Course Code: SSPS3• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneProject Management:Understanding Project ManagementProject management isn’t just for construction engineers andmilitary logistics experts anymore. Today, in addition to theregular duties of one’s job, we are often expected to takeon extra assignments—and to get that additional job donewell, under budget, and on time. This workshop is not intendedto take one from a supervisory or administrative position tothat of a project manager. However, these three days willfamiliarize participants with the most common terms and themost current thinking about projects.• Course Code: SSPM1• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 12Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingPublic SpeakingDo you get nervous when presenting at company meetings?Do you find it hard to make conversation at gatherings andsocial events? Do you lock up in awkward social situations? Ifso, this one-day workshop is just for you! It’s aimed at anyonewho wants to improve their speaking skills in informal situations.This course will give participants the confidence and skills tointeract with others and to speak in informal situations and infront of small groups.• Course Code: SSPS1• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NonePublic Speaking: Presentation Survival SchoolA great presenter has two unique qualities: appropriate skillsand personal confidence. This confidence comes from knowingwhat one wants to say and being comfortable with one’scommunication skills. In this two-day workshop, participantswill master the skills that will make them a better speakerand presenter.• Course Code: SSP• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneSkills for the Administrative AssistantThis workshop is about working to the best of your abilities andencouraging the best in those who work with you or for you. Thisworkshop will help participants understand the importance ofprofessional presence on the job, learn how to self-manage tobecome more effective and efficient, improve communicationsskills, including listening, questioning, and being more assertive,and increase effectiveness in recognizing and managingconflict and in dealing with difficult people.• Course Code: SSSA• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneSpeakEasy:Conquering Your Fear of Speaking in PublicDo you get nervous when presenting at company meetings? Doyou find it hard to make conversation at gatherings and socialevents? Do you lock up in awkward social situations? If so, thisone-day workshop is just for you! It’s aimed at anyone who wantsto improve their speaking skills in informal situations. We’ll giveyou the confidence and the skills to interact with others and tospeak in informal situations and in front of small groups.• Course Code: SSSE• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneTime Management:Get Organized for Peak PerformanceTime is money, so the adage goes, and lots of it gets lost indisorganization and disruption. This one-day workshop helpsorganize and prioritize for greater workplace efficiency.Participants will learn to get a grip on office space, organizework flow, learn how use a planner effectively, say no withoutguilt, and delegate work to other people. This workshop isfull of ideas for organizing work areas and paperwork andworking on the “right” things.• Course Code: SSTM• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneWorking SmarterUsing Technology to Your AdvantageTechnology is supposed to save us time and make our liveseasier, but often it only complicates things. This course isdesigned to teach you, the manager, how to use technologyto your advantage so that you and your staff work smarter,not harder. We’ll cover topics such as using ergonomicsto prevent repetitive strain injuries (RSI); creating policiesand procedures to make sure company resources are usedproperly, the best ways to use time-saving software (includinge-mail, instant messaging, contact management software, andscheduling applications), and how to implement and managetelecommuting. This course will also discuss what to do whenemployees get angry with computers and how to deal withcommon problems related to technology.• Course Code: SSWS• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 13Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWriting Reports and ProposalsCelebrating DiversityThis course is intended to help participants accomplish thewriting their job demands. Managers at any level in business,government, or industry must write reports. Managers mustwrite to explain things, to smooth relationships, and/or toconvince others of the value of some course of action. Suchwriting must be clear, concise, complete, and correct. It mustalso convey the message in a courteous tone. This workshop willhelp participants identify the range of this kind of writing, theforms it takes, and the persuasive techniques it requires.• Course Code: SSWR• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneHuman ResourcesBusiness Soft Skills CoursesAnger Management:Understanding Anger—Yours and OthersThis one-day workshop will help teach participants how torecognize how anger affects the body, mind, and behavior;use the five-step method to break old patterns and replacethem with a model for assertive anger; control emotions whenfaced with other peoples’ anger; and identify ways to helpother people safely manage some of their repressed orexpressed anger.• Course Code: SSAM• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneBuilding Self-Esteem and Assertive SkillsThis course will help teach participants what diversity andits related terms mean as well as to be aware of diversityand where they can improve. It will also help participants tounderstand how changes in the world can affect them andtheir view, how to identify one’s stereotypes, what termsare politically correct, which are not, and why, the fourcornerstones of diversity, what the pitfalls are relating todiversity and how to avoid them, a technique for dealing withinappropriate behavior, a management style to encouragediversity, and what to do if you or one of your employeesfeels discriminated against.• Course Code: SSCD• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneChange Management:Change and How to Deal With ItThis workshop will help teach participants how to accept thatthere are no normal or abnormal ways of reacting to change,but that we must start from where we are; see change not assomething to be feared and resisted, but as an essential elementof the world to be accepted; understand that adapting tochange is not technical but rather an attitude, and that changeis not an intellectual issue but one that strikes at who you are;recognize that before we can embrace the way things will be,we must go through a process of grieving and letting go ofthe way things used to be; and identify strategies for helpingchange be accepted and implemented in the workplace.• Course Code: SSCM• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012This workshop will help teach participants how to grow in theconviction that they are competent and worthy of happiness,make a positive first impression, turn negative thoughts intopositive thoughts, make requests in order to get what is wanted,and find ways to connect with people.• Course Code: SSBS• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneConflict Resolution: Dealing With Difficult PeopleDuring this workshop, participants will learn how their attitudesand actions impact others; new and effective techniques fordealing with difficult people; coping strategies for dealing withdifficult people and difficult situations; how to identify timeswhen they have the right to walk away from a difficult situation;and techniques for managing and dealing with anger.• Course Code: SSCR1• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: None• 14Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingConflict Resolution: Getting Along in the WorkplaceDuring this workshop, participants will learn what conflict is andhow it can escalate; the five most common conflict resolutionstyles; how to increase positive information flow through nonverbaland verbal communication skills; effective techniquesfor intervention; how to strengthen staff trust and morale; andhow to be more confident of one’s ability to manage conflicts.• Course Code: SSCR2• Contact Hours: 13• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneStress Management TrainingThis workshop will explore the harmful long-term effects of stresson our mental and physical health and provide suggestions formanaging our individual stresses more effectively. Strategiesmay include changes in lifestyle, stress management techniquessuch as relaxation and exercise, and the use of music or humoras coping strategies.• Course Code: SSSM• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneEmployee Dispute Resolution:Mediation Through Peer ReviewThe peer review process offers employees a chance to use aformalized procedure. Topics covered include the following:a definition of peer review; initiating the process; the peerreview panel; choosing a facilitator; choosing the panel; thepanel’s contract; the panel’s role and responsibilities; askingquestions; the peer review process; preparing for the hearing;the hearing; making the decision; panel walkthrough; andwhy the process sometimes fails.• Course Code: SSED• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneHiring Smart: Behavioraland Performance-Based TechniquesBehavior interviewing is a very reliable and valid candidateselection technique based on the work of Tom Janz, Universityof Calgary. While we may say that past behavior is thebest indicator of future behavior, we don’t always act as ifwe believe this when we are interviewing candidates—oftenbecause we aren’t certain how to ask questions that will tell usabout past performance. This workshop concentrates on thepre-interview preparation, developing questions and theirvalue, the interview techniques that get specific, behaviorbasedexamples of past performance, and the strategies thatfollow through on this process.• Course Code: SSHS• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneBusiness Soft Skills CoursesSales and MarketingBuilding Relationships for Success in SalesNo one questions that making friends is a good thing. However,it’s not an easy thing, particularly when you’re cultivatingbusiness relationships. How do you make friends with customersyou don’t like? How do you find common ground when thereappears to be none? How do you start networking when yougo to a business convention and you don’t know anyone? Theseare just some of the difficult questions that you may face in yourday-to-day work as a salesperson. In this one-day workshop,participants will discover that the business of business is makingfriends and the business of all sales professionals is makingfriends and building relationships. Strategic friendships willmake or break any business, no matter how big and no matterwhat kind of market.• Course Code: SSBR• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneDynamic Sales PresentationsThis workshop will focus on formal written proposals and inpersonpresentations. Topics include business writing basics;writing a proposal; getting thoughts on paper; planningthe proposal; basic formats; editing; the finishing touches;the handshake; the professional handshake; evaluation;getting ready for the presentation; elements of a successfulpresentation; positives and negatives; dressing appropriately;dealing with questions; and presentations.• Course Code: SSDS• Contact Hours: 6.5Summer 2012• 15Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneOvercoming Objections and Nailing the Sale• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneUsing the Telephone as a Sales ToolMost sales professionals are always looking for ways toovercome customer objections and close the sale. This workshopwill help participants plan, prepare, and execute proposalsand presentations that address customer concerns, reducethe number of objections encountered, and improve battingaverages in closing the sale.• Course Code: SSOO• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneProspecting for Leads Like a ProProspecting is the key to sales success. Success today is a resultof the prospecting done six months ago. In this workshop,participants will become skilled at networking and learn the80/20 rule. After the workshop, participants will know whoto target and how to target them, and they will rememberto do some prospecting every day through warming up coldcalls, following up on leads, or networking. Participants willalso build a personal prospecting plan to ensure the future byplanting seeds daily.• Course Code: SSPL• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneSelling SmarterIt’s no secret that selling has changed in recent years. This isan exciting and dynamic profession, yet it is one of the mostunderrated and misunderstood, at least in recent years. Theback-slapping sleazy, joke-telling huckster has disappeared,and there is a new generation of sales professionals—highlytrained and groomed, with the characteristics of honesty,trustworthiness, and competence. Broadly defined, today’stop salespeople are in the business of identifying needs andpersuading potential customers to respond favorably to anidea that will result in mutual satisfaction for both the buyerand the seller. This workshop will help participants developthese skills, enabling them to sell smarter.• Course Code: SSSS• Contact Hours: 6.5We never stop learning how to improve our selling skills.Virtually everybody in sales today sells over the phoneat least part of the time. Perhaps it is time to evaluate howyou use the telephone and where it fits into your sales andmarketing mix. The telephone can supplement, enhance, andsometimes replace other means of marketing and selling. Thispersonal approach can dramatically increase sales success.This workshop will help participants hone their communicationskills as well as their ability to persuade and personalize eachsales call to the person and situation.• Course Code: SSUT• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneBusiness Soft Skills CoursesSupervisors and ManagersThe ABCs of Supervising OthersThis workshop is for new supervisors or people interested in asupervisory position as well as those who are lead hands or parttimesupervisors without a great deal of authority. This workshop isdesigned to help participants overcome many of the supervisoryproblems encountered in the first few weeks as a boss. Dealingwith the many problems a new supervisor encounters isn’t easy,but it doesn’t have to lead to discouragement.• Course Code: SSABC• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneBusiness Leadership:Becoming Management MaterialThis three-day workshop will help participants learn how tomaster Peter Senge’s five disciplines, add Kouzes and Posner’sfive practices to their life, build trust with their employees,develop key management skills, including change management,time management, critical thinking, delegation, problemsolving, presentation strategies, communications, strategicplanning, and feedback techniques, and use Robert Cialdini’ssix influence strategies to their advantage.Summer 2012• 16Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Code: SSBL• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneCoaching: A Leadership SkillThis one-day workshop will teach participants how to usecoaching to develop their team, develop the coaching skillsthat help improve individual performance, demonstrate thebehaviors and practices of an effective coach, recognizeemployees’ strengths, and give them the feedback they needto succeed.• Course Code: SSCL• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneConducting Effective Performance ReviewsThis three-day workshop will teach participants the following:the importance of having a performance review process, howto work with employees to set performance standards andgoals, skills in giving feedback, listening, and asking questions,a proven interview process, and how to make the performancereview legally defensible.• Course Code: SSCE• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneDelegation: The Art of Delegating EffectivelyDelegation is one of the hardest skills for a manager to master;however, the skill can be learned. This one-day workshop willexplore many of the facets of delegation—when to delegate,and who to delegate to. We will also go through the delegationprocess, step by step, to see where the pitfalls lie and what canbe done to get around them.• Course Code: SSDA• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneMarketing and SalesA small marketing budget doesn’t mean goals and businessobjectives can’t be met—businesses just have to be morecreative in their marketing tactics. This one-day workshop willshow participants how to get maximum exposure at minimumcost. Participants will recognize what is meant by the term“marketing,” discover how to use low-cost publicity to get theirname known, learn how to develop a marketing plan and amarketing campaign, use time rather than money to markettheir company effectively, and understand how to perform aSWOT analysis.• Course Code: SSMS• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneMotivation Training: Motivating Your WorkforceSummer 2012Customer Service Training:Managing Customer ServiceThis one-day workshop will teach participants how to identifyways to establish links between excellence in customer serviceand business practices and policies, develop the skills andpractices that are essential elements of a customer servicefocused manager, recognize what employees are looking forto be truly engaged, recognize who their customers are andwhat they are looking for, and develop strategies for creatingengaged employees and satisfied customers.• Course Code: SSCS3• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneIt’s no secret—employees who feel they are valued andrecognized for the work they do are more motivated,responsible, and productive. This one-day workshop will helpsupervisors and managers create a more dynamic, loyal andenergized workplace. It is designed specifically to help busymanagers and supervisors understand what employees wantand to give them a starting point for creating champions.• Course Code: SSMT2• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: None• 17Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingPerformance Management:Managing Employee PerformanceThis three-day course is for supervisors who wish to betterunderstand themselves and others through completing andinterpreting personality typing. Participants will developproblem-solving and decision-making skills and exploreperformance management issues.• Course Code: SSPM2• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Nonethe Gradients of Agreement, learn how to identify team playerstyles, and learn ways to become a better team player.• Course Code: SSTW• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneTrain-the-TrainerBusiness Soft Skills CoursesFacilitation Skills: Becoming a Great TrainerThe Professional SupervisorWith a host of new challenges and responsibilities to tackle,new supervisors need training like never before. Learning howto supervise new employees on a trial-and-error basis canlead to discouragement. This workshop can help participantsovercome many of the supervisory problems a new “boss”may encounter.• Course Code: SSPS2• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneTeam Building:Developing High-Performance TeamsThis three-day workshop will teach participants how toidentify different types of teams, build teamwork byrecognizing and tapping into the twelve characteristics of aneffective team, promote trust and rapport by exploring teamplayer styles and how they impact group dynamics, recognizethe key elements that move a team from involvement toempowerment and learn how to give these elements to theteam, develop strategies for dealing with team conflict andcommon situations, and use action planning and analysis toolsto help a team perform better.• Course Code: SSTB• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneTeamwork: Building Better TeamsThis workshop will help participants learn about the differentkinds of teams, discover how to develop team norms, reviewIt is impossible to be part of an organization today and notattend meetings. Staff meetings, project meetings, planningand coordinating meetings—they all take time. There has beena growing realization that we have to pay attention to theprocess elements of meetings if we want them to be effective.With its focus on asking rather than telling, and listening tobuild consensus, facilitation is the new leadership ideal—thecore competency everybody needs. Managers and supervisorsare often asked to facilitate rather than instruct or managetheir meetings and training sessions. This two-day workshop hasbeen created to make core facilitation skills better understoodand readily available for your organization. It representsmaterials and ideas that have been tested and refined overtwenty years of active facilitation in all types of settings.• Course Code: SSFS• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneTrain-the-Trainer:Advanced Skills for the Practical TrainerBehind every spectacular training session is a lot of preparationand meticulous attention to detail. The truly skilled trainer canmake a program exciting. The learners will have fun whilethey are learning. The facilitator has been able to involvetheir emotions as well as their minds. Participants will see theinvolvement and feel the energy. To reach this stage as anadult educator isn’t always easy, but success isn’t just for thenaturally gifted. It is possible for all of us who put effort intoour personal growth and development because we want theenormous satisfaction that comes from working with others tohelp them reach their potential as human beings.• Course Code: SSAPT• Contact Hours: 6.5Summer 2012• 18Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneTrain-the-Trainer: The Practical TrainerThis workshop is designed to help the individual who is not(or at least not yet) a professional trainer. The focus is onthe supervisor, manager, or brand new trainer who has beenasked to present or train a group of individuals—a task forwhich he or she has little prior experience. This on-the-jobtraining can strike fear into the heart of the most skilled andexperienced employee.• Course Code: TPT• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneCertified Microsoft Technical CoursesBusiness IntelligenceIntroduction to Microsoft BusinessIntelligence From SQL 2008 ThroughSharePoint and Office 2007This instructor-led course provides students with the knowledgeand skills to develop Microsoft end-to-end business solutionsusing SQL Server 2008 in an integrated environment withSharePoint and Office 2007. The course introduces the studentsto Microsoft Unified Data Model, SQL 2008 Analysis Services,Integration Services, Reporting Services, Report Builder 2.0,SharePoint 2007 Integration, Reporting Services ContentTypes, Business Data Catalog, and Business Intelligence WithExcel 2007 and Visio 2007.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for DBAs, developers,and business intelligence professionals seeking an introductionto the Microsoft BI Stack, whether for new or existing projectsor migration to the Microsoft environment.• Course Code: 50263• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have a working knowledge ofRDBMS, a working knowledge of Business Intelligence Studio,a working knowledge of Excel and the Office Ribbon, andan understanding of the goals of business intelligence.SharePoint 2010 Business IntelligenceThis five-day instructor-led course explores how to useSharePoint as the platform for business intelligence. Journeythrough the SharePoint Business Intelligence Center, ExcelServices, Reporting Services, Analysis Service, PerformancePoint, and PowerPivot to implement BI strategies and enableyour decision-makers to see data in new and dynamic ways!This course will take the student down a path of building a BIenvironment from scratch to full interactive dashboards usingthe Microsoft BI Stack.Who Should Attend: This course is for senior business intelligencearchitects and consultants, senior business analysts, or anyoneresponsible for implementing BI with SharePoint.• Course Code: 50429• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have an understanding of theSharePoint 2010 user interface, database reporting concepts,and familiarity with data marts and data warehouses.Certified Microsoft Technical CoursesDesktop DeploymentConfiguring and Administering Windows 7This five-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to configure and administer MicrosoftWindows 7 as a standalone installation or in a corporateenvironment as a part of a Windows Active Directorydomain. It can also be used to prepare for exam 70-680 TS:Windows 7, Configuring. The contents of the course providestudents with the ability to create and deploy images,configure hardware and software, configure networking,and backup and restore system information. The coursealso provides a complete set of exercises on installing andconfiguring DirectAccess in the classroom.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for noviceand experienced network administrators, desktop supporttechnicians, or other IT professionals who have a need toinstall, configure, and administer Microsoft Windows 7. Thiscourse can also serve as training preparation for the Windows7 certification exams.• Course Code: 50322• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have experience with previousversions of Windows operating systems such as WindowsSummer 2012• 19Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingXP or Windows Vista and some knowledge of WindowsServer operating systems and Active Directory concepts.In addition, students are expected to understandNetworking with TCP/IP, including IPv4, and have someIPv6 knowledge as well as a general understanding ofuser accounts and authentication.Installing and Configuringthe Windows Vista Operating SystemThis three-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to install and configure Windows Vistadesktops. It will focus on four main areas: installing, securing,networking, and browsing. By the end of the course, the studentwill have installed and configured a Windows Vista desktopthat is secure, on the network, and ready for browsing. Thisis the first course in the Windows Vista curriculum and willserve as the entry point for other Windows Vista TechnologySpecialist courses.Who Should Attend: The target audience for this course isIT professionals wishing to become technology specialists. AWindows Vista technology specialist is defined as a technologyspecialist interested in learning about, assessing skills, usingreference products, or taking exams to prove his or herknowledge/skills/experience related to Microsoft’s WindowsVista technologies.• Course Code: 5115• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/skills: familiarity with computer hardware and devices; basicTCP/IP knowledge; basic Microsoft Windows and ActiveDirectory knowledge; experience with mapping network fileshares; experience with running commands from a commandwindow; and experience with reviewing BIOS settings. Inaddition, it is recommended, but not required, that studentshave completed Clinic 5056—First Look: Getting Startedwith Windows Vista for IT Professionals and Hands-on-Lab5057—First Look: Getting Started with Windows Vista forIT Professionals.Planning and Managing Windows 7Desktop Deployments and EnvironmentsStudents will learn how to plan and deploy Windows 7 desktopsin large organizations. They will also learn how to design,configure, and manage the Windows 7 client environment.This course helps students prepare for Exam 70-686—Pro:Windows 7, Enterprise Desktop Administrator.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalswho are interested in specializing in Windows 7 desktopand application deployments and managing the desktopenvironments for large organizations. People attending thistraining could be support technicians or currently in deploymentroles and are looking at taking the next step in their career orenhancing their skills in the areas of planning and deployingWindows 7 desktops.• Course Code: 6294• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following experience/skills: a solid understanding of TCP/IP and networkingconcepts; a solid Windows and Active Directory background;a good understanding of scripts and batch files; a solidunderstanding of security concepts; experience performinga clean installation of Windows 7, Upgrade to Windows 7,and migrating user-related data and settings from WindowsXP; experience configuring disks, partitions, volumes, anddevice drivers to enable Windows 7 to function as desired;experience configuring and troubleshooting permissions andother settings to allow access to resources and applicationson Windows 7 Systems; experience configuring settings toenable network connectivity; experience configuring andtroubleshooting a wireless network connection; experienceconfiguring and troubleshooting Windows 7 security;experience configuring mobile computers and devices;familiarity with the client administration capabilities ofWindows Server and management tools; familiarity withdeployment, packaging, and imaging tools; the ability towork in a team/virtual team; and expeience training andmentoring others.Certified Microsoft Technical CoursesMaintaining and TroubleshootingWindows Vista ComputersThis three-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to successfully maintain and troubleshootWindows Vista computers. It will provide them with theknowledge and skills necessary to identify technical problemsthat can occur in an organization’s client computers. The coursewill focus on five main troubleshooting areas: operating system,hardware, networking, security, and applications. It will alsoprovide the knowledge and skills necessary to monitor andmaintain Windows Vista client computers.Who Should Attend: The audience for this course is experiencedEnterprise-level IT professionals who focus on a broad rangeof desktop operating systems, desktop applications, mobiledevices, networking, and hardware support issues. As workingprofessionals, they must quickly resolve support issues bycombining technical expertise with problem-solving and decisionmakingskills and have a deep understanding of their businessSummer 2012• 20Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingand technical environments. They must consider all variables,justify resolutions with a logical troubleshooting approach, andrelate tradeoffs to business and technical requirements andconstraints. Students must have used Microsoft Windows XP-SP2 and may have experience with Windows server operatingsystems. Their jobs require them to stay knowledgeable andskilled about new versions and updates of technology in thebusiness environment. This learning product will be most usefulto people who intend to use their new skills and knowledge onthe job immediately after training.• Course Code: 5118• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following experience/skills: experience supporting previous versions of theWindows operating system; familiarity with an IT helpdeskticketing system; experience researching online and localknowledge bases; experience running commands froma command window, such as the DOS command prompt;familiarity with computer hardware and devices; basicTCP/IP knowledge; basic Windows and Active Directoryknowledge; fundamentals of applications; and experiencereviewing logs. In addition, it is recommended, but notrequired, that students have completed the followingcourses: 5115AL—Installing and Configuring the WindowsVista Operating System; 5116AL—Configuring WindowsVista Mobile Computing and Applications.Managing Enterprise Desktops Using theMicrosoft Desktop Optimization PackThis five-day instructor-led course will enable attendees togain an understanding of the tools available in MicrosoftDesktop Optimization Pack (MDOP) to improve their changemanagementprocess and reduce support across their or theircustomer’s environment.Who Should Attend: The primary audience is IT professionalsfocusing on desktop configuration, which could include networkadministrators, SMS administrators, field consultants, technicalbusiness consultants, and any other technical worker that isresponsible for the types of tasks that can be automated orimproved through the MDOP.• Course Code: 50235• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/experience: Active Directory knowledge and conceptsincluding Group Policy; Windows Server 2008 knowledgeand experience; fundamental knowledge of SQL Server2005; fundamental knowledge of Windows TerminalServices; fundamental knowledge of System CenterConfiguration Manager 2007; fundamental knowledge ofMicrosoft Operations Manager; and experience managingWindows desktops in an Enterprise environment.Supporting Windows Vista ComputersWith Desktop Images and Applications PackagesThis two-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to use a Windows Vista operating systemimage and application package deployment infrastructureto minimize the downtime at the Windows Vista client. Thedesktop support technicians can use this infrastructure toimprove the support experience in the following scenarios: newinstallations; single computer migrations; and single computerreinstallations. The course also provides guidance on how toinstall application packages on Windows Vista computers forsupport scenarios that require application updates or reinstalls:install Windows Vista; upgrade to Windows Vista UltimateEdition; configure post-installation system settings; configurebasic networking; configure advanced networking; configureuser account security; configure network security; and configureMicrosoft Internet Explorer 7.0.• Course Code: 5119• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/skills: familiarity with PC hardware and devices; basicWindows and Active Directory knowledge; familiarity withthe 2007 Microsoft Office System, specifically MicrosoftWord 2007 and Microsoft Excel 2007; the ability to mapnetwork file shares; experience installing applications frommedia (CD/DVD); experience working from a commandwindow; the ability to burn or create boot media; experienceconfiguring BIOS options; familiarity with reviewing supportlogs; knowledge of chronology, sequential order, severity, etc.In addition, it is recommended, but not required, that studentshave completed the following courses: 5115A—Installingand Configuring the Windows Vista Operating System; and5116A—Configuring Windows Vista Mobile Computingand Application.Troubleshooting and SupportingWindows 7 in the EnterpriseThe goal of this training is to enable participants to supportthe Windows 7 operating system and solve technicaltroubleshooting problems in a Windows 7 and WindowsServer 2008 R2 networking environment. This course helpscandidates prepare for Exam 70-685, the final requirementfor the Enterprise Desktop Support Technician (EDST)professional credential. By the end of the course, studentswill have been exposed to the process of establishing andSummer 2012• 21Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingusing a troubleshooting methodology and the EDST job roleand responsibilities. Additionally, students will be exposed tovarious troubleshooting tools and techniques that enable them toaddress the following Windows 7 issues in an Enterprise networkenvironment: startup group policy; hardware and device driverperformance; network connectivity; remote connectivity; userprofile and logon; security; and applications.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course is theEnterprise desktop support technician (EDST) providing tier 2support. The secondary audience for this course is the desktopsupport technician (DST) in an upper MORG organization. EDSTsare experienced IT professionals who focus on a broad rangeof desktop operating systems, desktop applications, mobiledevices, networking, and hardware support issues. EDSTs mustcombine technical expertise with problem-solving and decisionmakingskills and have a deep understanding of their businessand technical environments to quickly resolve support issues.They consider all variables, justify resolutions with a logicaltroubleshooting approach, and relate tradeoffs while adheringto business and technical requirements and constraints. EDSTsare primarily responsible for the maintenance and support ofPC desktops, installing and testing line-of-business applicationson end-user computers, and physically making changes to userdesktops or re-images as required. EDSTs have used previousversions of Microsoft Windows desktop operating systemsand may have experience with Microsoft Windows Serveroperating systems. Their job requires them to keep their skillsand knowledge current with new versions and updates oftechnology as defined by the business environment. They useEMS/PowerShell scripts for routine tasks and bulk operations.They conduct most server management tasks remotely by usingTerminal Server or other administration tools installed on theirlocal workstations.• Course Code: 6293• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: In addition to their professional experience,students who attend this training should already have thefollowing technical knowledge: networking fundamentals,including TCP/IP/User Datagram Protocol (UDP); DomainName System (DNS); Microsoft Active Directory principlesand management; Microsoft Windows Server 2008fundamentals; Microsoft Windows Client fundamentals; or2010 and/or 2007 Microsoft Office system fundamentals.Students who attend this training can meet the prerequisitesby attending the following courses or obtaining equivalentknowledge and skills: 6292A—Installing and ConfiguringWindows 7 Client; or 6420B—Fundamentals of WindowsServer 2008.Windows 7, Enterprise Desktop Support TechnicianThis five-day instructor-led course provides students withthe knowledge and skills needed to isolate, document,and resolve problems on a Windows 7 desktop or laptopcomputer. It will also help test-takers prepare for the 70-685 and 70-682 exams.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Windows 7desktop support technicians who resolve tier 1 and 2 problemson desktop computers. A minimum of three years of experienceconfiguring and supporting desktop or laptop operating systemsis recommended.• Course Code: 50331• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: TCP/IP troubleshooting skills; experience workingin a domain environment; experience using desktop andcommand-line troubleshooting tools; experience installingand troubleshooting desktop application problems; andexperience configuring registry and group policy settings.Certified Microsoft Technical CoursesExchange ServerConfiguring, Managing, andTroubleshooting Microsoft Exchange Server 2010This five-day, instructor-led course will provide students with theknowledge and skills to configure and manage an ExchangeServer 2010 messaging environment. This course does notrequire previous Exchange Server experience but does requirethat students have significant experience in managing WindowsServer and Active Directory directory services or ActiveDirectory Domain Services (AD DS). This course will teach thestudent how to configure Exchange Server 2010 as well asprovide guidelines, best practices, and considerations that willhelp optimize an Exchange Server deployment.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for people aspiringto be Enterprise-level messaging administrators. Others whomay take this course include IT generalists and help deskprofessionals who want to learn about Exchange Server2010. People coming into the course are expected to have atleast three years experience working in the IT field, typicallyin the areas of network administration, help desk, or systemadministration. They are not expected to have experience withprevious Exchange Server versions.• Course Code: 10135• Contact Hours: 32.5Summer 2012• 22Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: In addition to their professional experience,students who attend this training should have the followingprerequisite knowledge: fundamental knowledge of networktechnologies; experience with the Windows Server 2003and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 operating systems;experience with Active Directory directory services inWindows Server 2003 or AD DS Windows Server 2008;experience managing backup and restore on WindowsServers; experience using Windows management andmonitoring tools; experience using Windows networking andtroubleshooting tools; fundamental knowledge of certificatesand Public Key Infrastructure (PKI); and basic experiencewith Windows Mobile.• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: at least two years experience working withMicrosoft Exchange Server; at least six months experienceworking with Exchange Server 2010 or Exchange Server2007; at least two years experience administering WindowsServer, including Windows Server 2008; at least two yearsexperience working with Active Directory Domain Services(AD DS); at least two years experience working with nameresolution, including Domain Name Service (DNS); experienceworking with certificates; and experience working withMicrosoft Windows PowerShell.Designing a High-Availability MessagingSolution Using Microsoft Exchange Server 2007Designing and Deploying MessagingSolutions With Microsoft Exchange Server 2010This five-day, instructor-led course provides the student withknowledge and skills to design and deploy messaging solutionswith Microsoft Exchange Server 2010. This course describeshow to gather requirements for a messaging solution andthen design the integration of Exchange Server 2010 withthe current infrastructure. The course then covers how to planand deploy the various server roles in Exchange Server 2010.The student explores the various options for implementingmessaging security, policies, and compliance. The course alsoexamines the high availability and disaster recovery optionsand how to develop a troubleshooting plan. Finally, the coursedescribes how to plan the upgrade from earlier versions ofExchange Server to Exchange Server 2010 and the integrationof Exchange Server 2010 with other messaging systems.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalswho are responsible for the Exchange Server messagingenvironment in an enterprise. This IT professional is the senioradministrator or “engineer” who acts as a technical leadover a team of administrators. This person is a third level ofsupport in addition to the Exchange Recipient Administrator(the first level) and the Exchange Server Administrator (thesecond level). In an effort to ensure that end users have thebest possible messaging experience, this person also evaluatesnew technologies and tools. The candidate is responsible forthe planning and deployment of the Exchange Servers in anEnterprise environment. He or she should have a minimumof two years of experience administering, deploying,managing, monitoring, upgrading, migrating, and designingExchange Server.• Course Code: 10233• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 daysThis 2-day course teaches messaging engineers to design ahigh-availability messaging solution using Microsoft ExchangeServer 2007. Students will create a high-availability designto meet service-level agreement requirements and learnstrategies for gaining approval for the design. They will learnhow to identify risks and create mitigation plans to maintainthe business continuity of the messaging system. Students willalso learn how to design a backup strategy, disaster recoveryprocedures, and test plans for those procedures.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for people with3 or more years experience working with previous versionsof Exchange Server and experience implementing ExchangeServer 2007. Most students will have managed EnterpriselevelExchange Server organizations. Students are expected tobe new to participating in designing high-availability solutionsfor Exchange Server 2007 or be planning to design highavailabilitysolutions for Exchange Server 2007 in the nearfuture. Students may have done some design for Exchange2000 Server or Exchange Server 2003 deployments but wantto learn how to design Exchange Server 2007 environments.Students may have experience in designing and managinghigh-availability solutions for other network services.• Course Code: 5054• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: basic understanding of high-availabilityconcepts; basic familiarity with deriving businessrequirements; basic understanding of backup systems;knowledge of how to use Microsoft Exchange Server 2007Management tools Exchange Best Practice Analyzer (ExBPA)WinNT backup (ntbackup.exe) Microsoft Visio or MicrosoftOffice PowerPoint 2003 (to create infrastructure diagrams);an understanding of hardware concepts; knowledge of thedifferences in addressable memory spaces between 32-and 64-bit architectures; extensive detailed knowledge ofActive Directory concepts and design principles; workingSummer 2012• 23Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingexperience with designing and implementing ActiveDirectory directory services in Microsoft Windows Server2003; understanding of Exchange architecture; workingexperience with Exchange 2000 Server or Exchange Server2003 and Exchange Server 2007; knowledge of how touse Exchange Server 2007 management tools ExchangeBest Practice Analyzer (ExBPA) Microsoft Visio (to createinfrastructure diagrams); and familiarity and experiencewith a Windows scripting or command line scripting.Designing a Messaging InfrastructureUsing Microsoft Exchange Server 2007This three-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to design a messaging infrastructure.Students will learn to assess an existing infrastructure anddetermine technical and business requirements for both newMicrosoft Exchange Server 2007 deployments and migrations.Students will create a design that addresses security,architecture, scalability, coexistence, and client access needs.They also will learn strategies for gaining approval for designsfrom stakeholders.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for people withthree or more years experience working with previous ExchangeServer versions and experience implementing ExchangeServer 2007. Most students will have managed EnterpriselevelExchange Server organizations. Students are expectedto be new to participating in designing Exchange Server 2007deployments on the job or to be planning to design ExchangeServer 2007 deployments in the near future. Studentsmay have done some design for Exchange 2000 Server orExchange Server 2003 deployments but want to learn how todesign Exchange Server 2007 environments. Students will alsohave experience in designing and managing Active Directoryservices and network infrastructure deployments. Important:this learning product will be most useful to people who intendto use their new skills and knowledge on the job immediatelyafter training.• Course Code: 5053• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: understanding of hardware concepts and thedifferences in addressable memory spaces between 32- and64-bit architectures; have extensive detailed knowledgeof Active Directory concepts and design principles; haveworking experience with designing and implementingActive Directory in Windows Server 2003; understandExchange architecture; have working experience withExchange 2000 Server or Exchange Server 2003 andExchange Server 2007; have experience in using ExchangeSystem Manager Exchange Best Practice Analyzer (ExBPA)Microsoft Office Visio (to create infrastructure diagrams);and familiarity and experience with a Windows scriptingor command-line scripting.Introduction to Installing and ManagingMicrosoft Exchange Server 2007At the end of this three-day course, students who are new toMicrosoft Exchange Server will learn how to configure andmanage a messaging environment in accordance with technicalrequirements. Students will learn how to install MicrosoftExchange Server 2007 and manage routing, client access, andthe backup and restore of databases. They will also learn howto manage addressing and recipient objects such as mailboxes,distribution groups, and contacts.Who Should Attend: IT professionals, IT generalists, and help deskprofessionals who want to learn about Exchange Server 2007are the audience for this course. Students should have at least 3years experience working in the IT field—typically in the areasof network administration, help desk, or system administration.No experience with Exchange Server is necessary.• Course Code: 5047• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: This course requires that students have thefollowing skills/experience: working knowledge of WindowsServer operating systems; working knowledge of networktechnologies; working knowledge of Active Directory; siteand site connector configuration, schema and configurationpartitions, and Global Catalogs experience; and conceptualunderstanding of e-mail technologies.Managing Messaging Security UsingMS Exchange Server 2007This one-day instructor-led course provides messagingspecialists with the knowledge and skills to manage messagingsecurity and policies. Students will learn how to managemessaging and connection security. They will also learn how tomanage spam, anti-virus, and content filtering. And finally theywill learn how to install and configure a gateway server. Thiscourse will help the student prepare for the Microsoft CertifiedProfessional Exam 70-236: Implementing, Troubleshootingand Maintaining a MS Exchange Server 2007 Infrastructure.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Enterpriselevelmessaging administrators who have at least 3 yearsexperience working in the information technology field,including administering Exchange Servers. Others who may takethis course include IT generalists and help desk professionalswho want to learn about Microsoft Exchange Server 2007.Summer 2012• 24Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingAdministrators should have some experience with ExchangeServer 2007.• Course Code: 5049• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have the following skills/experience: working knowledge of malware; conceptualunderstanding of firewalls; working knowledge of howPublic Key Infrastructure (PKI) is managed in the directory;experience using tools and applications; working knowledgeof Windows server operating systems; working knowledgeof network technologies; working knowledge of ActiveDirectory; knowledge of site and site connector configuration,schema and configuration partitions, and Global Catalogs;working knowledge of Exchange Server 2007; conceptualunderstanding of e-mail technologies; and knowledge ofconfiguring and managing a messaging environment inaccordance with technical requirements.Monitoring and TroubleshootingMicrosoft Exchange Server 2007In this collection, comprised of 5 online courses, the studentmonitors and troubleshoots several aspects of MicrosoftExchange Server 2007. These include client performanceand connectivity issues, messaging flow, mailbox servers,and external and additional services. The student will alsoidentify the operational trends to determine an appropriatetroubleshooting or upgrading solution for an organization. Thisonline collection is composed of a rich multimedia experiencecoupled with comprehensive technical labs. It is intended for ITprofessionals who monitor and troubleshoot Microsoft ExchangeServer 2007. This course helps prepare the student forcertification exam 70-236. This course also helps the student toprepare to become a Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist(MCTS) and Microsoft Certified IT Professional (MCITP).Who Should Attend: The audience for this course includes thosewith experience in Exchange Server 2007 or previous versionsof Exchange Sever. The student will have experience installingand configuring Exchange Server, configuring recipients andmailboxes, and supporting Exchange Server clients. Studentscoming into the course are expected to have at least threeyears experience working in the IT field—typically in the areasof network administration or Windows Server administration—and one year of Exchange Server administration experience.• Course Code: 5051• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Fundamental knowledge of network technologiesincluding DNS and firewall technologies; experienceadministering Exchange Server 2007; experience with theWindows Server 2003 operating system; experience withActive Directory directory service in Windows Server 2003;experience with managing backup and restore on Windowsservers; experience using Windows management andmonitoring tools; and experience using Windows networkingand troubleshooting tools. This course will help the studentprepare for Microsoft Certified Professional exam 70-236—TS: Exchange Server 2007, Configuring.Planning, Deploying, and ManagingExchange Server 2010 Unified MessagingThis course provides information on planning and managingMicrosoft Exchange Server 2010 Unified Messaging(UM) deployments. The course addresses such topics asnew features, upgrading from Microsoft Exchange Server2007 UM to Exchange Server 2010 UM, Microsoft OfficeCommunications Server 2007 integration, and tools andprocesses to support Unified Messaging planning, installation/setup, and implementation.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for those whohave a prior understanding of Exchange Server 2007Unified Messaging features and functionality. The course isalso targeted at early adopters of Exchange Server 2010who need information on new features, deployment concerns,prerequisites, and best practices. This includes consultants,architects, and IT professionals in the field who need detailedinformation on the tools and processes available to supportExchange Unified Messaging.• Course Code: 10508• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: To benefit from this course, students must havea thorough understanding of Exchange Server 2007 UnifiedMessaging features and functionality, an understandingof how to install and setup the Exchange Server 2010Unified Messaging role, and general familiarity with OfficeCommunications Server 2007 R2.Certified Microsoft Technical CoursesMicrosoft Office Communications ServerImplementing and Maintaining IM/Presence,Conferencing, and Telephony Using MicrosoftOffice Communications Server 2007This five-day instructor-led course teaches students howto implement, maintain, and deploy Microsoft OfficeCommunications Server 2007 R2. This course covers theSummer 2012• 25Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingtopologies supported by Office Communications Server 2007as well as the designing, implementing, and troubleshootingof an Office Communications Server 2007 R2 solution. Thisincludes implementing telephony, conferencing, and groupchat solutions.Who Should Attend: The audience for this course is ITprofessional infrastructure specialists. This includes realtimecommunications technology specialists and professionalengineers. In addition, IT professionals in any job role thatinteracts with Office Communications Server 2007 R2, MicrosoftOffice SharePoint Server, and Microsoft Exchange Server willbenefit from the course.• Course Code: 50214• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: This course requires the following knowledge/skills: familiarity with Active Directory and its concepts;familiarity with Exchange Server Messaging and itsconcepts; familiarity with Office SharePoint and itsconcepts; and experience with the 2007 Microsoft Officesystem or Microsoft Office 2003 Windows Server 2003Networking technologies.Office Communications Server 2007 R2 IgniteThis three-day instructor-led workshop provides studentswith the knowledge and skills to understand 300-levelinformation on Microsoft Office Communications Server2007 R2. The workshop focuses on understanding scenariosof Office Communications Server 2007 (OCS 2007), OfficeCommunicator, and integration with Exchange 2007.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for both noviceand experienced IT professionals who are concerned aboutdelivering IM/Presence, Conferencing, and Voice solutions tothe enterprise.• Course Code: 50232• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneCertified Microsoft Technical CoursesNetworkNetwork Administrationreview; protocol stack/packaging overview; IP addressingoverview; access methods; network hardware devicesoverview; network hardware administration—best practices;network account/hardware management; security managementoverview; disaster planning—best practices; preemptivetroubleshooting; network monitoring overview; event logs;troubleshooting methodology; Windows security best practices;Novell environment differences overview; managing MicrosoftAD and Exchange users—best practices; deleting users andmanaging user rights; Microsoft Exchange mail flow—bestpractices; and maintaining network documentation.• Course Code: NA• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneCertified Microsoft Technical CoursesSecurityDesigning Security for Microsoft NetworksThis three-day instructor-led course provides the student with theknowledge and skills to design a secure network infrastructure.Topics include assembling the design team, modeling threats, andanalyzing security risks in order to meet business requirementsfor securing computers in a networked environment. The courseencourages decision-making skills through real-life scenariosthat the target audience may encounter. The student is giventhe task of collecting the information and sorting through thedetails to resolve the given security requirement.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT systemsengineers and security specialists who are responsiblefor establishing security policies and procedures for anorganization. Students should have one to three years ofexperience designing related business solutions.• Course Code: 2830• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: This course requires that students meet thefollowing prerequisites: a strong familiarity with WindowsServer 2003 core technologies; a strong familiarity withWindows Server 2003 networking technologies andimplementation; and a strong familiarity with Windows Server2003 directory services technologies and implementation.Summer 2012This theory and lab course covers the following topics: definitionof networking; review of cabling; review of network layers;network design models; review of network services; OSI model• 26Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingCertified Microsoft Technical CoursesSharePointAdvanced IT Pro Course forMicrosoft Office Sharepoint Server2007 and Windows Sharepoint Services 3.0This five-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to plan, deploy, and configure serverfarm solutions with Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007and Windows SharePoint Services 3.0. The course focuses onkey deployment and configuration tasks.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for experiencedarchitects and administrators who have a minimum of twoyears experience with SharePoint Technologies.• Course Code: 50047• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: at least two years working with SharePointproducts and technologies as a solution architect technicalarchitect information architect or farm administrator;experience gathering and analyzing customer requirements;and completion of courses 5060A—Implementing WindowsSharePoint Services 3.0 and 5061A—ImplementingMicrosoft Office SharePoint Server 2007.Configuring and AdministeringMicrosoft SharePoint 2010The course teaches students how to install, configure, andadminister SharePoint and also how to manage and monitorsites and users by using SharePoint 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalswho are experienced Windows Server 2003 or 2008administrators and are interested in learning how to administerSharePoint 2010. The course is also intended for part-timebusiness application administrators (BAAs) who are engagedin the administration of line-of-business (LOB) applications inconjunction with internal business customers.• Course Code: 10174• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: In addition to their professional experience,students who attend this training should have the followingexperience: administration of Active Directory; administrationof network infrastructure; general conceptual awareness ofMicrosoft .NET Framework as it relates to SharePoint 2010;administration of SQL Server 2005 or 2008 ManagementStudio; and one year experience using Windows PowerShellcmdlets and general security and authentication practices.Designing and DevelopingMicrosoft SharePoint Server 2010 ApplicationsThis five-day instructor-led course is intended for MicrosoftSharePoint development professionals who are responsible forleading projects, designing solutions, and identifying problems.In this course, students learn the skills and best practices that arerequired to help organizations design and develop effectiveSharePoint applications.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalswho will be responsible for designing custom code forprojects that are deployed to SharePoint 2010 servers. Tobe successful in this course, the student will have at least twoyears of SharePoint development experience and should haveexperience with ASP.NET and Microsoft Visual Studio 2010.• Course Code: 10232• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: This course requires students to meet thefollowing prerequisites: understanding of the problem-solvingtechniques that apply to the software development lifecycle(SDLC); basic knowledge of Web application architecture;experience in developing in a team environment; workingknowledge of ASP.NET and Visual Studio; experience inSharePoint infrastructure; and experience in SharePointdevelopment.Designing a Microsoft SharePoint 2010 InfractructureThis instructor-led course teaches IT professionals to design anddeploy Microsoft SharePoint 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalswho use Microsoft SharePoint 2010 in a team-based, mediumsizedto large environment. While they may have implementeda SharePoint deployment, they have limited experience indesigning a SharePoint infrastructure. They likely work as asenior administrator who acts as a technical lead over a teamof administrators. Members of this audience should have atleast six months’ experience with SharePoint 2010 (includingpre-released versions of the product).• Course Code: 10231• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: at least two years of experience administering,deploying, managing, monitoring, upgrading, migrating,Summer 2012• 27Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingand designing SharePoint servers; at least one year’sexperience of mapping business requirements to logical andphysical technical design; working knowledge of networkdesign, including network security; and completion of course10174A—TS ITPro, Configuring and Managing MicrosoftSharePoint 2010 (or equivalent knowledge and experience).Implementing MS Office SharePoint Server 2007This three-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills required to implement Microsoft OfficeSharePoint Server 2007 successfully in their organization.Who Should Attend: The audience for this course is businessapplication administrators (BAAs), Web administrators, andserver administrators who are engaged in the planning, design,and selection of line-of-business (LOB) applications (includingOffice SharePoint Server) in conjunction with internal businesscustomers. Their primary responsibility is the deployment,customization, management, and support of LOB applications.They routinely monitor application status and troubleshootapplication problems.• Course Code: 5061• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience:experience in implementing, managing, and supporting aMicrosoft Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 environment;basic knowledge of Windows SharePoint Services andMicrosoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 interoperability;at least two years of experience implementing, managing,and supporting Microsoft Windows Server 2003; at leasttwo years of experience implementing, managing, andsupporting Internet Information Services (IIS); and workingknowledge of networking. In addition, it is recommended,but not required, that students have completed the followingcourses: 5060—Implementing Windows SharePoint Services3.0; 3370—First Look: Getting Started With MicrosoftOffice SharePoint Server2007; and 2553—AdministeringMicrosoft SharePoint Portal Server 2003.Implementing Windows SharePoint Services 3.0This two-day instructor-led course provides students withthe knowledge and skills to successfully implement MicrosoftWindows SharePoint Services (WSS) version 3.0 in theirorganizations. It emphasizes that students should think aboutthe architecture of their entire environment, including businessand application needs, during the planning and deploymentphases. The course covers how to perform a clean installationof WSS 3.0 and also describes all the prerequisites requiredto select the most appropriate method for upgrading WSSfrom 2.0 to 3.0 in a specific scenario. In addition, the coursefocuses on how to manage WSS after it is configured.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for businessapplication administrators (BAAs) who are engaged in theplanning, design, and selection of line-of-business (LOB)applications, including Microsoft Office SharePoint Server(MOSS), in conjunction with internal business customers. Theirprimary responsibility is the deployment, customization,management, and support of LOB applications. They routinelymonitor application status and troubleshoot applicationproblems. The audience is expected to have at least two yearsof experience in implementing, managing, and supportingMicrosoft Windows Server 2003, including Internet InformationServices (IIS).• Course Code: 5060• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: on-the-job experience in implementing,managing, and supporting Microsoft Windows Server 2003,including IIS; working knowledge of networking; basicknowledge of key benefits of Microsoft Office SharePointServer (MOSS); and knowledge of new features andfunctionality of MOSS and WSS acting as a platform forMOSS. In addition, it is recommended, but not required, thatstudents have completed Clinic 3369B—First Look: GettingStarted With Windows SharePoint Service 3.0.Microsoft SharePoint 2010 Application DevelopmentThis course provides existing .NET developers with practicalinformation and labs that enables them to build solutions on theMicrosoft SharePoint 2010 platform.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for professionaldevelopers who use Microsoft SharePoint 2010 in a teambased,medium-sized to large development environment.Members of the audience are experienced users of MicrosoftVisual Studio 2008 SP1. The audience understands how to usethe new features of SharePoint 2010 and Visual Studio 2010.• Course Code: 10175• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience:an understanding of the problem-solving techniques thatapply to software development; approximately 12 monthsof experience with ASP.NET 3.5 with Visual Studio 2008 (orlater); approximately one month of development experiencewith SharePoint 2007 or SharePoint 2010 and VS2010(includes beta releases) creating code that interacts with theSharePoint Server-side APIs; experience performing endusertasks with SharePoint 2007 or SharePoint 2010; andSummer 2012• 28Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingan understanding of the purpose and use of lists documentsand libraries, personalizing an SP page/site using MySites,and using SharePoint Designer.Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010for the Site Owner/Power UserThis two-day instructor-led course uses the SharePoint Server2010 version of SharePoint. While it is of equal value for usersof SharePoint Foundation, it does include a few features notfound in Foundation.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for the site owner/“power user” of a SharePoint site who needs to know how tocreate sites and lists, manage user access, and customize listsand pages.• Course Code: 50470• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must have working knowledge ofSharePoint 2010 and know how to navigate a SharePointsite and SharePoint lists.PowerPivot for End UsersThis two-day Instructor-led course teaches the student how touse PowerPivot to access data sources, create relationships,use the PowerPivot DAX expressions, and generate and formatreports. Students will also explore how PowerPivot workbookscan be integrated with SharePoint 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for advanced Excelusers and users that want to gain familiarity with PowerPivot tobuild compelling reports.• Course Code: 50433• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must have general Excel and reportbuildingskills.SharePoint 2007 Designer Level 1For students who have created intranet sites using MicrosoftWindows SharePoint Services, there will be times when there isa need to build sites that lay emphasis on a company’s uniquerequirements and sites that align themselves with the company’sunique brand identity. In this course, the student will use MicrosoftSharePoint Designer 2007 to customize SharePoint sites andbuild a new subsite on the SharePoint services platform.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for SharePoint Webdesigners and SharePoint solution developers who want tolearn to customize SharePoint sites by enhancing the look andfeel of a SharePoint site and also to create dynamic pagesusing Web Parts and workflows.• Course Code: SPD1• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have taken the MicrosoftWindows SharePoint Services 3.0 Level 1 course orhave equivalent knowledge. Recommended, though notrequired, are the following courses: Microsoft WindowsSharePoint Services 3.0—Level 2; and Cascading StyleSheets (Third Edition).SharePoint 2007 Designer Level 2Who Should Attend: This course is intended for entry-levelSharePoint solution developers who are currently capableof creating basic SharePoint sites using the out-of-the-boxfunctionality provided by the built-in SharePoint Designertemplates and who now want to extend or create SharePointsites with functionality by incorporating server Web controls,data controls, customized workflows, and administration.• Course Code: SPD2• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: It is recommended that the student completeMicrosoft SharePoint Designer 2007—Level 1 prior totaking this course.SharePoint 2007 OperationsThis five-day Instructor led, group-paced, classroom-deliverylearning model with structured hands-on activities courseteaches every aspect of managing a SharePoint 2007 Serverfarm. This includes integration with applications like IRM,ForeFront, and Performance Point. Participants will learn themany ways to back up and restore SharePoint environments.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for individualswho access information on a Windows SharePoint team site orSharePoint site and those who are responsible for creating andmanaging a team website. This includes managers, developers,designers, every-day knowledge workers, and anyone thatuses SharePoint sites and lists on an everyday basis.• Course Code: 50149• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 daysSummer 2012• 29Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Prerequisite: Students must have the following experience/skills: experience managing windows server environments;and understanding of database and Web applicationarchitecture fundamentals.SharePoint 2007 Web DevelopmentThis course addresses aspects of design such as applyingalternate page layouts, creating and styling new pages,modifying site navigation, and external data integrationand custom workflows. After taking this course, students willunderstand the difference between using SharePoint Designer2007 and in-browser tools, including what is achievable witheach tool and how and when to use those tools to effectSharePoint site customization. The course also factors inwebsite design concepts that focus on creating user-centricSharePoint sites.Who Should Attend: This course is for those Web developersnew to ASP.NET and SharePoint Web Customization. Theprimary audiences are Web designers, administrators, anddevelopers who use and work with Office SharePoint Server2007 and want to learn how to customize SharePoint sites.These include Web developers, webmasters, and power-userswith Web development experience.• Course Code: 50205• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Prior to taking this course, students should havea general knowledge of website design and methodologies.They should also be familiar with SharePoint from an enduser or administrative point of view. An understanding of ASP.NET 2.0 master pages and cascading style sheets is helpful,but not required. Participants should have basic CSS, XML,and HTML, and an understanding of SharePoint basics. Anunderstanding of C# and .NET programming IS REQUIRED.SharePoint 2010Advanced Foundation DevelopmentThis is a five-day instructor-led, group-paced, classroomdeliverylearning model with structured hands-on activities. Thiscourse focuses on SharePoint Foundation 2010 fundamentalbuilding blocks such as features, application pages, site pages,Web parts, custom list types, site columns, content types, customworkflows and site definitions. Other advanced topics includeextending the Ribbon and writing custom service applications.Who Should Attend: This course is for anyone looking todevelop SharePoint customizations at a core level. This includesevent handlers, features, site definitions, Web parts, timer jobsand workflows.• Course Code: 50478• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Attendees should have professionaldevelopment experience with Visual Studio 2010, the .NET3.0 Framework, and ASP.NET 2.0. Attendees should also befamiliar with Microsoft Office products such as Word, Excel,and InfoPath.SharePoint 2010 DesignerThis two-day instructor-led course explores how to navigateand use the new Ribbon interface. Participants will learn whatnew things can be done from Designer, explore what changeshave been made to the actions and conditions of workflows,and learn how to build external content types and modify outof-the-boxworkflows.Who Should Attend: This course is for anyone who has beenand will be working with SharePoint Designer to make changesto SharePoint sites.• Course Code: 50354• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must have an understanding ofSharePoint site elements.SharePoint 2010 Foundation Level 1The student will learn to use, create, and edit content in a teamwebsite as well as create and perform basic management of ateam site using SharePoint Foundation 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for individuals whowill need to access information on a Microsoft SharePoint teamsite or for individuals who may need to create and manage ateam website.• Course Code: SPF101• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: The student should have taken any or all courses inthe Microsoft Office 2010 curriculum and possess power-userfamiliarity with at least one of the applications. Experienceaccessing information via a Web browser is also required.SharePoint 2010 Foundation Level 2The student will learn to manage site collections and sitecomponents as a site collection administrator and as a siteadministrator.Summer 2012• 30Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: This course is designed for individualcontributors or departmental staff in a variety of job roles,such as administrative assistants, and functional or operationsmanagers, who have basic SharePoint skills and the responsibilityfor managing SharePoint sites as an enabling technology withintheir workgroups.• Course Code: SPF102• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: The following course or equivalent experienceis required: Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010—Level1; some familiarity with basic Windows server concepts;PowerShell; basic concepts of coding and scripting; andInternet Information Server (recommended but not required).SharePoint 2010 Overview for DevelopersThis two-day instructor-led course teaches the student all thenew development changes that were made to SharePoint2010, including sandboxed solutions, LINQ, REST, client objectmodel, BCS, workflows and claims-based authentication.Who Should Attend: This course is for anyone interested ingetting an introductory look at the new development featuresof SharePoint 2010.• Course Code: 50351• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must have .NET object-orientedprogramming and understanding of development inSharePoint 2007.SharePoint 2010 Overview for IT ProfessionalsThis three-day instructor-led course explores the newarchitectural changes made to SharePoint 2010 and how toupgrade your 2007 environment to 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is for IT pros who want to geta quick understanding, with hands-on labs, of the new featuresand interfaces in SharePoint 2010.• Course Code: 50353• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have SharePoint 2007experience (for upgrade) and an understanding ofdatabase and Web applications.SharePoint Designer 2010 Level 1Students will use Microsoft Windows SharePoint Designer 2010to create and modify a SharePoint site. Other topics includeidentifying the basic features of the SharePoint Designerenvironment; creating a new subsite; adding content to a Webpage; using Cascading Style Sheets to format a SharePointsite; linking Web pages; adding SharePoint components to thesite; and automating business processes with workflows.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Web designersand developers, application developers, SharePoint siteowners, and other knowledge workers with SharePoint enduserexperience who want to use SharePoint Designer to createand customize SharePoint sites, enhance the look and feel ofa SharePoint site, and create dynamic pages using Web Partsand workflows.• Course Code: SP101• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: To benefit from this course, the student shouldhave basic end-user skills with SharePoint and be familiarwith the general structure and hierarchy of SharePointsites. Students can obtain this level of knowledge andskill by taking Microsoft Windows SharePoint Foundation2010—Level 1. Recommended, though not required, are thefollowing courses: Microsoft Windows SharePoint Foundation2010—Level 2; and Web Design with XHTML, HTML, andCSS—Level 1.SharePoint Designer 2010 Level 2Students will extend a SharePoint site by including server-sidecontrols and administering a SharePoint site. Topics includeproviding user interactivity to their websites using ASP.NET forms;implementing custom content types; integrating SharePoint siteswith other data sources; manipulating external data sources;implementing advanced data integration techniques; creatingdifferent types of workflows; and administering a SharePointsite using administration tools in SharePoint Designer 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for entry-levelSharePoint solution developers who are currently capableof creating basic SharePoint sites using the out-of-the-boxfunctionality provided by the built-in SharePoint designertemplates and who now want to extend or create SharePointsites with functionality by incorporating server Web controls,data controls, customized workflows, and administration.• Course Code: SP102• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 daySummer 2012• 31Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Prerequisite: To ensure success in this course, the studentshould be able to create basic SharePoint sites using existingSharePoint Designer templates. This level of skill andknowledge can be achieved by taking Microsoft WindowsSharePoint Designer 2010—Level 1 prior to this course.SharePoint Server 2010Students will collaborate with team members and shareinformation using Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010. Topicsinclude describing the collaborative technology in MicrosoftSharePoint Server 2010 and identifying the interface elementsof a SharePoint site; organizing information in SharePointServer 2010 by using lists; storing and sharing documentsin a SharePoint site using libraries; collaborating with teammembers; creating a personalized site using the My Sitefeature; administering a SharePoint site; and managing contentin SharePoint Server 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for MicrosoftSharePoint Server 2010 users who will need to collaboratewith team members, organize documents, manage lists, andintegrate SharePoint 2010 with Microsoft Office 2010.• Course Code: SPS• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Familiarity with the Office 2010 interface andnavigational tools is highly recommended.Certified Microsoft Technical Coursesand optimization; designing databases at both the conceptualand logical levels; implementing databases at the physicallevel; designing and troubleshooting the data access layer ofan application; and gathering business requirements.• Course Code: 50401• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: working knowledge of data storage;knowledge about index structures and index utilization;hands-on database developer experience; knowledgeabout the locking model; understanding of Transact-SQLsyntax and programming logic; knowledge about tradeoffswhen backing out of the fully normalized design anddesigning for performance and business requirements;familiarity with design models, such as Star and Snowflakeschemas; ability to design a database to third normal form(3NF); strong monitoring and troubleshooting skills; basicknowledge of the operating system and platform; basicknowledge of application architecture; knowledge of usinga data modeling tool; knowledge of SQL Server 2005features, tools, and technologies; a Microsoft CertifiedTechnology Specialist Microsoft SQL Server 2005 credentialor equivalent experience. In addition, it is recommended,but not required, that students have completed Course2779—Implementing a Microsoft SQL Server 2005Database and Course 2780—Maintaining a Microsoft SQLServer 2005 Database.Implementing and Maintaining MicrosoftSQL Server 2005 Integration ServicesSummer 2012SQLDesigning and Optimizing DatabaseSolutions With Microsoft SQL Server 2008This five-day instructor-led course provides the knowledgeand skills that IT professionals need to design, optimize, andmaintain SQL Server 2008 database.Who Should Attend: The audience for this course is developerswho implement database solutions or perform developmentutilizing the programming features and functionality of SQLServer. Students taking this course are expected to have threeor more years of experience working on databases for two ormore of the following phases in the product lifecycle: design,development, deployment, optimization, maintenance, orsupport. They should possess a four-year college degree (BS orBA) in the computer field. The students should have experiencein the following areas: developing databases writing Transact-SQL queries; designing, implementing and troubleshootingprogramming objects; doing database performance tuningThis three-day instructor-led course teaches students how toimplement an Integration Services solution in an organization.The course discusses how to develop, deploy, and manageIntegration Services packages.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for informationtechnology (IT) professionals and developers who need toimplement data transfer or extract, transform, and load (ETL)solutions by using Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Integration Services.• Course Code: 2792• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: exposure to Enterprise data import and exportscenarios; experience navigating the Microsoft WindowsServer environment; experience with Microsoft SQL Server,including SQL Server Agent, SQL Server query language,SQL Server System tables, and SQL Server accounts (usersand permissions).• 32Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingImplementing and Maintaining Microsoft SQLServer 2005 Reporting ServicesThis three-day instructor-led course teaches students how toimplement a Reporting Services solution in an organization. Thecourse discusses how to use the Reporting Services developmenttools to create reports and how to use the Reporting Servicesmanagement and administrative tools to manage a ReportingServices solution.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for informationtechnology (IT) professionals and developers who need toimplement reporting solutions by using Microsoft SQL Server2005 Reporting Services.• Course Code: 2793• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: exposure to creating reports in Microsoft Accessor other third-party reporting products such as CrystalReports; conceptual understanding of the push and pulldistribution/subscription paradigm; experience navigatingthe Microsoft Windows Server environment; experiencewith Windows services (starting and stopping); experiencecreating service accounts and permissions; and experiencewith Microsoft SQL Server including SQL Server Agent; SQLServer query language; SQL Server System tables; andSQL Server accounts (users and permissions).Implementing and MaintainingMicrosoft SQL Server 2008 Analysis Services• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: conceptual understanding of OLAP solutions;experience navigating the Microsoft Windows Serverenvironment; experience with Windows services (startingand stopping); experience creating service accounts andpermissions; and experience with Microsoft SQL Server,including SQL Server Agent, SQL Server query language,SQL Server System tables, and SQL Server accounts (usersand permissions).Implementing and MaintainingMicrosoft SQL Server 2008 Integration ServicesThis three-day instructor-led course teaches students how toimplement an Integration Services solution in an organization.The course discusses how to develop, deploy, and manageIntegration Services packages.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for informationtechnology (IT) professionals and developers who need to implementdata transfer or extract, transform, and load (ETL) solutions by usingMicrosoft SQL Server 2008 Integration Services.• Course Code: 6235• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have exposure to Enterprisedata import and export scenarios, experience navigatingthe Microsoft Windows Server environment, experience withMicrosoft SQL Server, including SQL Server Agent, SQLServer query language, SQL Server System tables, and SQLServer accounts (users and permissions).Summer 2012This three-day instructor-led course teaches students how toimplement an Analysis Services solution in an organization. Thecourse discusses how to use the Analysis Services developmenttools to create an Analysis Services database and an OLAPcube as well as how to use the Analysis Services managementand administrative tools to manage an Analysis Services solution.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isindividuals who design and maintain business intelligencesolutions for their organization. These individuals work inenvironments where databases play a key role in their primaryjob, and they may perform database administration andmaintenance as part of their primary job responsibilities. Thesecondary audience for this course is individuals who developapplications that deliver content from SQL Server AnalysisServices to the organization.• Course Code: 6234• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 daysImplementing and MaintainingMicrosoft SQL Server 2008 Reporting ServicesThis three-day instructor-led course teaches students how toimplement a Reporting Services solution in an organization. Thecourse discusses how to use the Reporting Services developmenttools to create reports and how to use the Reporting Servicesmanagement and administrative tools to manage a ReportingServices solution.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for informationtechnology (IT) professionals and developers who need toimplement reporting solutions by using Microsoft SQL Server2008 Reporting Services.• Course Code: 6236• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: exposure to creating reports in Microsoft Accessor other third-party reporting products such as Crystal• 33Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingReports; conceptual understanding of the push and pulldistribution/subscription paradigm; experience navigatingthe Microsoft Windows Server environment; experiencewith Windows services (starting and stopping); experiencecreating service accounts and permissions; and experiencewith Microsoft SQL Server, including SQL Server Agent, SQLServer query language, SQL Server System tables, and SQLServer accounts (users and permissions).Implementing a Microsoft SQL Server 2008 DatabaseThis five-day instructor-led course is intended for MicrosoftSQL Server database developers who are responsiblefor implementing a database on SQL Server 2008. In thiscourse, students learn the skills and best practices on how touse SQL Server 2008 product features and tools related toimplementing a database server.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for ITprofessionals who want to become skilled on SQL Server2008 product features and technologies for implementing adatabase. To be successful in this course, the student shouldhave knowledge of basic relational database concepts andwriting T-SQL queries.• Course Code: 6232• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: working knowledge of Transact-SQL (abilityto write Transact-SQL queries) or Course 2778A—WritingQueries Using Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Transact-SQL;working knowledge of relational databases (databasedesign skills); core Windows Server skills; and basicprogramming language.Introduction to SQL Server 2008 AdministrationThis five-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to administer SQL Server 2008. The coursefocuses on support tasks, including installation, upgrading,backups, restores, monitoring, and auditing.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for databasesupport personnel and database administrators who havebasic Windows navigation skills.• Course Code: 50238• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Windows XP, Vista, or Window Server2003/2008 basic knowledge.Maintaining a Microsoft SQLServer 2008 R2 DatabaseThis five-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to maintain a Microsoft SQL Server 2008database. The course focuses on teaching individuals how touse SQL Server 2008 product features and tools related tomaintaining a database.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalswho administer and maintain SQL Server databases.• Course Code: 6231• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have basic knowledge ofthe Microsoft Windows operating system and its corefunctionality, working knowledge of Transact-SQL, workingknowledge of relational databases, and some experiencewith database design.Querying and Processing SQL Server DataUsing Microsoft SQL ServerQuerying and Processing SQL Server Data Using Microsoft SQLServer concentrates on providing students with the knowledgeand skills necessary to exploit the features and functionsavailable in SQL Server.Who Should Attend: The target audience for this clinic includes ITProfessionals who will be writing queries for use with MicrosoftSQL Server. Non-technical “power users” will also benefit fromthe course if they are comfortable using sophisticated softwaretools like SQL Server Management Studio.• Course Code: 50027• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must, at minimum, be comfortableworking with a complex user interface like SQL ServerManagement Studio.Updating Your Microsoft SQL Server 2008BI Skills to SQL Server 2008 R2This three-day instructor-led course focuses on the new featuresSQL Server 2008 R2 for BI specialists.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isBI professionals who have 3-4 years of experience with SQLServer. The audience has an understanding of how to useSQL Server 2008 BI tools to implement a BI infrastructureand solution.Summer 2012• 34Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Code: 10337• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: three to four years of experience using SQLServer 2008 BI components; knowledge of relationaland multi-dimensional database schemas; experiencecreating and deploying SQL Server Reporting Services(SSRS) reports; experience debugging, monitoring, andtroubleshooting BI solutions; experience working with theMicrosoft .NET Framework; experience in using the followingtools: Microsoft SQL Server 2008 BI Development Studio,Microsoft SQL Server 2008, Management Studio ReportBuilder, and Report Manager; and possible experience inusing Microsoft Visual Studio.Updating Your SQL Server 2005 Skillsto SQL Server 2008This three-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to upgrade their SQL Server 2005 skillsto SQL Server 2008.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for experiencedSQL Server 2005 developers and database administratorswho want to upgrade their skills to SQL Server 2008.• Course Code: 6158• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have experience developing oradministering SQL Server 2005 databases.Writing Queries Using Microsoft SQLServer 2008 Transact (Transact-SQL)In this collection of nine two-hour courses, students will be ableto query and modify data in Microsoft SQL Server 2008 usingTransact-SQL. Topics covered in the courses within the collectioninclude introduction to Transact-SQL in Microsoft SQL Server;2008 querying and filtering data in Microsoft SQL Server;2008 grouping and summarizing data in Microsoft SQLServer; 2008 joining data from multiple tables in MicrosoftSQL Server 2008; modifying data in tables in Microsoft SQLServer 2008; querying XML and full-text indexes in MicrosoftSQL Server 2008; and querying metadata in Microsoft SQLServer 2008. This course also helps prepare the student forexam 70-432—Microsoft SQL Server 2008, Implementationand Maintenance and 70-433—Microsoft SQL Server 2008,Database Development.• Course Code: 2778• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Knowledge of data integrity concepts, coreWindows Server skills, relational database design skills andprogramming skills.Certified Microsoft Technical CoursesSystem CenterPlanning, Deploying, and Managing MicrosoftSystems Center Configuration Manager 2007This five-day, instructor-led course will provide the studentwith the knowledge and skills to plan, deploy, and manageMicrosoft System Center Configuration Manager 2007. Thiscourse focuses on planning and deploying sites and clients,configuring software distribution, deploying operating systems,and managing software updates. It also focuses on remotetools and managing mobile devices.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for systemsengineers with one to three years of experience supportingmultiple desktop and server computers running MicrosoftWindows Server in medium to large enterprise organizationsand who have a need to plan a System Center ConfigurationManager 2007 deployment. This course may also be takenby Configuration Manager 2007 administrators who areresponsible for configuring and managing one or moreMicrosoft Systems Management Server (SMS) 2003 orConfiguration Manager 2007 sites and all supporting systems.Administrators should have one to three years of experiencesupporting multiple desktop and server computers runningWindows Server in medium to large enterprise organizations.• Course Code: 6451• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have a base-level understandingof Systems Management Server 2003 or ConfigurationsManager 2007, a system administrator–level workingknowledge of deployment, configuration, and troubleshootingfor Windows-based personal computers, and TCP/IPnetworking SQL Server Active Directory Basic Public KeyInfrastructure concepts knowledge.Summer 2012• 35Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingCertified Microsoft Technical CoursesVisual Studio and .NETDeveloping Data Access SolutionsWith Microsoft Visual Studio 2010In this course, experienced developers who know the basics ofdata access (CRUD) in Windows client and Web applicationenvironments will learn to optimize their designs and developbetter-performing data access code by using the ADO.NET Entity Framework, LINQ, WCF Data Services, the SyncFramework, and ADO.NET.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for professional.NET software developers who use Microsoft Visual Studio in ateam-based, medium-sized to large development environment.They will have experience implementing data access and databinding within their Web and/or Windows client applicationsand are interested in learning to optimize data access codein their applications by using the Entity Framework, LINQ, andADO.NET. Members of the audience are experienced users ofMicrosoft Visual Studio 2008 SP1 or newer releases of theVisual Studio product. The audience will have some experienceusing Visual Studio 2010 for either Windows client or Webapplication development. Typically, this audience has thefollowing knowledge/skills: experience developing N-tierapplications that access various data sources; experienceimplementing data binding within their applications; someexperience using LINQ and ADO.NET; and a conceptualunderstanding of the Entity Framework.• Course Code: 10265• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/experience: an understanding of the problem-solvingtechniques that apply to software development; a basicunderstanding of scripting techniques and some handsonexperience writing scripts; a general understandingof the purpose, function, and features of .NET Frameworktopics; experience using Visual Studio 2008; experiencein object-oriented design and development; experience inN-Tier application design and development; experience inWindows client application development; and experience inWeb application development.Developing Microsoft ASP.NETWeb Applications Using Visual Studio.NETThis five-day, instructor-led course will teach Microsoft VisualBasic programmers and beginning Web developers thefundamentals of Web application site implementation by usingMicrosoft ASP.NET and Microsoft Visual Basic.NET. This coursefocuses on using the Microsoft Visual Studio.NET environmentand the Microsoft.NET platform to create an ASP.NET Webapplication that delivers dynamic content to a website.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for beginningWeb developers who have knowledge of the HypertextMarkup Language (HTML) or dynamic HTML (DHTML), alongwith some knowledge of a scripting language, such as VisualBasic Scripting Edition or Microsoft JScript. This course is alsoappropriate for Visual Basic 6.0 developers wanting to learnASP.NET.• Course Code: 2310• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Before attending this course, students musthave the ability to create HTML or DHTML, includingtables, images, forms, and programming experience usingVisual Basic.NET (declaring variables, and using loops andconditional statements).Developing Web ApplicationsWith Microsoft Visual Studio 2010In this course, students will learn to develop advanced ASP.NET MVC and Web Forms applications using .NET Framework4 tools and technologies. The focus will be on coding activitiesthat enhance the performance and scalability of the websiteapplication. ASP.NET MVC will be introduced and comparedwith Web Forms so that students know when each should/couldbe used. This will also prepare the student for exam 70-515.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for professionalWeb developers who use Microsoft Visual Studio in a teambased,medium-sized to large development environment.Members of the audience have a minimum of two to threeyears of experience developing Web-based applications byusing Microsoft Visual Studio and Microsoft ASP.NET. Membersof the audience are experienced users of Microsoft VisualStudio 2008 SP1 and newer releases of the Visual Studioproduct. The audience understands how to use the new featuresof Visual Studio 2010.• Course Code: 10264• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students who attend this training should havethe following technical knowledge: an understanding ofthe problem-solving techniques that apply to softwaredevelopment; a basic understanding of scripting techniquesand some hands-on experience writing scripts; a generalunderstanding of the purpose, function, and features of .NETFramework topics; experience using Visual Studio 2008;Summer 2012• 36Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingexperience in object-oriented design and development; andexperience in N-Tier application design and development.Developing Windows ApplicationsWith Microsoft Visual Studio 2010In this course, experienced developers who know the basics ofWindows forms development gain more advanced Windowsclient design and development skills. WinForms and WPFprogramming models, as well as relative strengths and whento use each technology, are covered.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for technologyspecialists in the area of Windows Client Development whowork in a development environment that uses Microsoft VisualStudio.NET 2010 and Microsoft.NET Framework 4.0 to createrich client applications for Windows.• Course Code: 10262• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/skills: an understanding of the problem-solving techniques thatapply to software development; a general understandingof the purpose, function, and features of .NET Frameworktopics; experience with Runtime Application Domains Runtimehosts supported by the .NET Framework Experience usingVisual Studio 2008; experience with creating classes andmethods to establish the basic structure of an application;use of methods and events to implement the programminglogic of an application; experience identifying syntax andlogic errors; experience accessing and managing data froma data source; experience in object-oriented design anddevelopment; experience creating components and classlibraries; and experience in N-Tier application designand development.Developing Windows Communication FoundationSolutions With Microsoft Visual Studio 2010This three-day instructor-led course provides participants withthe knowledge and skills to develop distributed applicationsusing WCF 4 and Microsoft Visual Studio 2010. Importantnote: this course is designed for experienced .NET developerswho are interested in becoming technology specialists in thearea of WCF application development. For classrooms thatinclude less-experienced students, instructors may choose toadjust the course timings and establish a slower pace throughthe training material. To deliver this course at a reduced pace,Microsoft Learning suggests teaching Modules 1-7 during thethree days of classroom training and leaving module 8 for thestudents to explore on their own after the course is completed.This will enable the instructor to spend more time ensuring thatstudents fully understand the concepts taught in the earliermodules. Learning Partners may also choose to extend thecourse materials and establish a 4-day customized trainingcourse that progresses at a slower pace.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for professional.NET programmers who use Microsoft Visual Studio in a teambased,medium-sized to large development environment.Students should have experience consuming services within theirWeb and/or Windows client applications and be interested inlearning to develop service-oriented applications (SOA) usingWCF. Students should be experienced users of Microsoft VisualStudio 2008 SP1 as well as have cursory familiarity withMicrosoft Visual Studio 2010 for Windows client or Webapplication development.• Course Code: 10263• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: an understanding of the problem-solvingtechniques that apply to software development; generalunderstanding of the purpose, function, and features of the.NET Framework; experience developing software usingVisual Studio 2008 or Visual Studio 2010; experiencein object-oriented design and development using theC# programming language; and experience in N-tierapplication design and development.Introduction to Programming Microsoft.NETFramework Applications With MS Visual Studio 2005This five-day instructor-led course enables introductoryleveldevelopers who are not familiar with the Microsoft.NETFramework or Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 to gain familiaritywith the Visual Studio 2005 development environment. Studentswill also learn basic skills using either Microsoft Visual Basic orMicrosoft Visual C# as a programming language.Who Should Attend: The target audience for this course includesboth novice programmers who have a minimum of three months ofprogramming experience and intermediate-level programmerswho are otherwise new to .NET Framework development andwant to learn how to use Visual Basic or C#.• Course Code: 4994• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/skills: exposure to developing applications in eithera graphical or a non-graphical environment and theability to understand and apply the basics of structuredprogramming, including concepts such as flow control,variables, parameters, and function calls. In addition, itSummer 2012• 37Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingis recommended, but not required, that students havecompleted Course 2667—Introduction to Programming.Introduction to Web DevelopmentWith Microsoft Visual Studio 2010This five-day instructor-led course provides knowledge andskills on developing Web applications using Microsoft VisualStudio 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Web developerswho are beginners and have knowledge of Hypertext MarkupLanguage (HTML) or Dynamic HTML (DHTML) along withsome knowledge of a scripting language such as Visual BasicScripting Edition or Microsoft Jscript. Students are requiredto have the ability to construct a simple Web page using aMicrosoft or 3rd-party tool such as the ability to create orcustomize a Web page on a SharePoint site.• Course Code: 10267• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have at least one month ofexperience in .NET technologies. In addition to theirprofessional experience, students should have the followingtechnical knowledge: HTML or DHTML experience, includingtables, images, and forms; and programming experienceusing Visual Basic .NET or Visual C# .NET, including declaringvariables and using loops and conditional statements.Microsoft Visual Basic Scripting Editionand Microsoft Windows Script Host EssentialsThis three-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to manage Windows networks by usingthe Windows Script Host (WSH) and the Microsoft VisualBasic, Scripting Edition (VBScript) language. During the course,students will work on real-world scripts that they can use tomanage computers running Windows Vista, Windows XP, andWindows Server 2003 operating systems. This course alsoprovides an overview of other technologies where students canuse script, such as Active Directory Service Interfaces (ADSI)and Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI).Who Should Attend: This course is intended for systemsadministrators who use Windows-based computers andmust learn how to develop administrative scripts for theirEnterprise networks.• Course Code: 2433• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: practical experience using and administeringWindows Server 2003; practical experience using andadministering the Active Directory directory service; practicalexperience using and administering system security; practicalexperience using and administering services; practicalexperience using systems management information; andawareness of the potential uses of logon scripts.Programming in C With Microsoft Visual Studio 2010The course focuses on C# program structure, languagesyntax, and implementation details with .NET Framework 4.0.This course describes the new enhancements in the C# 4.0language by using Visual Studio 2010. Lower-intermediatelevel programmers gain the knowledge and skills they needto develop C# applications for the Microsoft .NET Framework4.0. The course highlights the structure of C# 4.0 programs,language syntax, and implementation details. This course is notmapped to any exam.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for experienceddevelopers who already have programming experience in C,C++, Visual Basic, or Java and understand the concepts ofobject-oriented programming. This course is not designed fornew programmers; it is targeted at professional developerswith at least 12 months of experience of programming in anobject-oriented environment.• Course Code: 10266• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have at least 12 months ofexperience working with an object-oriented language andhave C++ or Java knowledge.Programming Essentials Using Microsoft C.NETThis intense custom C#.NET class was created for beginnerand intermediate programmers. It is designed to introduceprogrammers to essential techniques and skills needed tobecome an advanced C#.NET programmer. These skills andtechniques are recommended for all application developerswho wish to survive in the Microsoft .NET world. The goal ofthis unique customized course is to help application developersunderstand C# syntax and the Microsoft .NET Framework. Inaddition to offering an overview of the .NET Framework andan introduction to key concepts and terminology, the courseprovides a series of labs which introduce and explain .NETFramework features that are used to code, debug, tune, anddeploy applications.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for beginner andintermediate software developers, including those employed bySummer 2012• 38Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingindependent software vendors or those who work on corporateenterprise development teams.• Course Code: 8002• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have a basic understandingof programming concepts such as variables, properties,methods, and events.Programming Essentials Using Microsoft VB.NETThis intense custom Visual Basic.NET class was created forbeginner and intermediate programmers. It is designedto introduce programmers to essential techniques andskills needed to become an advanced Visual Basic.NETprogrammer. These skills and techniques are recommended forall application developers who wish to survive in the Microsoft.NET world. The goal of this unique customized course is to helpapplication developers understand Visual Basic syntax and theMicrosoft.NET Framework. In addition to offering an overviewof the .NET Framework and an introduction to key conceptsand terminology, the course provides a series of labs, whichintroduce and explain .NET Framework features that are usedto code, debug, tune, and deploy applications.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for beginner andintermediate software developers, including those employed byindependent software vendors or those who work on corporateenterprise development teams.• Course Code: 8001• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have a basic understandingof programming concepts such as variables, properties,methods, and events.Who Should Attend: Candidates for this course are informationtechnology (IT) professionals who work in medium to largeorganizations. The primary candidate is a Windows Serveradministrator who operates Windows Servers on a dailybasis and who requires the skills for configuring, managing,and maintaining servers installed with Windows Server 2008,including the Release 2 (R2) edition. Candidates are typicallyresponsible for day-to-day management of the server operatingsystem and various server roles such as DHCP, DNS, file andprint services, directory services, and software distribution. Thiscourse may also be considered in combination with other exampreparation materials for candidates wishing to prepare forMCTS and MCITP certification in Windows Server 2008. Othercandidates for this course include IT professionals with skillswithin other IT areas or operating systems who wish to gainan insight into Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server2008 R2.• Course Code: 6419• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Before attending this course, in addition to theirprofessional experience, students must have the followingskills/experience: at least one year of experience operatingWindows Servers in the area of account management,server maintenance, server monitoring, or server security;certification related to the Microsoft Technology Associate(MTA) networking fundamentals, security fundamentals,and Windows Server administration fundamentalsdesignations or equivalent knowledge as outlined in course6420B—Fundamentals of Windows Server 2008; A+,Server+, hardware portion of Network+ or equivalentknowledge; working knowledge of networking technologies;intermediate understanding of network operating systems;basic knowledge of Active Directory; an understandingof security concepts and methodologies; basic knowledgeof TCP/IP; and basic knowledge of scripting tools such asPowerShell and WMI.Summer 2012Certified Microsoft Technical CoursesWindows Server ConfigurationConfiguring, Managing, andMaintaining Windows Server 2008 ServersThis five-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills that are required to manage accountsand resources, maintain server resources, monitor serverperformance, and safeguard data in a Microsoft WindowsServer 2008 and R2 environment. This course covers thecore skills required by anyone working with Windows Server2008 Servers.Configuring and Troubleshooting Identityand Access Solutions With Windows Server2008 Active DirectoryThis three-day instructor-led course provides in-depth trainingon configuring and troubleshooting Active Directory Identityand Access (IDA) solutions with Windows Server 2008 andWindows Server 2008 R2.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for those who wantto learn how IDA solutions are implemented in Windows Server2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. It is also intended for thosepreparing for MCTS: Windows Server 2008 Active Directorycertification. This course provides a technology overview of• 39Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingIDA and PKI solutions and details the implementation of eachof the roles in Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server2008 R2 that implement the IDA solution.• Course Code: 6426• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: technical skills in Active Directory DomainServices (AD DS), including technical skills equivalentto 6425C—Configuring Windows Server 2008 ActiveDirectory Domain Services; and technical skills in WindowsServer 2008 equivalent to 6419B—Configuring, Managing,and Maintaining Windows Server 2008 Servers.Configuring and Troubleshooting InternetInformation Services in Windows Server 2008In this 3-day instructor-led course, students will learn to install,configure, maintain, and troubleshoot an Internet InformationServices (IIS) 7.0 Web Server in Windows Server 2008.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isindividuals who want to become a Web server administrator inan Enterprise environment and individuals who are assuming anew role requiring skills in managing content served by an IIS7.0 Web Server over an intranet, extranet, and internet. Thesecondary audience for this course is individuals who are Webbasedapplication developers and possess networking skills.• Course Code: 6427• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have Course 6420 FoundationalSeries—Fundamentals of a Windows Server 2008 NetworkInfrastructure and Application Platform or a minimum of 1year of experience administering and supporting a WebServer role using Windows Server 2003 as well as Network+ certification.Configuring and Troubleshooting WindowsServer 2008 Active Directory Domain ServicesThis five-day instructor-led course provides in-depth trainingon implementing, configuring, managing, and troubleshootingActive Directory Domain Services (AD DS) in Windows Server2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 environments. It coverscore AD DS concepts and functionality as well as implementingGroup Policies, performing backup and restore, and monitoringand troubleshooting Active Directory issues. After completingthis course, students will be able to configure AD DS in WindowsServer 2008 and Windows server 2008 R2 environments. Thecourse also provides a direct mapping to the objective domainof the 70-640—TS: Windows Server 2008 Active DirectoryConfiguring exam.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Active Directorytechnology specialists and server and Enterprise administratorswho want to learn how to implement Active Directory DomainServices in Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008R2 environments. Those attending would be interested inlearning how to secure domains by using Group Policies, backup, restore, monitor, and troubleshoot configuration to ensuretrouble-free operation of Active Directory Domain Services.Those intending to take the 70-640—TS: Windows Server2008 Active Directory Configuring exam will also benefit fromattendance at this course.• Course Code: 6425• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: basic understanding of networking; intermediateunderstanding of network operating systems; awareness ofsecurity best practices; basic knowledge of server hardware;some experience creating objects in Active Directory; basicconcepts of backup and recovery in a Windows Serverenvironment; and good knowledge of Windows Clientoperating systems such as Windows Vista or Windows 7.Configuring and Troubleshooting aWindows Server 2008 Network InfrastructureThis five-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to configure and troubleshoot WindowsServer 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 Sp1 NetworkInfrastructures. It will cover networking technologies mostcommonly used with Windows Server 2008 and WindowsServer 2008 R2 Sp1 such as DNS, DHCP, IPv4 and IPv6network addressing, Network Policy server and NetworkAccess Protection, and configuring secure network access. It alsocovers fault-tolerant storage technologies, Network Storageand routing, remote access, and monitoring and complianceupdates as well as other relevant technologies.Who Should Attend: This course will be of interest andbenefit to attendees with different backgrounds and careeraspirations. It will be of interest to network administratorswho currently are, or will be, working with Windows Server2008 servers. It will also be of interest and benefit to ActiveDirectory technology specialists who aspire to be Enterpriseadministrators (Tier 4 day-to-day network operations) orexperienced server administrators who aspire to be Enterpriseadministrators. Storage area network administrators who needto understand this information to deploy or extend their currentstorage infrastructure and operations managers who need thisinformation to support troubleshooting efforts and businessSummer 2012• 40Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingdecisions would also benefit from this course This course alsomaps directly to the 70-642—TS: Windows Server 2008Network Infrastructure, Configuring exam objective domainand is part of the MCTS prerequisites for the MCITP: ServerAdministrator credential. As such, people looking to takethe 70-642 exam or obtain the MCITP Server Administratorcredential would also benefit from attending this course.• Course Code: 6421• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: an intermediate understanding of WindowsServer operating systems and Windows client operatingsystems; and client operating system knowledge equivalentto the below certifications would be of benefit. Exam 70-680—TS: Windows 7, Configuration or Exam 70-620—TS:Windows Vista, Configuring. Students should understandTCP/IP functions and have a basic understanding ofaddressing, name resolution (Domain Name System [DNS]/Windows Internet Name Service [WINS]), and connectionmethods (wired, wireless, virtual private network [VPN]).Students should have an awareness of security best practices.The minimum level of knowledge required, excluding theclient experience, can be covered by having knowledgeequivalent to the MOC course 6420B: Fundamentals ofWindows Server 2008; basic knowledge of Active Directorywould also be of benefit.Configuring and TroubleshootingWindows Server 2008 Terminal ServicesThis two-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to configure, manage, monitor, andtroubleshoot a Terminal Services (TS) environment. The coursefocuses on configuring of TS core functionality, licensing,Gateway, and Web access. This is the second course in theWindows Application Platform Services Technology SpecialistsWho Use Windows Server 2008 curriculum and will introducethe students to the Windows 2008 Terminal Services.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for an individualwhose primary role is a technology specialist in an Enterpriseenvironment. Individuals who are assuming a new role requiringskills to manage connections served by a terminal serversession over the intranet, extranet, and Internet would also beinterested in this course.• Course Code: 6428• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students must have technical knowledgeequivalent to the following: Course 6420 FoundationalSeries—Fundamentals of a Windows Server 2008 NetworkInfrastructure and Application Platform or WindowsServer 2003 Terminal Server experience in an Enterpriseenvironment; a minimum of one year of experienceadministering and supporting TS; a minimum of one year ofexperience administering and supporting Windows Server2003 or Windows Server 2003 R2; and a minimum ofone year of administering certificate services Network+certification.Deploying, Configuring, andAdministering Microsoft Lync Server 2010This five-day instructor-led course teaches IT professionals howto deploy, configure, and administer a Microsoft Lync Server2010 solution. The course emphasizes Lync Server 2010Enterprise Voice features from a deployment and configurationperspective. The labs in this course build on each other tocreate a solution that includes IM and Presence, Conferencing,and Enterprise Voice. This course helps the student prepare forExam 70-664.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalsand telecommunications professionals who want to learn how toinstall, configure, manage, and maintain a Microsoft Lync Server2010 environment. These professionals should have at leastthree years of experience working with unified communicationssoftware, including knowledge of and experience with MicrosoftOffice Communications Server 2007 R2.• Course Code: 10533• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: In addition to their professional experience,students who attend this training should have anunderstanding of the following telecommunications concepts:the difference between TDM and VoIP Gateways andPBX Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Codecs Dialing plans;an understanding of general concepts such as networkingfundamentals, including TCP/IP/UDP, DNS Active Directoryprinciples and management Windows Server 2008fundamentals; Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) ExchangeMessaging concepts; PowerShell basics; and SQL Serverconcepts and operation.Designing a Windows Server 2008Active Directory Infrastructure and ServicesAt the end of this five-day course, students will learn how todesign an Active Directory Infrastructure in Windows Server2008. Students will learn how to design Active Directory forests,domain infrastructure, sites and replication, administrativestructures, group policies, and Public Key Infrastructures.Students will also learn how to design for security, highavailability, disaster recovery, and migrations.Summer 2012• 41Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: This course is intended for Windows Server2008 IT professionals who want to become Windows Server 2008Enterprise administrators and move into the role of designingActive Directory Domain Services (AD DS) environments.• Course Code: 6436• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have completed the MicrosoftCertified Technology Specialist (MCTS) Windows Server2008 curriculum or have equivalent knowledge and skills aswell as knowledge of Windows Vista Terminal Services orDeployment Terminal Services.• Course Code: 6435• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: Active Directory technology specialist-levelknowledge and concepts; network infrastructure technologyspecialist-level knowledge and experience; applicationsinfrastructure technology specialist-level knowledge andexperience; Windows Vista TS level of knowledge andexperience; intermediate understanding of networkingconcepts; intermediate understanding of security best practicesfor authentication and file permissions; and intermediateunderstanding of server and network hardware.Designing a Windows Server 2008Applications InfrastructureThis three-day course will prepare IT professionals for the roleof Enterprise administrator. Students will learn how to designapplication infrastructure solutions based on Windows Server2008 to meet varying business and technical requirements.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isIT professionals (including Windows 2000/2003 Enterpriseadministrators) interested in becoming a Windows Server2008 Enterprise administrator with a focus on applicationinfrastructure such as Web and Terminal Services. Thesecondary audience for this course is application architectswho want to know more about how to integrate WindowsServer 2008 technologies into Enterprise applications.• Course Code: 6437• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have one or more of the following:intermediate understanding of networking; intermediateunderstanding of network operating systems; intermediateunderstanding of security best practices; intermediateknowledge of server and network hardware; conceptualunderstanding of Active Directory (AD); and hands-onexperience with more than one application service.Designing a Windows Server 2008 NetworkThis five-day course will provide students with anunderstanding of how to design a Windows Server 2008network infrastructure that meets business and technicalrequirements for network services.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course is ITprofessionals, including Windows 2000 Server and WindowsServer 2003 Enterprise administrators interested in becominga Windows Server 2008 Enterprise administrator who focuseson network solutions.Fundamentals of Windows Server 2008The purpose of this five-day course is to teach students thebasic fundamentals of networking, security, and serveradministration with Windows Server 2008 and WindowsServer 2008 R2. It is intended to provide the foundationallevelknowledge needed to prepare students to begin buildinga career in Microsoft technologies.Who Should Attend: Candidates for this course are seekingto gain fundamental knowledge and skills around security,networking, and administration in Windows Server 2008 andWindows Server 2008 R2. It can apply to home computerusers, academic students, information workers, developers, orhelp desk technicians wishing to begin a new skills path orup-skill to Windows Server technologies. Candidates for thiscourse may also include IT professionals with skills within otherIT areas or operating systems (such as Linux) who wish to gainan insight into Windows Server.• Course Code: 6420• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: In addition to their professional experience,students who attend this training should have the followingtechnical knowledge: a good fundamental knowledgeof general computing equivalent with the CompTIA A+Certification; an ability to understand basic security,networking, and administration concepts; and some previousknowledge and experience with desktop operating systems,although this is not mandatory. Note: No programming skillsare required, although some experience and knowledge ofscripting technologies would be advantageous.Fundamentals of WindowsServer 2008 Active DirectoryThis three-day instructor-led course provides Active Directorytechnology specialists with an introduction to Active DirectorySummer 2012• 42Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingserver roles in Windows Server 2008. The course is intendedfor entry-level students who want to become familiar with theActive Directory server roles and their basic functionality.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isIT professionals who are new to Active Directory and want tobecome familiar with Active Directory concepts.• Course Code: 6424• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have a basic understanding ofnetworking, a basic understanding of network operatingsystems, and basic knowledge of server hardware. A+ orequivalent knowledge is not required but expected.a competitive platform who want to enhance their job skills onMicrosoft Windows Server 2003 networking. The entry criteriafor this course includes individuals who are IT professionals andnew to Windows Server 2003 network implementation. Thecourse prepares the student for the Microsoft Certified SystemsEngineer (MCSE) certification.• Course Code: 2278• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have completed Course 2277—Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining a MicrosoftWindows Server 2003 Network Infrastructure: NetworkServices (or equivalent knowledge and skills).Planning and Designing aMicrosoft Lync Server 2010 SolutionThis five-day instructor-led course teaches the student how toplan and design a Microsoft Lync Server 2010 solution and isgeared toward IT professionals. The course emphasizes voicefeatures in Lync 2010 from a deployment perspective. In thiscourse, students learn how to plan and design a Lync Server2010 system. The labs utilize the Lync Server 2010 PlanningWorkbook and Planning Tool. This course helps the studentprepare for Exam 70-665.• Course Code: 10534• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge:features and architecture; dial plans; external user accessand federation; security; high availability; load balancing;resiliency; capacity; bandwidth management; central andbranch office sites; Enterprise Voice; call management;audio/Web/dial-in conferencing; and topology options,including services, server roles, colocation, and geographicalplacement. Apart from this, students should have knowledgeon Windows Server Active Directory deployment and shouldhave attended the TS-level Course 10533A—Configuring andManaging Microsoft Lync Server 2010 (or possess equivalentexperience or skills).Planning and Maintaining a MicrosoftWindows Server 2003 Network InfrastructureThe goal of this course is to provide students with the knowledgeand skills necessary to plan and maintain a Windows Server2003 network infrastructure. This is the fifth course in theWindows Server 2003 Systems Engineer curriculum.Who Should Attend: This course is appropriate for individualsemployed as, or seeking a position as, a systems engineer. Thiscourse is also appropriate for individuals currently supportingPlanning for Windows Server 2008 ServicesThis three-day course is intended for IT professionals whoare interested in the knowledge and skills necessary to plana Windows Server 2008 operating system infrastructure. Thecourse is aimed at server administrators and is not a “howto”course; therefore, it has a significant number of planningexercises with less focus on hands-on exercises. The coursecontent and exercises direct students toward making decisionsand providing guidance to others. This course reflects thedecision-making tasks that a server administrator undertakes.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for a server administratorwho is moving from a technical-specialist role to a decision-makingrole and wants to acquire the necessary knowledge to be able toplan for Windows Server 2008 servers.• Course Code: 6430• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following training/experience: skills equivalent to course 6418A—Installationand Configuration of Windows Server 2008, WindowsDeployment Services, and Active Directory directory serviceupgrades; skills equivalent to course 6420A—TCP/IPConfiguration—Server Administration; network, and datasecurity skills equivalent to course 6421—Domain NameSystem (DNS) Configuration—Windows Internet NameService (WINS) configuration, IPv6 transition, remote access,network policies, Network Access Protection (NAP), andDistributed File System (DFS); skills equivalent to course6424A—Configure Active Directory Domain Services (ADDS)—configure Active Directory Lightweight DirectoryServices (AD LDS), configure Active Directory CertificateServices (AD CS), configure Active Directory FederationServices (AD FS), and create users and groups; skillsequivalent to course 6425A—Configure AD DS Security,Trusts, Sites, Replication, and Group Policy; and up to oneyear experience implementing server plans.Summer 2012• 43Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingUpdating Your Active DirectoryTechnology Skills to Windows Server 2008This course will provide the student with the knowledge andskills to work with network infrastructure and Active Directorytechnologies in Windows Server 2008.Who Should Attend: The course is intended for individuals whoalready have experience with Network Infrastructure and ActiveDirectory technologies in Windows Server 2000 or WindowsServer 2003 and who wish to upgrade their skills to WindowsServer 2008. Typical students include those who have at leastone year of experience implementing and administering anetwork operating system and IT professionals who work inmedium and enterprise organizations with the knowledge andskills to design, implement, and manage a Windows Server2000 or Windows Server 2003 infrastructure.• Course Code: 6416• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: students must have the following knowledge/skills: experience planning, implementing, managing,maintaining, and securing Windows Server 2000 or 2003,including Active Directory and Network Infrastructure serverroles; working knowledge of networking, for example, TCP/IP and Domain Name System (DNS); experience installing,configuring, and administering Windows 2000 Server,Windows Server 2003, Windows XP Professional, orWindows Vista; and MCSA on Windows Server 2003 orMCSE on Windows Server 2003 is recommended.Updating Your Applications InfrastructureTechnology Skills to Windows Server 2008This three-day instructor-led course provides students withan understanding of Applications Infrastructure technologiesin Windows Server 2008. This course is intended to allowindividuals who already have experience with applicationsinfrastructure technologies in Windows 2000 Server orWindows Server 2003 to upgrade their skills to WindowsServer 2008.Who Should Attend: The course is intended for IT professionalsexperienced in the technologies included in Windows Server2000 and Windows Server 2003 and who hold an MCSE orMCSA certification and/or equivalent knowledge.• Course Code: 6417• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have one or more of thefollowing: on-the-job experience in planning, implementing,managing, or supporting Microsoft Windows Server2000 or 2003, including Active Directory and NetworkInfrastructure; working knowledge of networking; designingof a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Active Directory andNetwork Infrastructure; designing of Security for a MicrosoftWindows Server 2003 Network; and the student must haveinstalled, configured, and administered Microsoft Windows2000, Windows XP Professional, or Microsoft Vista.Certified Microsoft Technical CoursesWindows Server ManagementAdministering Team Foundation Server 2010This three-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to manage Microsoft Team FoundationServer 2010. The course focuses on the technologies used inTeam Foundation Server 2010 and the techniques used todeploy, manage, and support Team Foundation Server 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for noviceexperienced administrators with either a background in softwaredevelopment or a background in system administration. Thiscourse is intended to provide administrators with knowledgeto effectively manage and administer TFS 2010. This courseis not intended to provide developers with comprehensiveknowledge covering how to use Team Foundation Server tosupport development, but instead provides administrators withthe requisite knowledge to manage Team Foundation Server ina development environment.• Course Code: 50430• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have A+ certification orequivalent knowledge, Network+ certification or equivalentknowledge, and possess working knowledge of WindowsServer administrative tasks.Automating AdministrationWith Windows PowerShell 2.0This course provides students with the knowledge and skills toutilize Windows PowerShell for administering and automatingadministration of Windows-based servers.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalsalready experienced in general Windows Server and WindowsClient administration, including Active Directory administration.No prior experience with any version of Windows PowerShellor any scripting language is assumed.• Course Code: 10325• Contact Hours: 19.5Summer 2012• 44Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have experience with Windowsnetworking technologies and implementation; experiencewith Windows Server administration, maintenance, andtroubleshooting; and experience with Active Directorytechnologies and implementation, including Group Policy;and experience with Windows Server 2008 Web applicationserver technologies and implementation.Automating Windows Server 2008Administration With Windows PowershellThis three-day instructor-led course provides students withthe knowledge and skills to utilize Windows PowerShell foradministering and automating administration of WindowsServer 2008. The course focuses on cmdlets, script structureand flow control, language syntax, and implementationdetails of scripting administrative tasks using COM, WMI,and .NET foundations.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Windowsadministrators interested in automating Windows Server 2008administration tasks as well as those people looking for a fullfeaturedinteractive command-line environment for Windowsoperating systems. Windows end users or developers who needto understand what is involved in Windows administration orcommand-line environments may also find this course helpful.• Course Code: 6434• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: students should have completed Course6430—Planning and Administering Windows Server 2008Servers or have equivalent knowledge of administrativetasks. In addition, it is recommended, but not required, thatstudents have completed Course 2433—Microsoft VisualBasic Scripting Edition and Microsoft Windows Script HostEssentials or have equivalent knowledge of scripting andautomation in Windows.Managing, Maintaining, and SecuringYour Networks Through Group PolicyStudents will discover how to consolidate the administration ofan Enterprise IT infrastructure with Group Policy. They will alsolearn to control and manage computer systems and domainusers running Windows Server 2003, Server 2008, XP, andVista as well as learn to create Group Policies, implementadministrative and security templates, and determine bestpractices when deploying software packages. Students willwalk away with the experience and tools needed to optimizeEnterprise systems and networks.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Enterprisenetwork staff responsible for help desk support, systemadministration, and network design.• Course Code: 50255• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: Students must have experience with theMicrosoft Windows Server 2003/8 environments and afundamental understanding of Active Directory.Managing and Maintaining WindowsServer 2008 Network Infrastructure ServersThis two-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to manage and maintain Windows Server2008 network infrastructure servers. The course focuses oncreating a plan for managing the server lifecycle, developingand evaluating baselines for monitoring and managing serverroles, and analyzing the implementation and configuration ofseveral different server roles for Windows Server 2008. Thecourse will also focus on analyzing and maintaining networkserver security.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for serveradministrators who are familiar with Windows Server 2008and who are, or will be, responsible for the overall lifecyclemanagement of Windows Server 2008 Network InfrastructureServer roles. It is also intended for IT professionals who couldbenefit from acquiring the skills required by a Windows Server2008 Network Infrastructure Server Administrator, such as aserver administrator who is responsible for network serversthat will work closely with Enterprise administrators and whowant to understand the operational lifecycle of WindowsServer 2008 Network Infrastructure Server roles.• Course Code: 6431• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students should have several years ofexperience deploying and maintaining Microsoft WindowServer 2003 networks. A good understanding of corenetworking services, including DHCP, DNS, and TerminalServices, is also required. In addition to their professionalexperience, students who attend this training should havetechnical knowledge equivalent to the following courses:6420—Fundamentals of Windows Server 2008 NetworkInfrastructure and Application Platform; 6421—Configuringand Troubleshooting a Windows Server 2008 NetworkInfrastructure; and 6430—Planning and AdministeringWindows Server 2008 Servers.Summer 2012• 45Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingManaging System CenterOperations Manager 2007This five-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to manage a Systems Center OperationsManager 2007 R2 management group. This course is intendedto develop the necessary skills to install and manage OperationsManager 2007 R2 management servers and supporting roles.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Windows Server2003 or later administrators who have experience workingwithin a Windows Active Directory domain environment andhave a good understanding of Windows Server-based networkservices. Familiarity with a support ticketing system is helpful.• Course Code: 50028• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: A+ certification or equivalent knowledge;Network+ certification (or equivalent knowledge); course2273 (or equivalent knowledge); course 2277 (or equivalentknowledge); course 2278 (or equivalent knowledge); course2279 (or equivalent knowledge); familiarity with WindowsServer 2008; familiarity with Microsoft SQL Server 2005;and familiarity with SQL Reporting Services.Updating Your Windows Server 2008Technology Specialist Skills to R2This three-day instructor-led course teaches the new featuresof Windows Server 2008 R2 to IT professionals who havespecialist skills in working with Windows Server 2008Technology. The course facilitates accelerated learning ofWindows Server 2008 R2 features and the features enabledin Windows Server 2008 R2 for Windows 7.Who Should Attend: The audience for this course is ITprofessionals who are experienced on technologies in theWindows Server 2008 and who are certified Windows Server2008 Technical Specialists or have equivalent knowledge.Students taking this course are expected to have experiencein hands-on deployment and the day-to-day management ofWindows-based servers for Enterprise organizations.• Course Code: 10159• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/skills: core Windows Server 2008 Technology Specialistskills; familiarity and experience in batch scripting or anotherscripting language; experience with Windows deploymenttechnologies and implementation; experience with Windowsnetworking technologies and implementation; experiencewith Active Directory technologies and implementation;experience with Windows Server 2008 server virtualizationtechnologies and implementation; and experience withWindows Server 2008 Web application server technologiesand implementation.Windows PowerShell for AdministratorsThis three-day hands-on class will introduce administrators tothe new Windows command-line shell, Windows PowerShell.Windows PowerShell offers both a command-line interfaceas well as a scripting environment. With connectivity toMicrosoft products such as Microsoft Exchange Server 2007,Microsoft System Center Operations Manager (MOM 2007),and many more, Windows PowerShell provides a consistentinterface to more easily control system administration andaccelerate automation. It runs on Windows XP Service Pack 2(SP2), Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, and WindowsServer 2008.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionals.• Course Code: 50025• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have experience administeringservers. This module explains how to name, declare, assignvalues to, and use variables. It also describes how to storedata in an array.Certified Microsoft Technical CoursesWindows Server VirtualizationImplementing and ManagingMicrosoft Desktop VirtualizationThis five-day, instructor-led course provides the student withthe knowledge and skills to implement and manage desktopvirtualization solutions. It provides an overview of virtualizationand the various Microsoft products that can be used to implementand deploy a virtualization solution. The course explains how toconfigure and manage a MED-V deployment and describes theprocedures for deploying an App-V solution by implementingApp-V servers and clients and by sequencing applications.The course also covers the configuration of Remote DesktopServices and RemoteApp programs and describes the conceptof user state virtualization and procedures for configuring theVirtual Desktop Infrastructure (VDI).Who Should Attend: This course is intended for MicrosoftWindows Server 2008 system and desktop administratorswho will manage and implement desktop and applicationSummer 2012• 46Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingvirtualization technologies within their networks. The studentsfor this course typically are responsible for implementingtheir organizations’s desktop and application virtualization,or their information technology (IT) management has directedthem to research and/or implement desktop and applicationvirtualization in the existing environment. Students should havea minimum of 1.5 years of experience working with WindowsServer 2008 as a server or desktop administrator. This coursedoes not require prior experience with virtualization; however,we highly recommend familiarity with virtualization conceptsand management tools.• Course Code: 10324• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have basic skills with WindowsCommand line Monitoring and Management Tools,networking AD DS, including Group Policy deployments, andperformance monitoring troubleshooting experience.Implementing and ManagingMicrosoft Server VirtualizationThis five-day, instructor-led course will provide the studentwith the knowledge and skills to deploy and manage aserver virtualization environment using Microsoft technologies.The course provides details on how to deploy and manageHyper-V and Remote Desktop Services on Windows Server2008 R2. The course also provides details on how to managea server virtualization environment by using System Centerproducts such as System Center Virtual Machine Manager(VMM) 2008, SCVMM 2008 R2, System Center OperationsManager 2007 R2, System Center Data Protection Manager2007 R2, and System Center Configuration Manager 2007R2. This course does not require previous server virtualizationexperience, but it does require that students have significantexperience in managing Windows Server 2008 or WindowsServer 2008 R2.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isMicrosoft Windows Server 2008 system administrators whowill manage and implement Server Virtualization technologieswithin their network. The students for this course are responsiblefor virtualizing their current servers or have been requested ordirected by their information technology (IT) management toresearch and/or implement server virtualization in the existingenvironment. They should have a minimum of 1.5 years ofexperience working with Microsoft Windows Server 2008 as aserver administrator. Prior experience with virtualization is notexpected; however, familiarity with virtualization concepts andmanagement tools is highly recommended.• Course Code: 10215• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/skills: perform server administrator tasks responsible forbuilding and maintaining a virtualization infrastructure;work or consult for a midsize to enterprise-size organization;have a basic understanding of server virtualization conceptsrelated to Microsoft or other third-party virtualizationtechnologies; support production, development, testing,high availability, business continuity, staging, classroom,or hosting environments based upon Windows Server2008 technology; understand a Windows-based network,including Active Directory directory service; understandstorage technologies; and understand Windows Server2008 failover clustering.Planning and DesigningMicrosoft Virtualization SolutionsThis five-day instructor-led course provides students with theknowledge and skills to design a complex data center anddesktop architecture using Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2with Hyper-V or Hyper-V Server 2008 R2, Remote DesktopServices (RDS), System Center Suite, Microsoft EnterpriseDesktop Virtualization (MED-V), and Application Virtualization4.6 (APP-V), as well as supporting applications and utilities.The information included in this class will provide studentswith a solid baseline of technology solutions, architectureconsiderations, and management requirements that can beintegrated to build a successful virtualization infrastructure.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for infrastructurearchitects and virtualization specialists who are responsible fordesigning, deploying, and managing one or more data centeror desktop virtualization environments.• Course Code: 50273• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following skills/knowledge: Windows Server 2008 R2 knowledgeand experience; fundamental knowledge of Hyper-V;fundamental knowledge of Remote Desktop Services(RDS); fundamental knowledge of Microsoft EnterpriseDesktop Virtualization (MED-V); fundamental knowledgeof Application Virtualization (APP-V); and fundamentalknowledge of System Center products.Summer 2012• 47Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingCisco-Authorized CoursesCisco-Authorized CoursesApplication Control EngineASAImplementing the ApplicationControl Engine Service Module v2.0This is a four-day, instructor-led, lecture/lab course thatteaches participants how to design, deploy, and optimizeintelligent network services using the Cisco Application ControlEngine (ACE) Service Module for Catalyst 6500 switches. Thiscourse covers all of the key features of the ACE 2.0 software,including resource virtualization and management, serverload balancing (Layer 2-4 and Layer 7), SSL terminationand offload, and security features such as application-layerinspection and fixups.Who Should Attend: Cisco channel partners, resellers,employees, and customers• Course Code: ACESM• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have the following skills/knowledge: TCP/IP protocol, HTTP and SSL protocols, N-tierapplication architecture, and server load-balancing.Implementing the Cisco ApplicationControl Engine (ACE) Appliance 1.0This four-day, instructor-led, lecture/lab course teachesparticipants how to design, deploy, and optimize intelligentnetwork services using the Cisco Application Control Engine(ACE) Appliance. This course covers all of the key features ofthe ACE 2.0 software, including resource virtualization andmanagement, server load balancing (Layer 2-4 and Layer7), SSL termination and offload, and security features such asapplication-layer inspection and fixups.Who Should Attend: Cisco channel partners/resellers andCisco customers will benefit from this course.• Course Code: ACEAP• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: Students should have the followingknowledge/skills: TCP/IP protocol; HTTP and SSL protocols;N-tier application architecture; server load-balancing;ACESM—Implementing the Application Control EngineService Module, and AXGOC (1.0)—ACE XML GatewayOperations and Configuration.Deploying Cisco ASA Firewall Solutions v1.0This course is an instructor-led course presented by Ciscotraining partners to their end-user customers. This five-daycourse aims at providing network security engineers withthe knowledge and skills needed to implement and maintainCisco ASA adaptive security appliance-based perimetersolutions. Successful graduates will be able to reduce risk tothe IT infrastructure and applications using Cisco ASA adaptivesecurity appliance features and provide detailed operationssupport for the Cisco ASA adaptive security appliance.Who Should Attend: Cisco channel partners, resellers,employees, and customers• Course Code: FIREWALL• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: The knowledge and skills that a learnermust have before attending this course are as follows:Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification(Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices 1—ICND1 andInterconnecting Cisco Network Devices 2—ICND2; CiscoCertified Network Associate Security (CCNA Security)certification (Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security—IINS); and working knowledge of the Microsoft Windowsoperating system.Deploying Cisco ASA VPN Solutions v1.0This is an instructor-led course presented by Cisco trainingpartners to their end-user customers. This five-day course aimsat choosing, configuring, and troubleshooting the majority ofCisco ASA adaptive security appliance remote access and siteto-siteVPN features to reduce risk to IT infrastructure and itsapplications.Who Should Attend: Channel partners, resellers, customers, orCisco employees• Course Code: VPN• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneSecuring Networks With ASA Advanced v1.0In this authorized Cisco course, students will take knowledgeand skills on configuring, maintaining, and operating Cisco ASASummer 2012• 48Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training5500 Series Adaptive Security to the next level. Recommendedtraining for the Cisco Certified Security Professional (CCSP)certification, SNAA, takes over where SNAF leaves off, coveringadvanced topics of adaptive security. We have added depthto the existing Cisco-developed hands-on labs for SNAA. Ouradvanced hands-on labs, delivered in an enhanced topologydesigned to simulate a typical production network, guide thestudent through exercises such as managing digital certificatesfor IPSec and SSL VPNs, deep packet inspection, and usingthe 5505 in the SOHO environment. Our labs utilize ASA5520 security appliances, though this course and lab contentare applicable across the ASA and PIX families of securityappliances since the command syntax is generally the same.This course covers the features and syntax of Cisco SecurityAppliance Software v8.0.Who Should Attend: Cisco customers who implement andmaintain ASA and PIX security appliances; Cisco channelpartners who sell, implement, and maintain ASA and PIXsecurity appliances; and Cisco systems engineers who supportthe sale of ASA and PIX security appliances• Course Code: SNAA• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneSecuring Networks With ASA FoundationThis is a five-day, instructor-led, lab-intensive course which willbe delivered by Cisco learning partners. This task-orientedcourse teaches the knowledge and skills needed to configure,maintain, and operate Cisco ASA 5500 Series AdaptiveSecurity Appliances. This course updates Securing Networkswith PIX and ASA (SNPA) v5.0. In SNAF 1.0, the ASDM 6.0graphical user interface (GUI) is used for configuration andmonitoring. Although all lessons and labs are now GUI-based,the commands for each configuration task are also presentedin the lessons for those who prefer to configure the securityappliance via the command line interface (CLI). In SNAF 1.0,lessons have been updated to cover new features in Cisco ASAand PIX Security Appliance Software Version 8.0(2), includingthe following topics: threat detection, secure logging, remotecommand execution in failover pairs, redundant interfaces,modular policy framework enhancements, access controllist renaming capability, FTP support for SSL VPN, onscreenkeyboard for the SSL VPN, administrator-defined customizationof all SSL VPN user-visible content, and personal bookmarksfor SSL VPN users.Who Should Attend: Cisco customers who implement andmaintain Cisco ASA security appliances; Cisco channelpartners who sell, implement, and maintain ASA securityappliances; and Cisco engineers who support the sale of ASAsecurity appliances• Course Code: SNAF• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneCisco-Authorized CoursesCCNA—Core Network FundamentalsBuilding Scalable Cisco Internetworks v3.0This course covers CCNP routing protocol training forprofessional-level skills in building enterprise-level routernetworks and applications and integrates advancedtechnologies. Students will learn how to create an efficientand expandable Enterprise network by installing, configuring,monitoring, and troubleshooting network infrastructureequipment (especially routers such as Cisco ISRs) according tothe Campus Infrastructure module in the Enterprise CompositeNetwork model. The routed network includes the most commonlyused and emerging IP routing protocols.Who Should Attend: The following would be appropriatefor this course: candidates for Cisco CCNP®, CCDP®, andCCIP® certifications; candidates for Cisco CCIE® Routing andSwitching and CCIE Communications and Services certifications;network administrators and technicians responsible forimplementing and troubleshooting complex routed networkenvironments; customers or channel resellers who areexperienced with Cisco products or have a broad knowledgeof the internetworking industry; network technicians whoare experienced with Cisco products and services; networkadministrators responsible for implementing and managingmedium-to-large business networks; senior network supportstaff performing a help-desk role in a medium or enterprisesizedcompany that has internal network support escalationstaff; and network support staff who design, implement, andtroubleshoot Layer 3 connectivity issues.• Course Code: BSCI• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneCisco Wide-Area Application Services v3.0This is an instructor-led course that will teach learners how todesign and deploy a solution using Cisco WAAS, which improvesapplication performance over the WAN while enablingSummer 2012• 49Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Traininginfrastructure consolidation. The learner will also understandCisco WAAS optimization technology, design considerations,network integration, and system troubleshooting aspects.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isnetwork designers, network administrators, network engineers,server and system administrators, and systems engineers. Thesecondary audience for this course is network managers.• Course Code: CWAAS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: The knowledge and skills that a learnermust have before attending this course are as follows:fundamental knowledge of TCP/IP and associated TCP/IPapplications equivalent to those learned in InterconnectingCisco Networking Devices Part 1 (ICND1); operationalknowledge of Cisco routers equivalent to those learned inInterconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 (ICND1);and fundamental knowledge of Microsoft Windowsnetworking technologies.Data Center Network Infrastructure DesignsThis five-day course offers data center-oriented contentprimarily focused on the Cisco Catalyst 6500 Series switches,Cisco Catalyst 4900 Series top-of-rack switches, and, to alesser degree, the Blade switches. This is one of six courses andexams that support the Advanced Data Center NetworkingInfrastructure partner specialization.Who Should Attend: Channel partners, resellers, customers, orCisco employees• Course Code: DCNID• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Recommended knowledge prior to taking thiscourse is CCNP, CCIE Routing and Switching, CCIE ServiceProvider or equivalent knowledge. Students should alsohave taken the following courses: Building Scalable CiscoInternetworks (BSCI), Building Cisco Multilayer SwitchedNetworks (BCMSN), Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks(ONT), and Implementing Secure Converged Wide AreaNetworks (ISCW).Designing for Cisco Internetwork v2.1This course focuses on the foundational skills and knowledgenecessary for professionals entering the specialization ofnetwork design or working as an apprentice to a moreexperienced network design engineer. Topics include designof routed and switched network infrastructures and servicesinvolving LAN, WAN, and broadband access for businessesand organizations, including service virtualization. TheEnteprise Composite Model used in the course facilitates thedesign, planning, implementation, operation and optimization(PDIOO) through modular design and focus on the relationsbetween modules.Who Should Attend: Channel partners/resellers, customers,and employees• Course Code: DESGN• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 day• Prerequisite: It is strongly recommended that learnershave the following skills before attending this course: CiscoCCNA®-level knowledge; practical experience deployingand operating networks built with Cisco network devices andCisco IOS software, and CCNP®-level knowledge of Ciscoswitching, as found in the Cisco SWITCH (or BCMSN) courses.Implementing Cisco AdvancedStorage Networking Solutions v4.2Implementing Advanced Cisco Storage Networking Solutionsv4.2 is a five-day lecture and lab course using NX-OS v5.0.4that provides students with advanced skills in implementing andtroubleshooting Cisco storage networks. This course focuses onadvanced storage networking topics for the Cisco MultilayerDirector Switch (MDS) family, including building virtual SANfabrics, building heterogeneous SAN fabrics, configuringmanagement and security services, configuring InternetSmall Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI), and advancedtroubleshooting skills. A significant portion of the course isdevoted to troubleshooting.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this courseis field engineers. The secondary audience for this course issystems engineers.• Course Code: IASNS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: The knowledge and skills that a student musthave before attending this course are as follows: basicunderstanding of data storage hardware components andprotocols, including Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI)and Fibre Channel, Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE), andiSCSI; recommended Storage Networking Industry Association(SNIA) certification training; attendance of the ImplementingCisco Storage Networking Solutions (ICSNS) class or equivalentknowledge; and basic understanding of TCP/IP networkingconcepts (recommended: Cisco CCNA certification).Summer 2012• 50Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingImplementing Cisco IP Switched Networks v1.0This five-day instructor-led training course is designed tohelp students prepare to plan, configure, and verify theimplementation of complex Enterprise switching solutionsfor campus environments using the Cisco Enterprise CampusArchitecture. These skills are validated in the Cisco CCNP Routingand Switching certification, a professional-level certificationspecializing in the routing and switching field. This course is acomponent of the Cisco CCNP Routing and Switching curriculumand is designed to give students a firm understanding of howto manage switches in an Enterprise campus environment. Thistraining class reinforces the instruction by providing studentswith hands-on labs.Who Should Attend: The course is appropriate for Enterprisenetwork engineers with at least one year of job experiencewho are ready to advance their skills and work independentlyon complex network solutions.• Course Code: SWITCH• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneImplementing Cisco StorageNetworking Solutions v4.2This is a five-day lecture and lab course using NX-OS v5.0.4that provides learners with fundamental skills in implementingand troubleshooting Cisco storage networks. Course topicsinclude installing and bringing up the switch, configuring virtualSANs (VSANs), domains, interfaces, and zones, implementingport channels, configuring management security, and basictroubleshooting. Students will also learn how to configurehighly available Fibre Channel over IP (FCIP) tunnels and tunethe performance of FCIP links.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this courseis field engineers. The secondary audience for this course issystems engineers.• Course Code: ICSNS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have a basic understanding ofdata storage hardware components and protocols, includingSmall Computer Systems Interface (SCSI) and Fibre Channeland a basic understanding of network protocols, includingEthernet and IP. Recommended: Cisco CCNA® certification.CSECisco-Authorized CoursesCisco Sales Essentials v5.0The goal of this course is to provide both Cisco and partneraccount managers and system engineers with the introductoryinformation they need to sell Cisco core products and solutions.There will be a focus on architectures and sales opportunitiesrelevant to partners. The course is also designed for accountmanagers and engineers wishing to earn the Cisco SalesExpert designation by passing the Cisco Sales Expert exam#646-205. This is an instructor-led course that provides anoverview of Cisco architectures and solutions and offers ahigh-level view of the Cisco product portfolio. The coursefocuses on helping account managers and sales engineersunderstand the scope of Cisco solutions, the types of needsthat these solutions address, and the key technologies thatmake these solutions possible.Who Should Attend: Cisco channel partners who sell Ciscosolutions; account managers who are responsible forunderstanding customer needs and positioning Cisco solutionsto address those needs; engineers who support sales ofCisco products Channel partners; and Cisco employees whoare interested in learning about the Cisco solution portfolioand architectures.• Course Code: CSE• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: A basic understanding of networking productsand solutionsData CenterCisco-Authorized CoursesCisco Data Center Unified Computing OperationsThis course enables students to create data center networkdesigns that optimize availability, scalability, performance,and security using the Nexus Products, Catalyst 6500, Catalyst4948, Firewall Services Module, Intrusion Detection ServicesModule, and Network Analysis Module.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course ischannel partners, resellers, customers, and employees.• Course Code: DCUCO• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 daysSummer 2012• 51Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Prerequisite: Recommended knowledge and courses: CCNPand or CCIE Routing and Switching or equivalent knowledge;and Designing for Cisco Internetwork Solutions (DESGN).Data Center UnifiedComputing Server Integration v4.6• Prerequisite: Students should have knowledge of the TCP/IP protocol, HTTP and SSL protocols, N-tier applicationarchitecture, and server load-balancing.Implementing Cisco DataCenter Network Infrastructure 1This course is designed to serve the needs of engineers andtechnicians who implement Cisco Unified Computing System(UCS) B-Series Blade Servers and Cisco UCS C-Series Rack-Mount Servers. DCUCSI v4.6 updates and replaces DataCenter Unified Computing Implementation (DCUCI) v4.0 andguides learners through rack installation and the provisioningof server hardware, operating systems or hypervisors, andapplications. Significant content is devoted to management,maintenance, and troubleshooting. This course articulatesCisco data-center virtualization solutions and explains how toexecute a virtualization solution that is based on a detailedimplementation plan. Because of the rapid developmentpace of new product features, approximately 30 percent ofthe original DCUCI 4.0 course content has been modified orreplaced in this offering.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this courseis data-center technicians, data-center administrators, andsystem engineers. The secondary audience for this course isdata-center designers and managers. The tertiary audiencefor this course is program and project managers.• Course Code: DCUCSI• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneDesigning Data Center Application ServicesThis is an instructor-led, lecture/lab course. Students will learnhow to deploy and configure intelligent network services usingthe Cisco ACE product, Catalyst 6500 Application ControlEngine (ACE) 4710. This course covers all of the key featuresof the ACE products, including resource virtualization andmanagement, server load balancing (Layer 2-4 and Layer7), SSL termination and offload, and security features suchas application-layer inspection and fixups. The focus is onpreparing the student to properly position the ACE products inthe network to design Server Load Balancing (SLB) solutions.Who Should Attend: Channel partners, resellers, and customers• Course Code: DCASD• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 daysThis course offers data center-oriented content primarilyfocused on the Cisco Catalyst 6500 Series switches—CiscoCatalyst 4900 Series top-of-rack switches—and to a lesserdegree, the Blade switches. This is one of six courses andexams that support the Advanced Data Center NetworkingInfrastructure partner specialization.• Course Code: DCNI1• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should possess CCNP, CCIE Routingand Switching, and CCIE Service Provider or equivalentknowledge. Prerequisite courses include Building ScalableCisco Internetworks (BSCI), Building Cisco Multilayer SwitchedNetworks (BCMSN), Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks(ONT), and Implementing Secure Converged Wide AreaNetworks (ISCW).Implementing Cisco DataCenter Network Infrastructure v3.0This is a hands-on course that replaces the DCNI-2 coursewith 3½ days of actual Nexus 7000 and 1½ days of Nexus2000 and 5000 lecture and hands-on labs. It teaches studentshow to implement an Enterprise Data Center routing andswitching infrastructure with the next-generation Cisco Nexusproduct family and includes an overview of the FCoE. Thiscourse provides a technical overview of the Nexus platformarchitecture, deployment, and operations, including VirtualDevice Contexts, Layer 2, QoS, and security. Students willexplore the features of NX-OS and the Nexus platform byperforming hands-on labs using a solution-level topology.Who Should Attend: The primary audience is channelpartners, resellers (pre- and post-sales professionals),customers, and employees.• Course Code: DCNI2• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: ICND 1, ICND 2, and BCMSN (orequivalent knowledge).Summer 2012• 52Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingImplementing Cisco DataCenter Unified Fabric v4.0This is an instructor-led training program for those who installand implement the Cisco Nexus 7000 and 5000 switch andthe Cisco Nexus 2000 Fabric Extender. The course covers thekey components and procedures needed to install, configure,manage, and troubleshoot the Cisco Nexus 7000 and 5000in the network and SAN environment. The goal of DCUFI v4.0is to develop the skills necessary to implement a Data CenterUnified Fabric that consolidates LAN and SAN traffic based onCisco Nexus technology. It is an update to, and will replace,DCNI-2 v.30.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this courseis network engineers, systems engineers, consulting systemsengineers, technical solutions architects, and Cisco integratorsand partners who sell, implement, and maintain Cisco Nexusproducts in the data center. The secondary audience for thiscourse is network designers, network administrators, andnetwork managers responsible for identifying and managingCisco Nexus products in the data center.• Course Code: DCUFI• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: CCNA knowledgeImplementing Data Center Application ServicesThis is an instructor-led, lecture/lab course that teachesparticipants how to design, deploy, and optimize intelligentnetwork services using the Cisco Application Control Engine(ACE) Service Module for the Catalyst 6500 switch, the4710 ACE Appliance, and GSS. This course covers all ofthe key features of the ACE 2.0 software, including resourcevirtualization and management, server load balancing (Layer2-4 and Layer 7), SSL termination and offload, and securityfeatures like application-layer inspection and fixups.Who Should Attend: Channel partners, resellers, customers,employees, and/or data center consultants• Course Code: DCASI• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 day• Prerequisite: Recommended knowledge prior to attendingthis course is TCP/IP protocol, HTTP and SSL protocols, N-tierapplication architecture, and server load-balancing.ImplementationCisco-Authorized CoursesDesigning Cisco Storage Networking Solutions v4.2This is a hands-on workshop that provides learners with advancedskills in designing Cisco storage networks. Students will learnabout the key features of the Cisco MDS 9000 platform and howto leverage these features to build highly available, extensible,intelligent SANs with connectivity to Cisco Nexus 5000 SeriesSwitches and Cisco Unified Computing System in a unified fabric.This course includes hands-on labs to familiarize students withbasic MDS 9000 configuration procedures and design workshopswhere students will learn to design multiprotocol Enterprise SANsand SAN extension solutions.Who Should Attend: Customer systems engineers, partnersystems engineers, or Cisco engineers• Course Code: DCSNS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have a basic understanding ofdata storage hardware components and protocols, includingSmall Computer Systems Interface (SCSI) and Fibre Channel.Recommended: Storage Networking Industry Association(SNIA) certification training. Students should also have basicunderstanding of IP networking concepts. Recommended:Cisco CCNA certification.Cisco-Authorized CoursesInterconnecting DevicesInterconnecting CiscoNetworking Devices Accelerated v.1.1This is a 60-hour instructor-led course that provides studentswith the knowledge and skills necessary to install, operate,and troubleshoot a small- to medium-sized network, includingconnecting to a WAN and implementing network security.This course is the equivalent of Interconnecting Cisco NetworkDevices Part 1 v1.0 and Interconnecting Cisco NetworkDevices Part 2 v1.0 together. This boot camp will serve toreview and expand on what the participant already knows,adding to it the detailed configuration and implementation ofCisco IOS devices. Prospective CCNAX v1.0 students shouldprepare themselves for course days consisting of at least 10hours and as long as 12 hours. Homework will be assignedand reviewed daily.Summer 2012• 53Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: The ideal candidate would be someonewho has worked in a data network environment (PC support/helpdesk or network operations/monitoring) and has hadhands-on experience, though no formal training, with CiscoIOS devices. The primary audience for this course is networkadministrators, network engineers, network managers, andsystems engineers. The secondary audience for this course isnetwork designers and project managers.• Course Code: CCNAX• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: A basic understanding of basic computerliteracy, basic Microsoft Windows navigation skills, andbasic Internet usage skillsInterconnecting CiscoNetworking Devices v1.1 Part 1This course focuses on providing the skills and knowledgenecessary to implement and support a small switched androuted network. For the purpose of this course, a small networkis defined as 1 to 20 hosts connected to a single switch,with the switch running a single VLAN (VLAN1). The switch isalso connected to a router providing a routed link (RoutingInformation Protocol [RIP] and default) to a simulated Internetand corporate office. ICND1 works from the bottom up, providingknowledge and skills as they are needed. The course startswith an introduction to networks. It then introduces host-to-hostcommunications using TCP/IP. Next, Layer 2 devices (switches)are introduced into the network. Then, Layer 3 devices (routers)are introduced into the network. The introduction of Layer 3devices leads to the use of WANs and routing to connect thesite to the Internet and corporate sites.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: ICND1• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Basic computer literacy, basic MicrosoftWindows navigation skills, basic Internet usage skills, andbasic e-mail usage skillsInterconnecting CiscoNetworking Devices v 1.1 Part 2at medium-sized network sites. Upon completing this trainingcourse, students should be able to configure, verify, andtroubleshoot the various Cisco networking devices in a smallnetwork environment.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: ICND2• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Basic computer literacy, basic MicrosoftWindows navigation skills, basic Internet usage skills, basice-mail usage skills, the ability to install, configure, andtroubleshoot a small network, and skills and knowledgeequivalent to those learned in Interconnecting CiscoNetworking Devices Part 1 (ICND1)Cisco-Authorized CoursesIntrusion Prevention SystemImplementing Cisco IntrusionProtection Systems v7.0This course is part of the curriculum path leading to the CiscoCertified Network Professional Security (CCNP Security)certification. It is a five-day instructor-led course aimed atproviding network security engineers with the knowledge andskills needed to deploy Cisco IPS-based security solutions.Successful graduates will be able to reduce risk to the ITinfrastructure and applications using Cisco IPS features andprovide detailed operations support for the Cisco IPS.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: IPS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: The knowledge and skills that a learner musthave before attending this course are Cisco CertifiedNetwork Associate (CCNA) certification (Interconnecting CiscoNetwork Devices 1—ICND1; Interconnecting Cisco NetworkDevices 2—ICND2); Cisco Certified Network AssociateSecurity (CCNA Security) certification (Implementing CiscoIOS Network Security—IINS); and working knowledge ofthe Microsoft Windows operating system.Summer 2012This is an instructor-led course that is presented by Ciscolearning partners to their end-user customers. This five-daycourse focuses on using Cisco Catalyst switches and Ciscorouters that are connected in LANs and WANs typically found• 54Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingIOSCisco IOS PrimerCisco-Authorized CoursesTechnology primers, taught by Instructing Technologies’technical staff, provide basic and advanced training ona wide range of technologies. They are an inexpensive,time-saving way to gain knowledge in a hands-on learningenvironment with low instructor-to-student ratios. Discover howto use the features already built into IOS to solve technicalproblems for your organization. Cisco’s IOS is a powerfultool for solving many network requirements without having topurchase additional hardware or software solutions. Chancesare you already own it in your routers. Now learn how to useit to its fullest potential.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for networkingprofessionals who are tasked with ensuring the effective useof Cisco IOS technologies within their networks. Our CiscoIOS primer is recommended for those seeking the CCNA orCCNP certifications.• Course Code: PIOS• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Due to the unique scope, it is recommended thatstudents have at least basic knowledge of and experiencewith Cisco IOS before attending this course.Cisco IOS XR SoftwareVersion 3.4.0 IPv4 Routing (XIPV4R)• Course Code: CIOS• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: Students should have knowledge of the CiscoIOS XR software configuration syntax to the extent coveredin the Cisco CRS-1 Essentials or Cisco XR12000 SeriesEssentials course. Students attending this class should beable to establish, without assistance, a basic configurationfor OSPF, IS-IS, and BGP, as accomplished in the Cisco CRS-1Essentials or Cisco XR12000 Series Essentials course labs.Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security v1.0Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security v1.0 is an instructorledcourse presented by Cisco training partners to their endusercustomers. This five-day course focuses on the necessity ofa comprehensive security policy and how it affects the postureof the network. Learners will be able to perform basic tasksto secure a small branch type office network using Cisco IOSsecurity features available through Web-based GUIs (CiscoRouter and Security Device Manager [SDM]) and the commandlineinterface (CLI) on the Cisco routers and switches.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers.• Course Code: IINS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have skills and knowledgeequivalent to those learned in Interconnecting CiscoNetworking Devices Part 1 (ICND1) as well as a workingknowledge of the Windows operating system.Summer 2012This hands-on four-day course provides an advanced lookat popular IPv4 routing protocols supported in Cisco IOSXR Software. The XIPV4R course investigates the intricaciesof Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) operation through OpenShortest Path First (OSPF) and Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) protocol labs that engage thestudent in a detailed examination of the link-state database andthe effects of virtually all protocol options. The complexities oflarge-scale routing using the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)are then explored, with the focus placed on scaling networksusing route reflection and confederations. In addition, numerousBGP options, such as multihop, multipath, and authentication,are discussed and configured in a lab setting.Who Should Attend: This course is for technical professionalswho design, implement, and operate IPv4 routing protocolsin a service provider network consisting of routers runningCisco IOS XR Software. The primary audience for this courseis network operations center (NOC) engineers, network andsenior engineers, and support engineers.Implementing Cisco IOS Unified CommunicatonsThis five-day course provides the student with UnifiedCommunications concepts, component definition, and highleveldesigns. This is also the core technology course in thecertification path to achieve the CCNA Voice designation.Students will be able implement and configure small- tomedium-sized IP Telephony solutions. UC products coveredduring labs include the Cisco Unified CommunicationsManager Express/Cisco Unity Express and the UC500 SmartBusiness Communications System.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: IIUC• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: ICND1• 55Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingImplementing Cisco MPLS v2.3This instructor-led course replaces version 2.1 with the followingenhancements: improved labs; clearer explanations; moreinformation on VPNs; an introduction to traffic engineering;correction of errors in the previous version; and eliminationfrom course of ATM-related references.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: MPLS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA)certification or equivalent level of working knowledgeand experience and completion of CCNA Basics and ICNDcoursework is recommended training for CCNA. Equivalentknowledge and skill can be acquired by attending Cisco’straining courses, Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks(BSCI), and Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers (BGP).Practical experience with deploying and operating networksbased on Cisco network devices and Cisco IOS is stronglyrecommended. The QoS course is highly recommendedbecause QoS knowledge is assumed in several sections ofthe course.Implementing Cisco Quality of Service v2.3This five-day course provides students with in-depth knowledgeof IP QoS requirements, conceptual models using DifferentiatedServices (DiffServ), Integrated Services (IntServ) and BestEffort (over provisioning), and the implementation of IP QoSon Cisco IOS switch and router platforms. The curriculum coversthe theory of IP QoS, design issues, and configuration ofvarious QoS mechanisms to facilitate the creation of effectiveadministrative policies providing QoS. Case studies and labexercises included in the course help students to apply theconcepts mastered in individual modules to real-life scenarios.The course also gives students design and usage rules forvarious advanced IP QoS features and the integration of IPQoS with underlying Layer 2 QoS mechanisms, allowing themto design and implement efficient, optimized, and trouble-freemulti-service networks.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: QOS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Completion of Interconnecting Cisco NetworkingDevices (ICND) or Cisco Certified Networking Associate(CCNA). The Configuring BGP on Cisco Routers course(BGP) or equivalent is recommended because some BGPbackground is assumed for the QoS course.IPv6 Fundamentals, Design, and Deployment v3.0This is an instructor-led course presented by Cisco learningpartners to end-user customers. This five-day course providesnetwork engineers and technicians who are working in theEnterprise sector with the knowledge and skills that are neededto study and configure the IP version 6 (IPv6) features of CiscoIOS Software. The course also provides an overview of IPv6technologies, covers IPv6 design and implementation, describesIPv6 operations, addressing, routing, services, and transition,and describes deployment of IPv6 in Enterprise networks aswell as in service provider networks. The course also includescase studies that are useful for deployment scenarios andremote labs.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers.• Course Code: IP6FD• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA)certification, an understanding of networking and routing(on CCNP level, but no certification required), and workingknowledge of the Microsoft Windows operating system.Cisco-Authorized CoursesRouting and SwitchingAdvanced Routing and SwitchingTechnology primers provide basic and advanced trainingon a wide range of technologies. They are an inexpensive,time-saving way to gain knowledge in a hands-on learningenvironment with low instructor-to-student ratios. Topics coveredinclude route redistribution, route weighting, understandingVTP, understanding VLANs, protocol advantages, EIGR, OSP,BGP, and ISIS. Most of this class is lab-based. The classdiagrams the objective and discusses how the protocolsinteract and the routers/switches behave. Then the plan isimplemented and tested.• Course Code: ARS• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Due to the complexity of this course, CCNA orequivalent knowledge is strongly recommended.Summer 2012• 56Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingConfiguring BGP on Cisco Routers v3.2This course provides students with in-depth knowledgeof BGP, the routing protocol that is one of the underlyingfoundations of the Internet and new-world technologies suchas Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS). This curriculum coversthe theory of BGP, configuration of BGP on Cisco IOS routers,detailed troubleshooting information, and hands-on exercisesthat provide students with the skills needed to configure andtroubleshoot BGP networks in customer environments. Differentservice solutions in the curriculum cover BGP network designissues and usage rules for various BGP features preparingstudents to design and implement efficient, optimal, andtrouble-free BGP networks.Who Should Attend: Employees, customers, channel partners,and resellers.• Course Code: BGP• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Completion of the following courses:Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices (ICND) or CiscoCertified Networking Associate (CCNA) and BuildingScalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI) or equivalent HSRP.Implementing Cisco IP Routing V1.0This is an instructor-led training course presented by Ciscotraining partners to their end customers. This five-day courseand 7.5 hours of self-paced e-learning is designed to helpstudents prepare for Cisco CCNP certification. This course is acomponent of the CCNP curriculum. Students will learn to plan,configure, and verify the implementation of secure EnterpriseLAN and WAN routing solutions using a range of routingprotocols. The course also covers configuration of solutions tosupport branch offices and mobile workers.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for networkengineers with at least one year of professional workexperience who are ready to advance their skills and workindependently on complex network solutions. This course is alsofor channel partners, resellers, customers, and employees.• Course Code: ROUTE• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneRouting and SwitchingThis course covers the basics of data communication, andmultiple technologies are discussed. The course consists of labsgalore! Topics and labs include building a simple network,Ethernet LANs, LAN connections, wide-area networks, andnetwork environment management.Who Should Attend: Anyone new to networking.• Course Code: RS• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneSecuring Networks WithCisco Routers and Switches v1.0This course aims to provide network security engineers withthe knowledge and skills needed to secure Cisco IOS softwarerouter- and switch-based networks and provides securityservices based on Cisco IOS software. Successful graduates willbe able to secure the network environment using existing CiscoIOS software features and install and configure componentsof Cisco IOS software. Components include the Zone-BasedPolicy Firewall, Cisco IOS Intrusion Prevention System (IPS),user-based firewall, and secure tunnels using IP Security (IPsec)virtual private network (VPN) technology, including public keyinfrastructure (PKI). Components also include virtual tunnelinterface/dynamic virtual tunnel interface (VTI/DVTI), GroupEncrypted Transport VPN (GET VPN), Dynamic MultipointVirtual Private Network (DMVPN), Secure Sockets Layer(SSL) VPN, and advanced switch security features. The coursefocuses on the implementation and troubleshooting aspects ofthe lifecycle services approach, adding some elements of thedesign phase as well.Who Should Attend: Network security engineers (NSEs) andanyone with their CCNA Security Certification or who is workingtowards CCNP Security Certification.• Course Code: SECURE• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneSecurityCisco-Authorized CoursesCheck Point Security Administrator (CCSA) R71This is a foundation course for Check Point’s SecurityManagement and Gateway Systems. This 4-day courseprovides hands-on training to attain the skills necessary toconfigure R71 Check Point Software Blades including Firewall,IPSEC VPN, IPS, network policy management, logging andstatus, and monitoring, URL filtering, antivirus/anti-malware,Summer 2012• 57Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Traininganti-spam and email security. During this course, students willconfigure a security policy, secure communications across theInternet, and defend against network threats.• Course Code: CPNGXR71• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: NoneCheck Point Security Expert (CCSE) R71This is a four-day instructor-led hands-on course that deliversthe advanced concepts and skills to optimize the R71 CheckPoint Software Blade architecture. This course is designed tohelp maximize the performance of your Check Point securitydeployment with real-world scenarios including advancedrouting, load balancing, and high availability. During thecourse, students will set up multiple security gateway clusters,analyze network intrusion alerts, and generate advancednetwork traffic reports.• Course Code: CPNGXR712• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: NoneImplementing Cisco NAC Appliance v2.1The NAC Appliance (Cisco Clean Access) is a “shrink-wrapped”network admission control solution that recognizes users andtheir devices and roles, evaluates the security posture of theendpoint and scans for vulnerabilities, and enforces policyin the network. In particular, prior to allowing users onto thenetwork, the NAC Appliance (Cisco Clean Access) solutionallows administrators to authenticate, authorize, interrogate,and remediate users and their machines enforcing policybasedaccess control on the network.Who Should Attend: This course is for channel partners,resellers, customers, and employees.• Course Code: CANAC• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Certification as a CCSP or equivalentknowledge; basic knowledge of the Microsoft Windowsoperating system; familiarity with networking and securityterminology and concepts; fundamental knowledge ofimplementing network security or CCSP or Cisco; SecurityCSQ; BCMSN or working knowledge of VLANs; SNRS orworking knowledge of digital certificates; and BCSI orworking knowledge of HSRPImplementing Cisco Security Monitoring,Analysis, and Response System v2.0This is a four-day instructor-led course and is part of the CiscoSecurity Management Suite, which provides security monitoringfor network security devices and host applications made byCisco or non-Cisco providers. In addition to event correlation anddata reduction features found in SIM products, CS-MARS alsoprovides topology awareness and automatic migration features.In knowing the topology of a network, MARS can determinewhere the attack is originating and apply the appropriateremediation. CS-MARS is a key component in the Cisco Self-Defending Network Strategy. MARS exchanges informationwith CS-Manager to provide a unified security managementsolution. For example, an administrator can view IPS signaturesor the Firewall block/permit syslog messages received fromsensors or firewalls. MARS will communicate with CS-Managerand display the IPS signature table or firewall rule table. Fromthere, the IPS signature or firewall rule can be modified asnecessary. Together MARS and CS-Manager provide a unifiedmanagement solution for monitoring and provisioning.Who Should Attend: Cisco customers and Cisco channel partnerswill benefit from this course.• Course Code: MARS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneTelephonyCisco-Authorized CoursesCall Manager Administration IPT v8.0This course prepares students for implementing a Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager solution at a single-site environment.This course focuses primarily on Cisco Unified CommunicationsManager version 8.0, which is the call routing and signalingcomponent for the Cisco Unified Communications solution.Students will perform post-installation tasks, configureCisco Unified Communications Manager, implement MediaGateway Control Protocol (MGCP) and H.323 gateways,and build dial plans to place on-net and off-net phone calls.They will also implement media resources, IP Phone Services,Cisco Unified Communications Manager native presence, andCisco Unified Mobility.Who Should Attend: This course is for channel partners,resellers, customers, and employees.• Course Code: CMASummer 2012• 58Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Working knowledge of fundamental terms andconcepts of computer networking including LANs, WANs, andIP switching and routing; ability to configure and operateCisco routers and switches and to enable VLANs and DHCP;basics of digital interfaces, PSTN, and VoIP; fundamentalknowledge of converged voice and data networks; and theability to configure Cisco IOS gateways with traditional andVoIP call legs• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneCisco-Authorized CoursesTroubleshooting and MaintenanceTroubleshooting CiscoUnified Communications v8.0Implementing Cisco VoiceCommunications and QoS v8.0This is a five-day course that teaches learners about voicegateways, characteristics of VoIP call legs, dial plans and theirimplementation, basic implementation of IP phones in CiscoUnified Communications Manager Express environment, andessential information about gatekeepers and Cisco UnifiedBorder Element. The course provides the learners with voicerelatedquality of service (QoS) mechanisms that are requiredin Cisco Unified Communications networks.Who Should Attend: Network administrators, network engineers,and CCNP Voice candidates systems engineers• Course Code: CVOICE• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should possess working knowledge offundamental terms and concepts of computer networking,including LANs, WANs, and IP switching and routing, havethe ability to configure and operate Cisco IOS routers in anIP environment at the Cisco CCNA Routing and Switchinglevel, have basic knowledge of traditional voice, convergedvoice, and data networks at the Cisco CCNA Voice level,and have CCNA voice-related training such as IntroducingCisco Voice and Unified Communications Administration(ICOMM) v8.0.VoIP Versus IP TelephonyTechnology primers provide basic and advanced trainingon a wide range of technologies. They are an inexpensive,time-saving way to gain knowledge in a hands-on learningenvironment with low instructor-to-student ratios.Who Should Attend: Students who wish to understand thedifferences between traditional PBX, IP PBX Hybrid, and fullIP Telephony PBX and the network considerations to evaluatewhen preparing for a VoIP/IP Telephony implementation.• Course Code: VVIP• Contact Hours: 6.5This course is designed to teach professionals who work incomplex network environments the skills that they need tomaintain their networks and diagnose and resolve networkproblems quickly and effectively. The course will provideinformation about troubleshooting and maintaining particulartechnologies, as well as procedural and organizational aspectsof the troubleshooting and maintenance process.Who Should Attend: This course is for channel partners,resellers, customers, and employees.• Course Code: TVOICE• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: The knowledge and skills that a learner musthave before attending this course are a working knowledgeof converged voice and data networks; working knowledgeof the MGCP, SIP, and H.323 and their implementation onCisco IOS gateways; and working knowledge of Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager, Cisco Unified Communicationsfeatures and applications, and Cisco IOS voice gateways ina single-site and multisite environment.Troubleshooting andMaintaining Cisco IP NetworksThis is an instructor-led training course that is presented byCisco training partners to customers who use Cisco products.This five-day course is designed to help network professionalsimprove the skills and knowledge that they need to maintaintheir network and to diagnose and resolve network problemsquickly and effectively. It also assists the network professionalin preparing for Cisco CCNP certification. This course is acomponent of the CCNP curriculum.• Course Code: TSHOOT• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 59Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingTroubleshooting Unified Communications v1.0This is a five-day course that equips network professionalswith the knowledge and skills required to troubleshootUnified Communications Systems/Solutions in Enterprise, Mid-Market, and Commercial deployments. This class focuseson troubleshooting a complex Unified Communicationsinfrastructure. Students will learn methods for troubleshootingthat allows them to capitalize on the knowledge they gainedin other classes and experience with Unified Communications.The time in class is primarily spent working on troubleshootingtickets. The instructor will review concepts that students arenot familiar with. Other topics discussed in this class includetroubleshooting methodology, triage, resources, tools and fixesat the integrated system/solution level, and for components (suchas Cisco Unified Call Manager, Cisco Unity, videoconferencing,and infrastructure).Who Should Attend: This course is intended for Cisco systemengineers, network administrators, field engineers, networkmangers, and anyone striving for CCVP Certification.• Course Code: TUC• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneCisco-Authorized CoursesUnified Communications ManagerAccelerated Unified CommunicationsManager (v6) and Unity (v5)Cisco Unified Communications Manager Accelerated 7.0(CUCM) is a five-day advanced accelerated class that coversconfiguring and administering a Cisco Unified CommunicationsManager 6.x solution in both single and multi-site environments.This course focuses on Cisco Unified Communications ManagerRelease 6.x/7.x, administering and managing services andusers. It also includes H.323 and Media Gateway ControlProtocol (MGCP) gateway implementations, the use of a CiscoUnified Border Element (IP to IP Gateway), and configurationof Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express (CUCME) asa Survivable Remote Site Telephony (SRST) site, and mobilityfeatures. This course includes lab activities in which studentswill perform post-installation tasks, configure Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager, implement Media Gateway ControlProtocol (MGCP) gateways, and build dial plans to place onnetand off-net phone calls. Students will also implement mediaresources, Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP), andvoice-mail integration to an existing Cisco voice-mail system,as well as numerous user telephone features. It also includes labactivities in which students will apply a dial plan for a multisiteenvironment configure survivability for remote sites duringWAN failure and implement solutions to reduce bandwidthrequirements in the IP WAN. Participants will also enable calladmission control (CAC) and automated alternate routing (AAR),a feature that allows rerouting of calls over the public switchedtelephone network (PSTN) due to low bandwidth availability.Labs also cover Cisco Unified Communications Manager DeviceMobility, Extension Mobility, and Unified Mobility.Who Should Attend: CUCM Accelerated is intended for networkdesigners, administrators, engineers, managers, and supportstaff responsible for maintaining and configuring a voice anddata network which includes the Cisco Unified CommunicationsManager solution and/or requires a fundamental understandingof the issues and solutions related to implementation of theCisco Unified Communications Manager. This course is alsofor engineers who have one or more years of direct full-timehands-on experience with this or any previous version of CiscoCallManager or Unified Communications Manager and voicegateways. CUCM Accelerated has also been designed foremployees of a Cisco channel reseller partner to build uponskills on Cisco Unified Communications Manager 6.x/7.x.• Course Code: CUCM6• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneAdministering Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager v7.0The first three days of this course will focus on administeringCisco Unified Communications Manager v7.0. This portionof the class provides system administrators and networkingprofessionals with an understanding of the Cisco UnifiedCommunication Manager System from a Level One supportperspective. The course teaches the concepts of IP telephonyusing the Cisco Unified Communication Manager server,including its function, features, and configuration. This is anentry-level course that begins with the basic concepts of IPtelephony and very quickly moves the learner forward into anunderstanding of the Cisco Unified Communication Managerconcepts: clustering, route plans, digit manipulation, calladmission control, survivability, media resource, and CiscoUnified Communication Manager features, which are allimportant to supporting IP telephony in the Enterprise network.The course focus is on Cisco Unified Communications Managerversion 7.x. This course includes various lab exercises to applywhat was learned in each preceding lesson. We begin thelab with a newly installed publisher and subscriber. The onlySummer 2012• 60Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingelements that are preconfigured are two Media GatewayControl Protocol (MGCP) gateways for the headquarters(HQ) and branch (BR), and an intercluster trunk pointing tothe neighbor??s pod. Therefore, the student will becomefamiliar with all the various concepts through configuration ofthe elements in the lab environment. The last two days will focuson administering Unified Messaging (AUM) v5.0. This coursewill allow students to gain the knowledge and skills requiredto configure, add subscriber accounts, and implement autoattendants for Cisco Unified Messaging on a network. Studentswill learn the essential methods for successfully configuring,maintaining, and conducting moves, adds, and changes for aUnity system on a network. With the techniques taught in thiscourse, students will have the tools to maintain Unity as well asrun critical reports against the system.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for individualswho will be using Cisco Unified Communication ManagerAdministration to perform basic administration-level tasksand provide level one support. AUM is intended for end-usersystem administrators—those responsible for the day-to-daymanagement of corporate messaging systems; IP telephonyspecialized Channel Partners (Field Engineer 2 role); peopleresponsible for the planning, design, and implementationof Cisco Unity systems in an IP telephony environment; andprofessional services partners (Cisco personnel responsiblefor the planning, design, and implementation of Cisco Unitysystems in an IP telephony environment).• Course Code: ACUCM-AUM• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: ACUCM—basic networking and telephonyknowledge. AUM—a working knowledge of MicrosoftWindows 2000; a working knowledge of the features,benefits, and programming of at least one manufacturer’sPBX (Cisco Unified Call Manager or Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager preferred); and a workingknowledge of the Microsoft Exchange 2000 or the IBM LotusDomino messaging environment.Administering Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager v8.0This course provides system administrators and networkingprofessionals with an understanding of the Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager System. It teaches the conceptsof IP telephony based in system administration, including itsfunction, features, and configuration. This is an entry-levelcourse that begins with the basic concepts of IP telephony andvery quickly moves the learner forward into an understandingof system concepts: clustering, creation of phones and users,route plans, digit manipulation, media resources, and phonefeatures, which are all important to supporting IP telephonyin the Enterprise network. The course focuses on Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager version 8.x. The course is gearedto individuals that will be using and managing the system andperforming administration for Level 1 and Level 2 support.Level 1 support is geared toward supporting phone usersand making moves, adds, and changes to the desktop phoneenvironment. Level 2 support is oriented to supporting changesin the organization, such as opening new office locations orrelocating departments. The course does not cover issues ofinitial deployment, new cluster deployment or internationaldeployments, and issues with the underlying network thatinvolve routers, switches, or Cisco IOS software configuration.Who Should Attend: The primary audiences for this course arephone network administrators, data system administrators,entry-level network engineers, administrators, IT supportpersonnel, and helpdesk support staff. The secondary audienceincludes learners looking to gain a technical overview of CiscoUnified Communications Manager and learners who need apreparatory course before taking Implementing Cisco UnifiedCommunications IP Telephony Part 1 (CIPT1) and ImplementingCisco Unified Communications IP Telephony Part 2 (CIPT2)courses or Introduction to Cisco Unity Connection for NetworkEngineering Staff Personnel.• Course Code: ACUCM• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of IP and networking or voicenetworks is suggested, but not required. Students shouldhave the following skills/knowledge: basic knowledge ofthe Windows desktop environment; basic understanding offundamental terms and concepts of computer networking,including LANs, WANs, and IP switching and routing; basicknowledge of traditional PSTN operations and technologies,including PBX and voice-mail administration tasks; and basicunderstanding of Cisco Unified Communications Manager.Advanced UC for Cisco Account ManagersThis two-day course was created to prepare Cisco channelpartners for the account manager role requirements for theUnified Communications specializations. Content will be coveredin an accelerated format with emphasis on exam preparationalong with real-world sales training examples.Who Should Attend: Cisco Channel partner and accountmanagers who are preparing for an advanced UnifiedCommunications certification.• Course Code: AUCAM• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: CSE–Cisco Sales Expert (4.0)Summer 2012• 61Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingBasics of Unified Communications v1.0This five-day course is intended to be a technical introductionto Unified Communications and converged Internet ProtocolNetworks. The course presents an incremental approach todesigning, deploying, and supporting an IT infrastructure forUnified Communications. The range of topics includes networktechnologies, virtual LANs, Ethernet, Frame-Relay, MACaddresses, IP addresses and TCP/IP. The discussion encompassesnot only these topics but also how they specifically relate tothe successful operation of a complex converged networkas typically used in most corporate Enterprise environmentstoday. The class will introduce the technologies used to createa robust and reliable IT infrastructure and incrementally buildon UC concepts throughout the week to finally incorporatefull interoperability to legacy telecom devices and the VoIPcomponents. Students will get hands-on experience and practicewith TCP/IP design and sub supernetting. Additionally, studentswill be given hands-on exercises with Cisco router configurationand Cisco Unified Communications Manager 6.x (formerlyCisco CallManager) and the support of legacy analog telecomand Cisco IP telephones.Who Should Attend: The target audience for this courseincludes anyone who needs to gain a basic understandingof VOIP, including individuals with strictly a PBX or telecomservice provider background, individuals with a fundamentaldata networking background who are moving into the areaof converged networks, and individuals who are new tosupporting data networking projects, such as someone with aproject management or business administration background.• Course Code: BUC• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have the following skills/knowledge: basic computer literacy, basic windowsnavigation skills, basic Internet usage skills, and basic e-mailusage skills.Implementing Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager Part 1 v8.0This course prepares participants for installing, configuring, andmaintaining a Cisco IP telephony solution. This course focusesprimarily on Cisco CallManager, the call routing and signalingcomponent for the Cisco IP telephony solution. This courseincludes lab practice where students will install and configureCisco CallManager, configure gateways, gatekeepers, andswitches, and build route plans to place intra- and interclusterCisco IP phone calls.Who Should Attend: Customers, employees, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: CIPT1• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have Interconnecting CiscoNetwork Devices (ICND) or equivalent knowledge and CiscoVoice-Over IP (CVOICE) or equivalent knowledge.Implementing Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager Part 2 v8.0The Cisco IP Telephony Part II course focuses on CiscoCallManager advanced features and options. These featuresinclude point-to-point video calls for appropriate videoenabled endpoints as well as video conferencing, CiscoCallManager Attendant Console, IP Softphone and extensionMobility, security features for hardening of applications andhardware for VoIP, and command-line tools and monitoringdevices that Cisco provides for troubleshooting voice anddata networks.Who Should Attend: Customers, employees, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: CIPT2• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Cisco IP Telephony Part 1 (CIPT1) or equivalentknowledge, Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices (ICND) orequivalent knowledge, and Cisco Voice-Over IP (CVOICE) orequivalent knowledge.Integrating Cisco UnifiedCommunications Applications v8.0This is a five-day course that teaches learners the integrationoptions of Cisco Unified Presence, Cisco Unity Express, and CiscoUnity Connection. It describes voice messaging deploymentscenarios, Cisco Unified Presence features, and troubleshootingmechanisms as well as Cisco Unified Presence and Cisco UnifiedPersonal Communicator integration options with Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager.Who Should Attend: Network administrators, network engineers,systems engineers, and CCNP Voice candidates• Course Code: CAPPS• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have working knowledge ofconverged voice and data networks, basic knowledge ofSummer 2012• 62Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingCisco IOS gateways, working knowledge of Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager and Cisco Unity Connection, andCisco course prerequisite training ICND 1 and ICND 2 orCCNA Bootcamp, ICOMM, CVOICE, and CIPT 1.Introducing Cisco Voice and UnifiedCommunications Administration v8.0This course teaches learners how to maintain and operatea Cisco Unified Communications solution that is based onCisco Unified Communications Manager, Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager Express, Cisco Unity Connection, andCisco Unified Presence. This course provides learners with theknowledge and skills to achieve associate-level competencyin Cisco Unified Communications. This course introduces thearchitecture, components, functionalities, and features of CiscoUnified Communications solutions and describes how daily jobtasks, such as system monitoring, moves, adds, and changes,are performed on Cisco Unified Communications Manager,Cisco Unified Communications Manager Express, Cisco UnityConnection, and Cisco Unified Presence.Who Should Attend: Customers, employees, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: ICOMM• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/skills: working knowledge of converged voice and datanetworks, basic knowledge of Cisco IOS gateways, andbasic knowledge of Cisco Unified Communications Managerand Cisco Unity Connection.Cisco-Authorized CoursesUnified Contact CenterCisco Contact Center Expressand Unified IP IVR Deployment v4.0This course provides the student with hands-on experienceand knowledge of tasks typically performed during contactcenter deployment. This includes the deployment of CiscoUnified Contact Center Express (CCX) and Cisco Unified IPInteractive Voice Response (IVR) as contact center solutions.Tasks include planning, installation and configuration, scripting,and troubleshooting.Who Should Attend: Cisco Unified Communications systemchannel partners and resellers, system engineers, and customersdeploying and maintaining Cisco Unified Contact CenterExpress products.• Course Code: UCCXD• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have the following skills/knowledge: Internet working fundamentals; basic IPtelephony concepts; Cisco Unified Communications Manager;Cisco IP phones; Cisco IP Communicator Contact Centeroperations; and Microsoft Windows 2000, 2003, XP, andMS SQL Server.Communications Manager Administration(CMA v8.5)This course provides system administrators and networkingprofessionals with an understanding of the Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager System. It teaches the concepts of IPtelephony based in system administration, including its function,features, and configuration. This is an entry-level course thatbegins with the basic concepts of IP telephony and very quicklymoves the learner forward into an understanding of systemconcepts: clustering, creation of phones and users, route plans,digit manipulation, media resources, phone features andservices, which are all important to supporting IP telephonyin the Enterprise network. The course focuses on Cisco UnifiedCommunications Manager version 8.5. The course is gearedto individuals that will be using and managing the system andperforming administration for level 1 and beginning level 2support. Level 1 support is geared toward supporting phoneusers and making moves, adds, and changes to the desktopphone environment. Level 2 support is oriented to supportingchanges in the organization such as opening new office locationsor relocating departments. The course does not cover issues ofinitial deployment, new cluster deployment, or internationaldeployments or issues with the underlying network that involverouters, switches, or Cisco IOS software configuration. Thiscourse includes various lab exercises to apply what waslearned in each preceding lesson. Labs begin with a newlyinstalled publisher. The only element that is preconfigured istwo MGCP gateways for the headquarters (HQ) and branch(BR) and an intercluster trunk pointing to the neighbor’spod. Therefore, the student will become familiar with all thevarious concepts through configuration of the elements in thelab environment.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isphone network administrators, data system administrators, andentry-level network engineers. The secondary audience for thiscourse is learners looking to gain a technical overview of CiscoUnified Communications Manager or learners who need apreparatory course before taking Implementing Cisco UnifiedCommunications IP Telephony Part 1 (CIPT1) and ImplementingCisco Unified Communications IP Telephony Part 2 (CIPT2).Summer 2012• 63Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Code: CMA85• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have the following knowledge/skills: basic knowledge of IP and networking or voice networksis suggested, but not required; and basic knowledge of theWindows desktop environment.UCCE/ICM w/CVP—Unified ContactCenter Enterprise/Intelligent ContactManager Administration w/CVPThis is an instructor-led course presented by training partnersto system engineers and customers who will be involved withday-to-day interaction with the Cisco Unified Contact CenterEnterprise v8.x (CCE) product deployed in a CVP environment.This course will give students an understanding of the UnifiedCCE v8.x from a “Day 2-Add/Move/Change” perspective.This will be accomplished by performing basic and advancedUCCE administration and troubleshooting tasks that users willencounter in real-world deployments. This course is also aprerequisite for the CVPI or DUCCE-CVP courses, which bothassume that the student is already familiar with the basicoperation of Unified CCE (ICM). This course will serve as astepping stone for further UCCE educational endeavors.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isDay 2 support personnel (partners and customers) who areresponsible for the daily operation of the CCE environmentdeployed with CVP. The secondary audience are Cisco-UnifiedCommunications system channel partners and resellers.• Course Code: ACCE-CVP• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneUnified Contact Center Enterprise/IntelligentContact Manager Administration w/CVPThis five-day course effectively combines concepts discussedin the Unified Contact Center Enterprise (UCCE 8.x), IntelligentContact Manager (ICM 8.x) and CVP courses. The goal ofthis course is to combine the best elements of related UnifiedContact Center courses into an accelerated one-week course,maximizing the exposure to the product(s) while minimizingtime spent away from the job at training.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for contactcenter personnel responsible for the following: designingand implementing the CCE configuration using CVP as arouting client; designing, implementing, and monitoringICM scripts using MicroApps; designing, implementing, andmonitoring basic VXML applications; generating ICM reports;implementing, configuring, and troubleshooting the UCCE andCVP environment; and using ICM in a legacy environment witha mixture of unified communications migration from a legacyenvironment to unified communications.• Course Code: CVP• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have a working knowledge ofMS Windows in an Active Directory environment, workingknowledge of TCP/IP networking, working knowledge ofCisco Contact Manager/Communications Manager andassociated Voice Gateway functionality, and familiaritywith basic contact center operations (PBX, ACD, networkand IVR implementation).Unified Contact Center Enterprise/IntelligentContact Manager Administration w/IP IVRThis five-day course effectively combines concepts discussedin the Intelligent Contact Manager (ICM7.x) and IP ContactCenter Enterprise courses. The goal of this course is to combinethe best elements of related unified contact center courses intoan accelerated one-week course, maximizing the exposure tothe product(s) while minimizing time spent away from the jobat training.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for contactcenter personnel responsible for the following: designingand implementing a UCCE configuration using UnifiedCommunications Manager and IP IVR as routing clients;designing, implementing and monitoring ICM and IP IVR scripts;generating ICM/UCCE reports; implementing, configuring,supporting, and troubleshooting the UCCE environment;using ICM in a legacy environment with a mixture of unifiedcommunications, including IP IVR; and migrating from a legacyenvironment to unified communications with IP IVR as the VRUrouting client.• Course Code: IPIVR• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have the following skills/knowledge: working knowledge of MS Windows in anActive Directory environment; working knowledge of TCP/IP networking; working knowledge of Cisco CallManager/Communications Manager and associated Voice Gatewayfunctionality; and familiarity with basic call center operations(PBX, ACD, network, and IVR implementation).Summer 2012• 64Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingUnified Contact Center Express Advanced v8.0Building on the knowledge base and scripting experiencelearned in the CRSD/UCCXD classes, students will explore moreadvanced techniques in scripting and overall functionality ofUnified IP IVR and Unified Contact Center Express. During thisclass, students implement features that extend the functionalityof UCCX using many of the tools that are already availablein the premium version of the product. Expect to spend timeexploring the Agent Desktop Interface and the DesktopAdministrator to invoke behaviors that involve third-partyapplications and Web-based applications like Web-Callback-Option and Leave-a-Message-in-Queue. There will be a majorfocus on scripting and subsystem management.Who Should Attend: The primary audience is Cisco AVVIDchannel partners and resellers, systems engineers, andcustomers deploying and maintaining CRS 4.0 products.• Course Code: UCCXA• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students should have knowledge gained fromattending Unified Contact Center Express Deployment(UCCXD).Cisco-Authorized CoursesUnified Intelligence CenterDeploying Cisco Unified Intelligence Center v8.0This is a comprehensive end-to-end reporting solution designedto make the task of creating reports and managing disparatedata sources easier on the customer and, at the same time,present a consistent user interface and a common tool to accessthe varied data across multiple Cisco product families.• Course Code: DUIC• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Working knowledge of Unified Contact CenterEnterprise is desired. A working knowledge of ContactCenter operations is desirable.Unity ConnectionCisco-Authorized CoursesImplementing Cisco Unity Connection v8.0This course describes Cisco Unity Connection installation,networking, and advanced features, options, and configurationsettings. The course presents Cisco Unity Connection with thefocused goal of providing engineers and installers with thenecessary skills to perform installation and setup of the CiscoUnity Connection 8.x system.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this courseconsists of IT support personnel who are responsible for theimplementation and integration of Cisco Unity Connection 8.0servers, Level 2 helpdesk support staff, Cisco partners, andengineering staff who will be installing and supporting CiscoUnity Connection 8.0 systems. The secondary audience for thiscourse consists of networking staff who would like to upgradetheir skill sets to include Cisco Unity Connection voice-mailinstallation and integration.• Course Code: IUC• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneImplementing Cisco Unified Messaging v5.0Implementing Cisco Unified Messaging v5.0, formerly UnifiedCommunications System Engineer (UCSE), provides studentswith best-practice information on how to administer, install,configure, operate, and maintain a Cisco Unity system in astand-alone voice mail or unified messaging environment, aswell as lessons on Cisco Unity Connection. IUM is a five-dayinstructor-led course with hands-on lab activities.Who Should Attend: This is one of two courses recommendedfor individuals seeking qualification for the Cisco Unity SupportSpecialization.• Course Code: IUM• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneUnity Connection Administration v8.5This course describes Cisco Unity Connection administrationfeatures, options, and configuration settings as they apply tothe administrator. The course presents Cisco Unity Connectionwith the focused goal of providing the administrators withthe necessary skills to perform their day-to-day job functionsusing the Cisco Unity Connection version 8.5 system. Studentsthat require skills beyond administration where engineering,integration, and networking skills are required should considerthe Implementing Cisco Unity Connection (IUC) course. Thiscourse provides an understanding of latest Cisco UnityConnection version 8.5 features such as Unified Messagingconcepts and implementation, including Single Inbox, Text toSpeech, and calendars.Summer 2012• 65Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: The primary audience for this course isadministrators, IT support personnel, and help-desk supportstaff. The secondary audience for this course is introduction toCisco Unity Connection for network engineering staff personnel.• Course Code: UCA• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: The knowledge and skills that a learner musthave before attending this course are a basic understandingof fundamental terms and concepts of computer networking,including LANs, WANs, and IP switching and routing; basicknowledge of traditional PSTN operations and technologies,including PBX and voice-mail administration tasks; and a basicunderstanding of Cisco Unified Communications Manager.VPNCisco-Authorized CoursesDeploying Cisco ASA VPN Solutions v1.0This is an instructor-led course presented by Cisco trainingpartners to their end-user customers. This five-day course aimsat choosing, configuring, and troubleshooting the majority ofCisco ASA adaptive security appliance remote access andsite-to-site VPN features to reduce risk to IT infrastructureand its applications.Who Should Attend: Customers, employees, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: CVPN• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have the following knowledge/skills: Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA)certification; Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices 1(ICND1); Interconnecting Cisco Network Devices 2 (ICND2);Cisco Certified Network Associate Security (CCNA Security)certification; Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security(IINS); and working knowledge of the Microsoft Windowsoperating system.WirelessCisco-Authorized CoursesCisco Unified Wireless Networking v7.1This is a five-day, instructor-led, technical course providing indepthcoverage of how to install and configure the functionalcomponents of the Cisco Unified Wireless Network Solutionsproduct in several deployment models in an Enterprisecustomer network. Learners become familiar with the intercommunicationof key system components, interactionsbetween components, software configuration, troubleshooting,monitoring, and debugging. Knowledge is reinforced by handsonlab exercises.Who Should Attend: The primary audience for this course ischannel field engineers, Cisco network consulting engineers, newUC partners, and customer network engineers. The secondaryaudience for this course is customer network managers.• Course Code: CUWN• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: CCNA or equivalent work experience; familiaritywith Windows and Windows networking; and prior attendanceof the CWLF or IUWNE courses is recommended.Cisco Wireless LAN Advanced Topics v2.0This is a four-day technical training for designing, managing,and troubleshooting Enterprise wireless networks usingthe Cisco Unified Wireless Network. CWLAT v2.0 includesinstructor-led training and in-depth instructor assisted,hands-on labs. The course focuses on advanced WLANdesign, integrating Cisco wireless components into a wiredinfrastructure. Deployment topics include managing theWLAN by using the Cisco Wireless Control System (WCS)to manage advanced features. Security topics focus onintegrating WLAN security using the WLAN controllers andcontroller-based access points in conjunction with the CiscoSecure ACS, and Network Access Controller (NAC).Who Should Attend: The Cisco Wireless LAN AdvancedTopics course is targeted to system engineers, field engineers,technical engineers, network integrators, and technical salespersonnel who need to know how to sell, design, install,integrate, and support wireless networks or are taskedwith performing or overseeing site surveys for wireless LANsolution implementations.• Course Code: CWLAT• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: NoneImplementing Cisco UnifiedWireless Networking Essentials v2.0The goal of this course is to provide students with informationand practice activities to prepare them to help design, install,configure, monitor, and conduct basic troubleshooting tasks of aCisco WLAN in SMB and Enterprise installations.Summer 2012• 66Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: Customers, employees, channel partners,and resellers• Course Code: IUWNE• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: ICND1 and ICND2Presentation ServerCitrix-Authorized CoursesCTX-1264C—Citrix Presentation Server 4.5 andXenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2003: SupportThis course provides learners with the skills necessary tomonitor, maintain, and troubleshoot network environmentsrunning Citrix XenApp 5 for Windows Server 2003 software.Learners are introduced to the tools used to monitor a XenAppfarm, record farm activity and generate reports. This courseprovides learners with the skills necessary to maintain data andserver integrity, as well as to scale, optimize and troubleshoota XenApp environment.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalssuch as server, network, system and help desk administratorsfamiliar with Microsoft Windows Server 2003 environments.System engineers, analysts, consultants, architects and Citrixpartner network members are also appropriate candidatesfor this course.• Course Code: CTRK1264• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: The following are preparatory recommendationsfor this course: working knowledge of Microsoft WindowsServer 2003 with Terminal Services; working knowledgeof the architecture and administrative tasks associated withCitrix Presentation Server 4.5 or attendance at one of thefollowing courses: CTX-1259BI Citrix Presentation Server 4.5and XenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2003—Administration;CTX-4100BI Citrix Presentation Server 4.5 and XenApp5.0 for Windows Server 2003—Skills Update; Completionof CTX-1455CW Common Management Platform 4.5—Administration eLearning course or equivalent knowledge.CTX-1259C—Citrix PresentationServer 4.5 and XenApp 5.0 forWindows Server 2003: AdministrationServer 2003 and its components, including Web Interface,Application Streaming, Load Manager, Installation Managerand Secure Gateway. Learners will receive hands-ontraining for installing Citrix XenApp and the associatedplug-ins and for using the various administrative consolesto configure published resources, policies, individual server,and server farm settings, load evaluators, printers, streamingapplications, and much more.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalssuch as server, network, and systems and administrators familiarwith Microsoft Windows environments. Systems engineers,analysts, consultants, and architects are also appropriatecandidates for this course.• Course Code: CTRX1259• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: It is recommended that learners have experienceadministering Microsoft Windows Server 2003 environments.XenAppCitrix-Authorized CoursesCXA-201-2: Implementing CitrixXenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2008This course provides the foundation necessary to effectivelydeploy and administer Citrix XenApp and its components,including Web Interface, Application Streaming, LoadManager, Installation Manager, and Secure Gateway. Learnerswill receive hands-on training for installing Citrix XenApp andthe associated plug-ins and for using the various administrativeconsoles to configure published resources, policies, individualserver, and server farm settings, load evaluators, printers,streaming applications, and much more.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalssuch as server, network, and systems administrators familiarwith Microsoft Windows environments. Systems engineers,analysts, consultants, and architects are also appropriatecandidates for this course.• Course Code: CTRX201/CXA-201-2• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Experience administering Microsoft WindowsServer 2003 or Windows Server 2008 environmentsSummer 2012This course provides the foundation necessary to effectivelydeploy and administer Citrix XenApp 5 for Windows• 67Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingCXA-206-1: Citrix XenApp 6.5 AdministrationThis administration training course provides the foundationnecessary for administrators to effectively centralize andmanage applications in the datacenter and instantly deliverthem as a service to users anywhere. Learners will receivetraining for installing and configuring Citrix XenApp 6.5 forWindows Server 2008 R2, Citrix Receiver and plug-ins, aswell as for using administrative consoles and tools to configureresources, policies, server and farm settings, printers, virtualizedapplications, and more.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalssuch as server, network, and systems administrators familiarwith Microsoft Windows environments. Systems engineers,sales engineers, analysts, consultants, and architects also areappropriate candidates for this course.• Course Code: CTRX206• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Familiarity with Microsoft Windows Server2008 R2; experience with Microsoft SQL Server or Enterprisedatabase servers; experience with Active Directory andGroup Policy; a basic understanding of Remote DesktopServices (previously called Terminal Services); familiaritywith application virtualization technologies such as Citrixapplication streaming or Microsoft App-V (previouslycalled SoftGrid); a basic understanding of Windows Servernetworking concepts such as DNS, IIS®, load balancing,and file and printing services; exposure to basic systemadministration concepts, including logging, software upgradeprocedures and high availability operations; familiarity withserver monitoring tools; and a basic understanding of VPNconcepts, including SSL encryption and certificates.CXA-300-1: Advanced Administrationfor Citrix XenApp 5.0 for Windows Server 2008This course provides learners with the skills necessary to monitor,maintain, and troubleshoot network environments runningXenApp for Windows Server 2008 software. Learners areintroduced to the tools used to monitor the XenApp farm, recordfarm activity, and generate reports. In addition, learners takeaway the skills needed to maintain data and server integrityand to scale, optimize, and troubleshoot the XenApp farm.• Course Code: CXA-300-1• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: None listedXenDesktopCitrix-Authorized CoursesCitrix XenDesktop 5 AdministrationThis course provides the foundation necessary for administratorsto effectively centralize and manage desktops in the datacenter and deliver them as a service to users anywhere.Students will learn how to select a desktop delivery model foreach user group based on their needs, build proof-of-conceptand production XenDesktop environments, assign virtualdesktops to users, and customize the user experience throughpolicies. This course also provides instruction on how to builda provisioning services farm to enable single-image desktopmanagement and how to host virtual machines on the clientdevice using Citrix XenClient.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for IT professionalssuch as server, network, and system administrators, systemengineers, analysts, consultants, architects and Citrix partnernetwork members.• Course Code: CTXA• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: A basic knowledge of the purpose and goalsof virtualization technology; an understanding of computingarchitecture, including network and storage devices, devicedrivers, and operating systems; basic experience installingand administering Windows Server 2008 R2; and abasic understanding of server, desktop and applicationvirtualization concepts.A+CompTIA A+CompTIA CoursesCourse content includes both hardware and operating systemtopics and is delivered through lecture, instructor demonstration,and student labs. This five-day course also prepares computertechnicians for the A+ certification test, as sponsored by theComputing Technology Industry Association (CompTIA). Acomprehensive up-to-date textbook/reference is provided assupporting documentation in addition to the course outline.Who Should Attend: The A+ curriculum is designed for entrylevelcomputer technicians who seek a solid foundation incomputer service concepts. This course is also for all entry-levelprofessionals who use computers and individuals preparing forthe CompTIA A+ Hardware and OS exams.Summer 2012• 68Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Code: A+• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Six months of experience as a computer servicetechnician or the equivalent knowledge. Familiarity with atleast one Microsoft operating system.CompTIA Healthcare IT TechnicianHealthcare and information technology are both growingfields. The recent explosion of the use of various IT systems inthe healthcare arena presents a tremendous opportunity for ITprofessionals. Additionally the deployment and utilization ofelectronic record keeping systems for use in healthcare presentsboth an opportunity and a challenge to everyone involved.The CompTIA Healthcare IT Technician certificate (exam HIT-100) was developed as a supplement to both real-worldexperience and other IT certifications as a way for IT personnelto demonstrate basic understanding of, and competency in,essential healthcare and IT concepts and terminology and theintegration of the two realms of practice.IT professionals are in a unique position to contribute to andbenefit from the increasing integration of IT and healthcaresystems. This course will provide students with foundationalknowledge that is critical to their ability to take advantage ofthe tremendous opportunity presented by the advancements inhealthcare-IT integration. It can also form an important partof the preparation for the CompTIA® Healthcare IT Techniciancertificate examination (exam HIT-100).• Course Code: HITT• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: While there are no strict prerequisites,CompTIA intends the healthcare IT technician to serve asan add-on to the CompTIA® A+® certification. Studentsshould have experience and comfort with the followingconcepts and tasks: Computer and networking terminology;the functional components of a computer and a network(both wired and wireless); installing and troubleshootingWindows XP and Windows 7; installing and troubleshootingsoftware, hardware, and networking components; workingwith computer peripherals; setting up, maintaining, andtroubleshooting mobile devices; computer and networksecurity best practices; an introductory course in a Windowsoperating system, or equivalent skills and knowledge, isrequired. Students can take any one of the following courses:Introduction to Personal Computers—Using Windows XP;Introduction to Personal Computers—Using Windows 7;Windows XP—Introduction; or Microsoft® Windows 7 Level1. Recommended courses (or the equivalent certifications):CompTIA® A+® Certification: A Comprehensive Approachfor All 2009 Exam Objectives (Windows 7) is stronglyrecommended; and CompTIA® Security+® and CompTIA®Network+® will also be helpful.CTT+CompTIA CoursesCompTIA Certified TechnicalTrainer (CTT+) Exam Prep CourseDomain 1: Planning Prior to the Course1A: Review of Organizational Needs and Learners’Backgrounds in Relationship to Course Objectives1B: Instructional Environment in Relationshipto Learning ObjectivesDomain 2: Methods and Media for Instructional Delivery2A: Selection and Implementationof Instructional Methods2B: Use of Presentation and Instructional MediaDomain 3: Instructor Credibility and Communications3A: Instructor Delivery Competenceand Content Expertise3B: Instructor Communication and Presentation SkillsDomain 4: Group Facilitation4A: Establishment and Management of a Learner-Centered Environment4B: Promotion of Learner Engagementand Participation4C: Assessment of Learners’ Needs for AdditionalExplanation and Encouragement4D: Motivation and Positive Reinforcement of LearnersDomain 5: Evaluate the Training Event5A: Evaluation of Learner Performance during and atClose of Instruction5B: Evaluation of Instructor and Course• Course Code: CTT+• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 69Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingLinux+CompTIA CoursesCompTIA Linux+ CertificationLinux+ consists of two exams, LX0-101 and LX0-102. Theexams cover system architecture; Linux installation andpackage management; GNU and Unix commands; devices,Linux filesystems, and the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard.Professionals who pass the CompTIA Linux+ exam can workat the Linux command line, perform maintenance tasks, assistusers, and install and configure workstations. Earning CompTIALinux+ is a stepping stone to vendor-specific training, such asOracle Certified Associate and Novell SUSE Linux programs.A new benefit for CompTIA Linux+ candidates is that theymay choose, at the time they take the exams, to have theirexam record forwarded to the Linux Professional Institute.Certification in CompTIA Linux+, Powered by LPI, enablescandidates to become certified in LPIC-1 as well, enablingfurther participation in the LPI program if the candidatechooses. Please note that CompTIA maintains candidateconfidentialrecords for all exam takers for their own accessand use for employment or educational purposes. Any choiceto forward a CompTIA Linux+ exam record to LPI is made onlyby the candidate.• Course Code: LINUX+• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: None stated• Course Code: NET+• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: An introductory course in a Windowsoperating system, or equivalent skills and knowledge,is required. Students can take any one of the followingcourses: Windows 98—Introduction; Windows MillenniumEdition—Introduction; Windows 2000—Introduction; orWindows XP—Introduction. CompTIA A+ certification, or theequivalent skills and knowledge, is helpful but not required.Students may wish to take both of the following courses:A+ Certification—Core Hardware Third Edition—ACompTIA Certification; and A+ Certification—OperatingSystems Third Edition—A CompTIA Certification.Project+CompTIA Project+CompTIA CoursesCompTIA Project+ validates that project managers have thenecessary skills to complete projects on time and within budget.The exam covers the entire project life cycle from initiation andplanning through execution, acceptance, support and closure.• Course Code: PROJ+• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: One year of managing, directing, orparticipating in small- to medium-scale projectsSummer 2012Network+CompTIA Network+CompTIA CoursesThe CompTIA Network+® (2009 Objectives) course builds onparticipant’s existing user-level knowledge and experience withpersonal computer operating systems and networks to presentfundamental skills and concepts that can be used on the jobin any type of networking career. For those students pursuinga CompTIA technical certification path, the CompTIA A+certification is an excellent first step to take before preparingfor the CompTIA Network+ certification. Students will identifyand describe all the major networking technologies, systems,skills, and tools in use in modern PC-based computer networksand learn information and skills that will be helpful to preparefor the CompTIA Network+ certification examination, 2009objectives (exam number N10-004).Security+CompTIA Security +CompTIA CoursesThis instructor-led course provides students with the knowledgeand skills to manage network security within an organization.Students who complete this course will be able to identifysecurity threats and vulnerabilities and respond and recoverfrom security incidents.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalswho want to pursue a security specialist role and the CompTIASecurity+ certification.• Course Code: SEC+• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• 70Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Prerequisite: Students should have general knowledge ofnetworking concepts and one or more years of experiencein supporting a TCP/IP-based network. Students should havesix months experience or equivalent knowledge in supportingWindows 2000 Professional/Windows XP and/or Windows2000 Server.• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Common network terminology; TCP/IPaddressing and routing; Internetworking concepts; commonelements of WAN and LAN environments; and Data CenterServer redundancy conceptsEthical HackingCertified Ethical HackerEC Council CoursesThis class will immerse the students into an interactive environmentwhere they will be shown how to scan, test, hack, and secure theirown systems. The lab intensive environment gives each studentin-depth knowledge and practical experience with the currentessential security systems. Students will begin by understandinghow perimeter defenses work and then be led into scanningand attacking their own networks—no real network is harmed.Students then learn how intruders escalate privileges and whatsteps can be taken to secure a system. Students will also learnabout intrusion detection, policy creation, social engineering,DDoS attacks, buffer overflows and virus creation. Whena student leaves this intensive five-day class, they will havehands-on understanding and experience in ethical hacking.This course prepares students for EC-Council Certified EthicalHacker Exam 312-50.Who Should Attend: This course will significantly benefitsecurity officers, auditors, security professionals, siteadministrators, and anyone who is concerned about theintegrity of the network infrastructure.• Course Code: CEH• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneBIG-IPBIG-IP LTM Level 1F5 CoursesThis course gives networking professionals a functionalunderstanding of the BIG-IP LTM system as it is commonly used.The course covers installation, configuration, and managementof both BIG-IP LTM systems and redundant pairs. This hands-oncourse includes lectures, labs, and discussions.• Course Code: F51• Contact Hours: 13.0BIG-IP LTM Level 2This course gives networking professionals an in-depthunderstanding of the BIG-IP LTM system. The Advanced Topicscourse builds on the foundation of the BIG-IP LTM Essentialscourse and also covers less commonly used but more powerfulways of using the many features of the BIG-IP LTM system.In addition, significant time is spent using the command linetools to configure the BIG-IP LTM system. This hands-on courseincludes lectures, labs and discussions. Students will learnabout command line functions, advanced configurations, andadvanced troubleshooting.• Course Code: F52• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: TCP/IP addressing and routing, including theaddress resolution protocol, direct and indirect routing, andTCP handshakes; and command line configuration, includingcommands and parameters, command line access (DOSor UNIX), common elements of and differences betweenWAN and LAN components, and fundamental programmingconcepts such as variable assignments and logical operationsITIL CoursesV3 Operational Support and AnalysisITIL Operations Support and AnalysisThis course immerses students in the practical aspects of theITIL v3 Service Lifecycle and processes associated with theoperational support and analysis of services and servicedelivery. The main focus of this course is on the operational-levelprocess activities and supporting methods and approaches toexecuting these processes in a practical, hands-on learningenvironment. This course uses an engaging case study-basedapproach to learning the core disciplines of ITIL best practices,and it positions participants to successfully complete theassociated exam.Who Should Attend: IT operations, technical, or IT managementpersonnel requiring more information about ITIL best practicesor anyone responsible for managing, implementing, or consultingon ITIL processes within IT or in conjunction with IT• Course Code: ITILOSASummer 2012• 71Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: ITIL v3 Foundation Certification (required); 2–4years of relevant work experience; to prepare for the endof-classexam, it is recommended that students review the ITILv3 publication Service Operation (ISBN 10: 0113310463)and complete at least 12 hours of personal study; The ITILv3 Foundation certification is required to take the exam atthe end of class; proof of certification must be provided.ITIL CoursesV3 Foundation Bridge ProgramITIL Foundations TrainingThis hands-on, instructor-led, ITSM Version 3 Foundationcertification training program introduces the student to thefundamentals of IT Service Management as described in version3 of the IT Infrastructure Library. Accredited by ISEB, the coursehelps students prepare for the certification exam along withacquiring valuable insights from instructors who have actuallymanaged IT operations and ITSM programs.Who Should Attend: Senior IT and business executives, ITmanagement and staff, consultants, project managers, andothers interested in learning about IT Service Management• Course Code: ITILv3/ITILFT• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneITIL v3 Foundation Bridge ProgramITIL is a set of best practices guidance that has become aworldwide-adopted framework for information technologyservices management (ITSM) by many public and privateorganizations. Since early 1990, ITIL has been evolving fromfocusing on Functions and Processes under versions 1 and 2 tofocusing on the Full Service Lifecycle Management under version3. ITIL version 3 suggests many improvements over previousversions, including a focus on business and IT integration anda holistic service lifecycle approach. This course focuses on thenew ITIL V3 concepts and contents and the main differencesbetween ITIL V2 and V3.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for existing holdersof the ITIL V2 Foundation Certificate in Service Managementwho wish to get an equivalent of their ITIL V2 Foundationcertificate to V3 Foundation.• Course Code: ITILBP• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneITIL v3 Foundations TrainingReleased on May 30, 2007, the ITIL® Foundation Version3 certification course is a long-awaited update to the bestpractice guidance of the IT Infrastructure Library. Knownas ITIL® v3, the books are framed around the ServiceLifecycle, taking a holistic approach to managing servicesand delivering business value. All of the core processes andconcepts from ITIL® v2 remain in ITIL® v3 with updates toaddress emerging trends. New processes are in response torequests from the practitioner community. All processes havebeen grouped into the appropriate volume, reflecting theirbusiness value in the Service Lifecycle: Service Strategy,Service Design, Service Transition, Service Operation, andContinual Service Improvement.Who Should Attend: IT management, IT support staff, ITconsultants, business managers, business process owners, ITdevelopers, service providers, and system integrators• Course Code: ITILv3 (ITILFT)• Contact Hours: 19.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneJuniper CoursesAdvanced Juniper Networks RoutingThis lab-intensive course provides an advanced look atpopular routing and traffic engineering protocols supportedon Juniper Networks M-series and T-series platforms. Thiscourse investigates the intricacies of interior gateway protocol(IGP) operation through OSPF and IS-IS labs that engage thestudent in a detailed examination of the link-state databaseand the effects of virtually all protocol options and coversadvanced JUNOS software features relating to MPLS andtraffic engineering. The complexities of large-scale routingusing the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) are then explored,with the focus on scaling networks using route reflection andconfederations. Numerous BGP options, such as multi-hop,multipath, and authentication, are discussed and configured.• Course Code: AJNR• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 daysSummer 2012• 72Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Prerequisite: Students attending this class should be ableto establish, without assistance, a basic configuration forOSPF, IS-IS, BGP, MPLS, and PIM. Students should also haveknowledge of the JUNOS Internet software configurationsyntax to the extent covered in the Configuring JuniperNetworks Routers (CJNR) course.Linux System Administration CoursesRed-HatWho Should Attend: Experienced Linux system administratorsresponsible for managing shared storage across one or moreLinux systems and experienced Linux system administratorsresponsible for maintaining a high availability service usingcluster technology• Course Code: RH436• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: RHCE certification or equivalent experienceJBoss SOA: ESB Service ImplementationThe JBoss SOA ESB Service Implementation (JB431) courseprovides an overview of the JBoss SOA Platform and focuses onskills required to leverage the ESB. Designed for experiencedJava EE developers, this course teaches the process fordeveloping and deploying ESB services and providers. Studentswill enhance their ESB development skills while deploying andmanaging ESB services, like HTTP providers, JMS providers,transformation actions, and available built-in service actions.Through in-class investigation and hands-on labs, students willleave the class able to design, develop, deploy, and test ESBservices in accordance with SOA design principles using JBossDeveloper Studio and JBoss SOA Platform.Important Note: This course emphasizes ESB development onlyand does not include tertiary development tasks that an SOA-Pdeveloper may need.Who Should Attend: Senior Java EE developers, includingEnterprise SOA architects• Course Code: JB431• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Java Enterprise knowledge; 5+ years JavaEE programming experience; and basic XML scriptingexperienceRed Hat EnterpriseClustering and Storage ManagementThis course provides intensive, hands-on experience withstorage management, Red Hat Cluster Suite, and theshared storage technology delivered by Red Hat GlobalFile System (GFS). Created for senior Linux systemadministrators, this four-day course has a strong emphasis onlab-based activities. At the end of the course, students willhave learned to deploy and manage shared storage andserver clusters that provide highly available network servicesto a mission-critical Enterprise environment.Red Hat EnterpriseDeployment and Systems ManagementThis is a four-day lab-based course that explores the conceptsand methods necessary for successful large-scale deploymentand management of Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems.Experienced system administrators learn how to implementand manage Red Hat Enterprise Linux deployments efficientlyand effectively, in ways that make their systems manageableby a team of administrators. Central to the course is hands-ontraining in the use of the Red Hat Network Satellite Serverfor deployment and provisioning of Red Hat Enterprise Linuxsystems. By the end of this course, students will have built theirown RPM packages and will have used Subversion to makechanges to scripts.Who Should Attend: Experienced Linux system administratorsresponsible for the planning, deployment, and managementof Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems; and Red Hat CertifiedEngineers (RHCE®) who want to earn certification of Expertise,Red Hat Certified Datacenter Specialist (RHCDS®), or Red HatCertificate Architect (RHCA®) certifications• Course Code: RH401• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE) certificationor equivalent experienceRed Hat Enterprise SystemMonitoring and Performance TuningThis course is designed to teach senior Linux systemadministrators the methodology of performance tuning andcapacity planning for Red Hat Enterprise Linux. It discussessystem architecture with an emphasis on understanding theimplications of system architecture on system performance,methods for testing the effects of performance adjustments,open source benchmarking utilities, methods for analyzingsystem and networking performance, and tuning configurationsfor specific application loads.Summer 2012• 73Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: Experienced Linux system administratorsresponsible for maximizing resource utilization throughperformance tuning• Course Code: RH442• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: RHCE certification or equivalent experienceRed Hat Linux TroubleshootingTroubleshooting is both an art and a science and an instinct andtechnique. In Red Hat Linux Troubleshooting (RH242), systemadministrators will learn techniques for troubleshooting a Linuxsystem and how to use the troubleshooting tools available onRed Hat Enterprise Linux. This course is a four-day, heavily laborientedclass designed to help the student learn or improvetroubleshooting skills. Students will gain troubleshootingexperience by debugging live, virtualized systems.• Course Code: RH242• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: Red Hat System Administration I and II or RHCSARapid Track CourseRHCSA certification holder or equivalentexperience; system administration knowledge under Red HatEnterprise Linux, including InstallationService management(using service and chkconfig, for example); basic systemmonitoring (using ps and top, and perhaps meminfo and the/proc file system); file system management (using fdisk andmkfs); and basic troubleshooting (including managing logfiles and perhaps the use of hardware probing tools such asethtool and lspci).Red Hat System Administration IIThis course is a follow up to System Administration I andcontinues to utilize today’s best-of-breed, contemporaryteaching methodology. Students will be actively engaged intask-focused activities, lab-based knowledge checks, andfacilitative discussions to ensure maximum skills transfer andretention. Building on the foundation of command line skillscovered in System Administration I, students will dive deeperinto Red Hat Enterprise Linux to broaden their “tool kits” ofadministration skills. By the end of this five-day course, studentswill be able to administer and troubleshoot file systems andpartitioning, logical volume management, access control, andpackage management. Students who attend Red Hat SystemAdministration I & II will be fully prepared to take the Red HatCertified System Administration (RHCSA) exam.Who Should Attend: IT professionals who have attendedRed Hat System Administration I and want the skills to befull-time Enterprise Linux administrators and/or earn RHCSAcertifications• Course Code: RH134• Contact Hours: 26.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: Red Hat System Administration IRed Hat SystemAdministration II With RHCSA ExamThis course is designed for IT professionals working to becomefull-time Enterprise Linux system administrators. The course isa follow up to System Administration I and continues to utilizetoday’s best-of-breed, contemporary teaching methodology.Students will be actively engaged in task-focused activities,lab-based knowledge checks, and facilitative discussionsto ensure maximum skills transfer and retention. Buildingon the foundation of command line skills covered in SystemAdministration I, students will dive deeper into Red Hat EnterpriseLinux to broaden their “tool kits” of administration skills. By theend of this five-day course, students will be able to administerand troubleshoot file systems and partitioning, logical volumemanagement, access control, package management. Studentswho attend Red Hat System Administration I & II will be fullyprepared to take the Red Hat Certified System Administration(RHCSA) exam.Who Should Attend: IT professionals who have attendedRed Hat System Administration I and want the skills to befull-time Enterprise Linux administrators and/or earn RHCSAcertifications• Course Code: RH135 (4 days)/RHCSA (5 days)• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 4–5 days• Prerequisite: Red Hat System Administration IRed Hat System Administration III With RHCSAWith a heavy emphasis on practical, hands-on labs, focus isplaced on enhancing automation skills to securely configure,deploy, and manage network services including DNS, Apache,SMTP, and network file sharing. In addition, this courseemphasizes security, including monitoring, packet filtering,access controls, and SELinux. At the completion of this course,students already familiar with the Red Hat Certified Technician(RHCT)/Red Hat Certified System Administrator (RHCSA)administration skills will have exposure to all competenciestested by the RHCSA and Red Hat Certified Engineer (RHCE®)exams. This class includes the RHCSA and the RHCE exams.Summer 2012• 74Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: Experienced Linux® administrators whorequire networking and security administration skills• Course Code: RHCE/RH255• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: RHCSA Rapid Track Course with Exam (RH200)or the combination of Red Hat System Administration I(RH124) and Red Hat System Administration II with exam(RH135) courses; equivalent experience to the RHCSA RapidTrack Course (RH200); and skills required to earn an RHCT/RHCSA certificationRHCE Rapid Track CourseThis course is designed for senior Linux system administratorswho want to validate their competencies by earning theRHCSA and RHCE credentials. This is a fast-paced preparationcourse that combines the RHCSA Fast Track Course (RH199)and System Administration III (RH254) courses, normally eightdays of training, into a single four-day course. Building onthe students’ extensive knowledge of command line-basedLinux administration, the course moves very quickly throughthe intermediate and advanced tasks covered by lab-basedknowledge checks and facilitative discussions. By the end of thiscourse, the senior Linux administrator students will have beenexposed to all the intermediate and advanced competenciestested by the RHCSA and RHCE exams.Who Should Attend: Experienced Linux system administratorswith a minimum of three years of Linux experience whowant a fast-track solution to earn an RHCE certification; andexperienced Solaris system administrators who have completedthe Red Hat Enterprise Linux for Solaris Administrators (RH290)course. This course is not recommended for students whohave successfully completed the RHCSA Rapid Track Course(RH200). For those students, the Red Hat System AdministrationIII (RH254) course is recommended.• Course Code: RH299• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: Students must meet the requirements forattending Red Hat System Administration I, II, and IIIcourses; and students must have the same skill set as anRHCT/RHCSA.AccessAccess 2003 Level 1Microsoft Office CoursesMost organizations maintain and manage large amounts ofinformation. One of the most efficient and powerful informationmanagement computer applications is the relational database.Information can be stored, linked, and managed using a singlerelational database application and its associated tools. Inthis course, the student will be introduced to the concept ofthe relational database by using the Microsoft Office Access2003 relational database application and its informationmanagement tools.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students whowish to learn the basic operations of the Access 2003 databaseprogram to perform their day-to-day responsibilities and tounderstand the advantages that using a relational databaseprogram can bring to their business processes. The Level 1 courseis for the individual whose job responsibilities include workingwith tables to create and maintain records, locate records, andproduce reports based on the information in the database.It also provides the fundamental knowledge and techniquesneeded to advance to more technical Access responsibilitiessuch as creating and maintaining new databases and usingprogramming techniques that enhance Access applications.• Course Code: A31• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Completion of one of the following coursesor equivalent knowledge from another source: Windows2000—Introduction; Windows XP—Introduction; WindowsXP Professional—Level 1; or Windows XP Professional—Level 2.Access 2003 Level 2The student should have the basic skills needed to work withMicrosoft Office Access 2003 databases. This includes workingwith Access tables, relationships, queries, forms, and reports. Inthis course the student will consider how to design and create anew Access database, how to customize database components,and how to share Access data with other applications.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for the student whowishes to learn intermediate-level operations of the MicrosoftAccess program. The Level 2 course is for the individual whosejob responsibilities include creating new databases, tables, andrelationships as well as working with and revising intermediatelevelqueries, forms, and reports. It also introduces the studentSummer 2012• 75Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingto integrating Access data with other applications such asMicrosoft Word or Excel. This course is also designed forstudents pursuing the Microsoft Office Specialist Certificationfor Access 2003.• Course Code: A32• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Basic familiarity with Access tables, relationships,queries, forms, and reports or completion of Microsoft Access2003 Level 1 and a basic understanding of Microsoft Exceland Microsoft Word (recommended but not required)Access 2003 Level 3This course extends the student’s knowledge into some of themore specialized and advanced capabilities of Access 2003.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for the student whowishes to learn intermediate and advanced operations of theMicrosoft Office Access 2003 database program. The Level 3course is for the individual whose job responsibilities includeworking with heavily related tables; creating advanced queries,forms, and reports; writing macros to automate common tasks;and performing general database maintenance. It is alsodesigned as one in a series of courses for students pursuing theMicrosoft Office Specialist Certification for Microsoft OfficeAccess 2003.• Course Code: A33• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Completion of Microsoft Office Access 2003Level 1 and Microsoft Office Access 2003 Level 2 or equivalentknowledge (familiarity with basic and intermediate featuresof Access tables, relationships, queries, forms, and reports)Access 2007 Level 1Most organizations maintain and manage large amounts ofinformation. One of the most efficient and powerful ways ofmanaging data is by using relational databases. Informationcan be stored, linked, and managed using a single relationaldatabase application and its associated tools. In this course,students will examine the basic database concepts and create andmodify databases and their various objects using the Microsoft®Office Access 2007 relational database application.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for studentswho wish to learn the basic operations of the MicrosoftAccess database application to perform their day-to-dayresponsibilities and to understand the advantages that usinga relational database application can bring to their businessprocesses. The Level 1 course is for the individual whose jobresponsibilities include designing and creating new databases,tables, and relationships; creating and maintaining records;locating records; and producing reports based on theinformation in the database. Individuals who want to pursueMicrosoft Certified Application Specialist certification inMicrosoft Office Access 2007 can also take this course.• Course Code: A71• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have completed the followingcourses or possess equivalent knowledge: Windows2000—Introduction; Windows XP— Introduction; WindowsXP—Level 1; and/or Windows XP—Level 2.Access 2007 Level 2In this course, students will consider how to maintain dataconsistency, how to customize database components, and howto share Access data with other applications.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for studentswho would like to learn intermediate-level operations ofthe Microsoft Office Access program. The Level 2 course isfor individuals whose job responsibilities include maintainingdata integrity; handling complex queries, forms, and reports;and sharing data between Access and other applications.Individuals who want to pursue the Microsoft CertifiedApplication Specialist certification in Microsoft Office Access2007 can also take this course.• Course Code: A72• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Completion of Microsoft Office Access 2007Level 1 or equivalent knowledge is recommended.Access 2007 Level 3In this course, students will extend their knowledge into some ofthe more specialized and advanced capabilities of Access bystructuring existing data, writing advanced queries, workingwith macros, enhancing forms and reports, and maintaininga database.Who Should Attend: This course is for the individual whose jobresponsibilities include working with related tables; creatingadvanced queries, forms, and reports; writing macros toautomate common tasks; and performing general databasemaintenance. It is also designed as one in a series of courses forstudents pursuing the Microsoft Office Specialist Certification forMicrosoft Office Access 2007.Summer 2012• 76Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Code: A73• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic and intermediate featuresof Access tables, relationships, and queries, forms, andreports is recommended. The following courses or equivalentknowledge are recommended: Microsoft Office Access 2007Level 1 and Microsoft Office Access 2007 Level 2.Access 2007 Level 4• Prerequisite: The student should be familiar with usingpersonal computers and have used the mouse and keyboard.The student should also be comfortable in the Windowsenvironment and be able to use Windows to manageinformation on the computer, launch and close programs,navigate to information stored on the computer, andmanage files and folders. To ensure success, we recommendan introductory Windows course or equivalent skills andknowledge.Access 2010 Level 2In previous levels, students were introduced to the various featuresof Microsoft Office Access 2007 that dealt with local databasemanagement. However, effective database management callsfor mastering the advanced administrative and collaborativefeatures of Access. In this course, students will exchange datawith other applications, automate business processes by usingVBA code, and secure and share databases.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students whohave a thorough understanding of the basic and advanceduser features of the Microsoft Office Access 2007 applicationand are interested in learning introductory level administratorskill sets. The course is also for the student who may be workingin a Web-based environment and may need to adapt Accessapplications to the environment.• Course Code: A74• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: The following courses (or equivalent knowledge)are recommended: Microsoft Office Access 2007 Level 1;Microsoft Office Access 2007 Level 2; and Microsoft OfficeAccess 2007 Level 3.Access 2010 Level 1This one-day instructor-led course provides students withan overview of the features and functions of MicrosoftAccess 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students whowish to learn the basic operations of the Microsoft Accessdatabase program to perform their day-to-day responsibilitiesand who want to use the application to be more productivein their work. It provides the fundamental knowledge andtechniques needed to use more complex Access features suchas maintaining databases and using programming techniquesthat enhance Access applications.• Course Code: A101• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 dayThis one-day instructor-led course provides students with anoverview of the features and functions of Microsoft Access 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for individualswho wish to learn intermediate-level operations of theMicrosoft Office Access program. The target student may alsoinclude individuals whose job responsibilities include creatingdatabases, tables, and relationships, as well as working withand revising intermediate-level queries, forms, and reports.It also introduces the student to integrating Access data withother applications such as Microsoft Office Word or Excel.• Course Code: A102• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: An introductory course such as Microsoft OfficeAccess 2010 Level 1 (or equivalent knowledge and skills)Access 2010 Level 3Participants will create complex Access databases by structuringexisting data, writing advanced queries, working with macros,and performing database maintenance.Who Should Attend: This course is for the individual whose jobresponsibilities include working with heavily related tables;creating advanced queries, forms, and reports; writingmacros to automate common tasks; and performing generaldatabase maintenance.• Course Code: A103• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic and intermediate featuresof Access tables, relationships, queries, forms, and reportsis recommended. The following courses or equivalentknowledge is recommended: Microsoft Office Access 2010Level 1 and Microsoft Office Access 2010 Level 2.Summer 2012• 77Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingMicrosoft Office Access 2010:Transition From MS Access 2003 (First Look)Students will identify and use the new and enhanced featuresto Microsoft Office Access 2010 since the release of MicrosoftAccess 2003.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for experiencedAccess users who have worked with the earlier versions ofMicrosoft Access, ideally Microsoft Access 2003, and who haveor are planning to upgrade to Microsoft Access 2010.• Course Code: ANF10• Contact Hours: 3.5• Course Length: ½ day• Prerequisite: Students enrolling in this course should have workedon Access 2003 (or earlier) and be familiar with the Internet.ExcelMicrosoft Office CoursesExcel 2003 Intro to VBAStudents will learn how to simplify work in the Excel environmentby automating many of the repetitive tasks that are part ofspreadsheet development. They will apply the Visual Basic forApplications (VBA) programming language to simplify many ofthe tasks learned in Excel 2003—Level 1 and Excel 2003—Level 2. Topics include using VBA to create macros for automatingrepetitive tasks in Excel 2003, developing macros, formattingworksheets, creating an interactive worksheet, working withmultiple worksheets, and performing calculations.Who Should Attend: Students who already have knowledge ofthe basics of Excel, including how to create, edit, format, andprint worksheets that include charts and sorted and filtereddata, will be interested in this course.• Course Code: EVBA• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: To ensure success, we recommend participantsfirst take the Excel 2003—Level 2 course or haveequivalent knowledge.Excel 2003 Level 1In this course, students will use Microsoft Office Excel 2003 tomanage, edit, and print data.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for persons preparingfor certification as a Microsoft Office Specialist in Excel, whoalready have knowledge of the Microsoft Office Windows 98(or above) operating system, and who desire to gain the skillsnecessary to create, edit, format, and print basic Microsoft Excel2003 worksheets.• Course Code: E31• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: It is recommended that the student first take thefollowing course or have equivalent knowledge: MicrosoftOffice Windows XP Introduction. If you have taken anintroductory course for an earlier version of the Windowsoperating system, this will also meet the prerequisite.Excel 2003 Level 2In this course, students will apply visual elements and advancedformulas to a worksheet to display data in various formats.Who Should Attend: The target audience for this courseis students who desire to gain the skills necessary to createtemplates, sort and filter data, import and export data,analyze data, and work with Excel on the Web. In addition,this course helps prepare students who desire to prepare forthe Microsoft Office Specialist exam in Excel or Module 2 andwho already have knowledge of the basics of Excel, includinghow to create, edit, format, and print basic worksheets.• Course Code: E32• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have experience with creating,editing, formatting, saving, and printing basic spreadsheetsin Microsoft Excel 2003. Students can obtain this level of skillby taking the Microsoft Excel 2003 Level 1 course. In addition,Web browsing experience is strongly recommended.Excel 2003 Level 3In this course, students will perform tasks such as runningcalculations on data and sorting and filtering numeric data.Students will also learn how to automate some common tasks,apply advanced analysis techniques to more complex datasets, collaborate on worksheets with others, and share Exceldata with other applications.Who Should Attend: This course was designed for studentsdesiring to gain the skills necessary to create macros,collaborate with others, audit and analyze worksheet data,create PivotTables and PivotCharts, incorporate multiple datasources, and import and export data. In addition, the course isalso for students desiring to prepare for the Microsoft OfficeSpecialist exam in Excel 2003 or Module 2-Key Applicationsof the Internet and Computing Core Certification (IC3) exam.Summer 2012• 78Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Code: E33• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have completed the followingcourses or have equivalent knowledge: Microsoft Office Excel2003 Level 1; and Microsoft Office Excel 2003 Level 2.Excel 2007 Level 1Students should have basic computer skills such as using a mouse,navigating through windows, and surfing the Internet. They alsoshould have used paper-based systems to store data and nowwould like to migrate that data to an electronic format.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for peoplepreparing for certification as a Microsoft Certified ApplicationSpecialist in Excel and who already have knowledge ofMicrosoft Office, Windows 2000 (or above) and desire togain the skills necessary to create, edit, format, and print basicMicrosoft Office Excel 2007 worksheets.• Course Code: E71• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used a mouse and keyboard. Theyshould be comfortable in the Windows environment and beable to use Windows to manage information on the computer.Students should have completed the following courses orpossess equivalent knowledge: Windows XP Professional:Level 1; Windows XP Professional Level 2; Windows XPIntroduction; and Windows 2000 Introduction.Excel 2007 Level 2In this course, students will use Microsoft Office Excel 2007 tostreamline and enhance spreadsheets with templates, charts,graphics, and formulas.Who Should Attend: The target audience for this courseis students who desire to gain the skills necessary to createtemplates, sort and filter data, import and export data, analyzedata, and work with Excel on the Web. In addition, this coursehelps prepare students who desire to take the Microsoft OfficeSpecialist exam in Excel and who already have knowledge ofthe basics of Excel.• Course Code: E72• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have completed the followingcourse or possess equivalent knowledge: Microsoft OfficeExcel 2007 Level 1.Excel 2007 Level 3In this course, students will extend their knowledge into some ofthe more specialized and advanced capabilities of Excel byautomating some common tasks, applying advanced analysistechniques to more complex data sets, collaborating on worksheetswith others, and sharing Excel data with other applications.Who Should Attend: This course was designed for studentsdesiring to gain the skills necessary to create macros,collaborate with others, audit and analyze worksheet data,incorporate multiple data sources, and import and exportdata. In addition, the course is also for students desiring toprepare for the Microsoft Certified Application Specialistexam in Microsoft Office Excel 2007 and who already haveknowledge of the basics of Excel.• Course Code: E73• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have completed the followingcourses or have equivalent knowledge: Microsoft Office Excel2007 Level 1; and Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Level 2.Excel 2007 Level 4This course is for students who wish to take advantage of theadvanced features and techniques used in Microsoft OfficeExcel 2007. Excel has many tools and functions that help inanalyzing varied data to make decisions having large scaleimplications on profitability, be it in the domain of sales, projectmanagement, credit, equities, futures, options, currency, and soon. Students will use the advanced features of Microsoft OfficeExcel 2007 to attain a high degree of proficiency as an Excelpower user.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for advancedMicrosoft Office Excel professionals who may work orbe interested in the domain of finance, statistics, projectanalysis, and market analysis, including the fields of microandmacro-economics.• Course Code: E74• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have the following knowledge/skills: Excel 2007 knowledge, including how to create,edit, format, and print worksheets that include charts andsorted and filtered data; knowledge of how to write andedit simple formulas; Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Level 1;Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Level 2; and Microsoft OfficeExcel 2007 Level 3.Summer 2012• 79Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingExcel 2007 VBAStudents will apply the Visual Basic for Applications (VBA)programming language to simplify many of the tasks that canbe performed using various tools and functions in Excel 2007.Who Should Attend: This course is for advanced MicrosoftExcel professionals who want to simplify their work in the Excelenvironment by automating many of the repetitive tasks thatare part of the spreadsheet development.• Course Code: E7VBA• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should have knowledge of MicrosoftOffice Excel 2007, including how to create, edit, format, andprint worksheets that contain charts, and sorted and filtereddata. Students should have completed the following coursesor have equivalent knowledge: Microsoft Office Excel 2007Level 1; Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Level 2; and MicrosoftOffice Excel 2007 Level 3.Excel 2010 Level 1Students will create and edit basic Microsoft Office Excel2010 worksheets and workbooks, perform calculations, modifythe appearance of data within a worksheet, manage Excelworkbooks; and print the content of an Excel worksheet.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students whodesire to gain the necessary skills to create, edit, format, andprint basic Microsoft Office Excel 2010 worksheets.• Course Code: E101• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: The student should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used the mouse and keyboard as well asbe comfortable in the Windows environment. The followingcourses or equivalent knowledge is recommended: WindowsXP Professional Level 1 or Windows XP Introduction.Excel 2010 Level 2The student will use advanced formulas and work with varioustools to analyze data in spreadsheets. The student will alsoorganize table data, present data as charts, and enhance thelook and appeal of workbooks by adding graphical objects.Who Should Attend: This course is meant for those desiringto gain advanced skill sets necessary for calculating datausing functions and formulas, sorting and filtering data,using PivotTables and PivotCharts for analyzing data, andcustomizing workbooks.• Course Code: E102• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Microsoft Office Excel 2010 Level 1 (orequivalent skills)Excel 2010 Level 3Students will automate some common Excel tasks, applyadvanced analysis techniques to more complex data sets,troubleshoot errors, collaborate on worksheets, and shareExcel data with other applications.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students desiringto gain the skills necessary to create macros, collaborate withothers, audit and analyze worksheet data, incorporate multipledata sources, and import and export data.• Course Code: E103• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 days• Prerequisite: Students are recommended to take thefollowing courses or have equivalent knowledge: MicrosoftOffice Excel 2010 Level 1 and Microsoft Office Excel 2010Level 2.Excel 2010: Pivot TablesParticipants will create and analyze PivotTable data. Topicsinclude building a PivotTable, analyzing data using PivotTables,and presenting PivotTable data visually.Who Should Attend: This course is meant for people with asound working knowledge of Microsoft Excel and generalcomputer proficiency.• Course Code: EPT• Contact Hours: 3.5• Course Length: ½ day• Prerequisite: Before starting this course, students arerecommended to take the following courses or haveequivalent knowledge: Microsoft Office Excel 2010—Level1, and Microsoft Office Excel 2010—Level 2.Microsoft Office Excel 2010:Transition From MS Excel 2003 (First Look)Participants will use the new and enhanced features inMicrosoft Office Excel 2010. They will identify the elements ofthe Microsoft Office Excel 2010 environment, organize datain Excel worksheets, analyze Excel data by sorting, filtering,and conditionally formatting it, present Excel data using charts,illustrations, and PivotTables, and use Office Web Apps.Summer 2012• 80Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWho Should Attend: This course is designed for experiencedExcel users who have worked with earlier versions of MicrosoftOffice Excel, ideally Microsoft Office Excel 2003, and who areplanning to upgrade to Microsoft Office Excel 2010.• Course Code: ENF10• Contact Hours: 3.5• Course Length: ½ day• Prerequisite: Students must have prior knowledge ofMicrosoft Office Excel 2003 or Excel XP on the Windowsoperating system.Expression WebExpression Web 2007Microsoft Office Coursesformat tables, format a Web page, design layouts for Webpages, use navigation view to structure a website, and publisha FrontPage website.Who Should Attend: The target student for this course issomeone who wants to create Web pages and websites in agraphical application.• Course Code: FP3• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: We recommend prior completion of thefollowing courses (or equivalent knowledge): Microsoft Word2003—Level 1; Microsoft Word 2003—Level 2; InternetExplorer 6.0—Introduction; and Windows XP—Introduction.In addition, it may be helpful if a student has completedHTML 4.01—Web Authoring, Level 1 (Second Edition) or hasequivalent knowledge from another source.The features and functions in Expression Web will enablestudents to create a website to suit their requirements.Participants will create a website using Microsoft ExpressionWeb, get familiar with the basic principles of Web developmentand the Expression Web environment, design the layout of awebsite, add content to a website, format a Web page usingCSS, work with links, add interactivity to Web pages, andfinalize a website.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for students who wantto create Web pages and websites in a graphical application.• Course Code: EP7• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Although experienced users will appreciatethe extensive functions of Expression Web, no technicalbackground is required to use the software. However, itmay be helpful if a student has completed the followingcourses or has equivalent knowledge from another source:HTML 4.01—Web Authoring, Level 1 (Second Edition) andCascading Style Sheets (Third Edition).FrontPageFrontPage 2003Microsoft Office CoursesParticiapants will use Microsoft® FrontPage® 2003 to design,develop, and deploy websites that can be viewed on anyWeb-enabled computer around the world. Students will createand publish a website using Microsoft FrontPage 2003, createa website that includes new and existing Web pages, addimages to Web pages, add links to Web pages, add andInfoPathInfoPath 2007Microsoft Office CoursesInformation is a key to the success of any organization.Gathering and sharing information within your organizationand with clients and customers alike, can be an important task.Microsoft Office InfoPath 2007: Creating InfoPath Forms isa product that gathers and shares information. In this course,students will use InfoPath to streamline the process of gatheringand sharing information.Who Should Attend: This course is appropriate for those withWeb design experience, forms administrators, informationcoordinators, and Microsoft Office system power users whoneed to gather, reuse, distribute, and collaborate using XMLbasedforms.• Course Code: IP7• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students taking this class should have proficiencyin Microsoft Office products (concentrating in formsdevelopment) and have experience working in a taggedenvironment such as HTML or FrameMaker with SGML.InfoPath 2010Students will learn how to use InfoPath to gather and shareinformation by creating and implementing XML-based forms.Who Should Attend: This course is appropriate for those withWeb design experience, forms administrators, informationSummer 2012• 81Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingcoordinators, and Microsoft Office system power users whoneed to gather, reuse, distribute, and collaborate using XMLbasedforms.• Course Code: IF10• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students taking this class should have proficiencyin Microsoft Office products (concentrating in formsdevelopment) and have experience working in a taggedenvironment such as HTML or FrameMaker with SGML.OfficeMicrosoft Office CoursesOffice 2007 New FeaturesParticipants will get to know and work with the features presentin the latest release of the application. Microsoft Office 2007:New Features comes with enhanced features for improving themanagement, organization, and distribution of your data.Who Should Attend: Users with experience in previous versionsof Microsoft Office suite who want to know the new featuresof Office 2007.• Course Code: NF7• Contact Hours: 3.5• Course Length: ½ day• Prerequisite: Level 1 knowledge of prior versions of theMicrosoft Office suite of products (Excel, PowerPoint, Word,Access, and Outlook).Office 2010 New FeaturesExamples: Microsoft Office Word 2003—Level 1, MicrosoftOffice Excel 2003—Level 1, Microsoft Office PowerPoint2003—Level 1, Microsoft Office Access 2003—Level 1 andMicrosoft Office Outlook 2003—Level 1.OutlookOutlook 2003 Level 1Microsoft Office CoursesThis course will provide participants with the skills needed tostart sending and responding to email in Microsoft Outlook2003 as well as maintaining a calendar, scheduling meetings,and working with tasks and notes.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for people witha basic understanding of Microsoft Windows who need tolearn how to use Microsoft Outlook 2003 to compose and sendemail, schedule appointments and meetings, manage contactinformation and tasks, and use notes. This course is intended forpersons interested in pursuing the Microsoft Office Specialistcertification for Outlook.• Course Code: O31• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: This course assumes familiarity with usingpersonal computers and using a mouse and keyboard;basic typing skills are recommended. Participants shouldbe comfortable in the Windows environment and be ableto use Windows to manage information on a computer.The following courses are recommended (or equivalentknowledge/skills): Windows XP Professional—Level 1 andWindows XP Professional—Level 2 or Windows XP—Introduction and Windows 2000—Introduction.Summer 2012Participants will work with the new and updated features ofMicrosoft Office 2010 and identify the new and enhancedfeatures that are common to all applications in the MicrosoftOffice suite.Who Should Attend: This course is for users with priorexperience of previous versions of the Microsoft Office suitewho are looking to transition to 2010 and want to know whatthe new features of Office 2010 are.• Course Code: ONF10• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Participants should be familiar with prior versionsof the Microsoft Office suite of products (Word, Excel,PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook). We recommend you firsttake a Level 1 course or have equivalent skills and knowledge.Outlook 2003 Level 2This course provides students with the necessary skills tocustomize the Outlook environment, calendar, and emailmessages so that they meet specific needs. Students will alsolearn how to track, share, assign, and quickly locate variousOutlook items.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for experiencedOutlook users.• Course Code: O32• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students are required to take the followingcourses or have equivalent knowledge/skills: Windows XPProfessional—Level 1, Windows XP Professional—Level 2,• 82Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingWindows XP—Introduction or Windows 2000—Introduction,and Microsoft Outlook 2003—Level 1.Outlook 2007 Level 1This course will provide students with the skills needed to startsending and responding to email in Microsoft Office Outlook2007 as well as maintaining calendars, scheduling meetings,and working with tasks and notes. In this course, students willcompose and send email, schedule appointments and meetings,manage contact information and tasks, and use notes.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for any personwith a basic understanding of Microsoft Windows who needsto use Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 to compose and sendemail, schedule appointments and meetings, manage contactinformation and tasks, and use notes. In addition, this coursehelps prepare students who desire to take the MicrosoftCertified Applications Specialist certification for Outlook.• Course Code: O71• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used a mouse and keyboard; basictyping skills are recommended. They should be comfortablein the Windows environment and be able to use Windowsto manage information on a computer. Students shouldhave taken the following courses or equivalent knowledge/skills: Windows XP Professional—Level 1, Windows XPProfessional—Level 2, Windows XP—Introduction, andWindows 2000—Introduction.Outlook 2007 Level 2In this course, students will customize the Outlook environment,calendar, mail, and folders and also track, share, assign, andquickly locate various Outlook items.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for experiencedOutlook users.• Course Code: O72• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students are required to take the followingcourses or possess equivalent knowledge/skills: Windows XPProfessional—Level 1, Windows XP Professional—Level 2,Windows XP—Introduction or Windows 2000—Introduction,and Microsoft Office Outlook 2007—Level 1.Outlook 2010 Level 1Participants will use Outlook to compose and send email,schedule appointments and meetings, manage contactinformation, schedule tasks, and create notes.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for people who havea basic understanding of Microsoft Windows and want to knowhow to use Outlook to manage their time and information.• Course Code: O101• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Participants should be familiar with usingpersonal computers, be comfortable in the Windowsenvironment, and be able to use Windows to manageinformation. We recommend that participants first takeone of the following courses or have equivalent skills andknowledge: Windows XP Professional—Level 1 or WindowsXP—Introduction.Outlook 2010 Level 2Participants will customize the Outlook environment, calendar,and mail messages and will also track, share, assign, andquickly locate various Outlook items.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for experiencedOutlook users who need to customize their Outlook environment,calendar, and email messages and who wish to track, share,assign, and locate various Outlook items.• Course Code: O102• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Prospective students should be familiar with usingpersonal computers (basic typing skills are recommended).They should be comfortable with the Windows environmentand be able to use Windows to manage information on thecomputer. Before taking this course, it is recommended thatstudents take the following courses or possess equivalentknowledge: Outlook 2010—Level 1 and Windows XPProfessional—Level 1 or Windows XP Professional—Level 2.Outlook 2010 Level 3Students will work with the advanced features of Outlook.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for those withan intermediate understanding of Outlook who need to useOutlook to personalize and organize their email, manageOutlook data files, share and link contacts, archive items,create forms, and work offline and remotely.• Course Code: O103Summer 2012• 83Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: This course assumes proficiency with Windowsand an intermediate knowledge of Outlook. The followingcourses (or equivalent knowledge) are required: MicrosoftOffice Outlook 2010—Level 1 Microsoft Office and Outlook2010—Level 2.Microsoft Office Courses• Course Code: PP31• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: We recommend students first take one ofthe following courses or have equivalent skills/knowledge:Windows XP—Introduction, Windows XP Professional—Levels 1 and 2, or Windows 2000—Introduction.PowerPoint 2003 Level 2PowerPointMicrosoft Office PowerPoint 2010:Transition From MS PowerPoint 2003 (First Look)Students will identify the components of the results-orientedinterface of the PowerPoint environment and customize theinterface to suit requirements. Students will identify and usethe new and enhanced features of PowerPoint 2010 to createdynamic and visually appealing presentations. They willfinalize a presentation and secure it with a digital signature toauthenticate its validity and, finally, save a presentation to theWeb so it can be accessed online.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for experiencedPowerPoint users who have worked with the earlier versionsof Microsoft Office PowerPoint, ideally Microsoft OfficePowerPoint 2003, and who have or are planning to upgradeto Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010.• Course Code: PNF10• Contact Hours: 3.5• Course Length: ½ day• Prerequisite: Students should have prior knowledge ofPowerPoint 2003 and/or PowerPoint XP on the Windowsoperating system.As a Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2003 user familiar with thebasics, you’re able to convey information clearly without muchglitz. That’s okay, but you can do better—audiences expect morethan the basics. In this course, students will enhance presentationswith features that will transform basic presentations into thosewith a powerful means of communication.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students whodesire to gain the skills necessary to work with design templates,organizational charts, special effects, Web presentations,collaboration functionality, and advanced presentationdelivery. It is also for students who desire to prepare for theMicrosoft Office Specialist exam in Microsoft PowerPoint 2003and who already have knowledge of the basics of MicrosoftPowerPoint 2003.• Course Code: PP32• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: We recommend that students take thefollowing courses or possess equivalent skills/knowledge:Windows XP—Introduction or Windows 2000—Introductionand Microsoft PowerPoint 2003—Level 1; Web browsingexperience is also strongly recommended.PowerPoint 2007 Level 1Summer 2012PowerPoint 2003 Level 1Students will create effective basic Microsoft Office PowerPoint2003 presentations for delivery in front of an audience. Topicsinclude manipulating an existing PowerPoint presentation,creating a new presentation, formatting text slides, addingtables to a presentation, charting data in a presentation,modifying objects on slides, adding images to a presentation,and preparing to deliver a presentation.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students whoare interested in learning the fundamentals needed to createand modify basic Microsoft PowerPoint 2003 presentations.This course is also intended for students who wish to pursue theirMicrosoft Office Specialist certification in PowerPoint 2003.In today’s work environment, presentations have moved farbeyond flip charts and overhead projectors. Audiences notonly expect that presentations are in an electronic format,but they also demand that presentations be unique andsophisticated in their use of such formats. In this course,students will work with Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 tocreate electronic presentations.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students who areinterested in learning the fundamentals needed to create andmodify basic presentations using Microsoft Office PowerPoint2007. This course is also intended for students interested inpursuing Microsoft Office Specialist certification in MicrosoftOffice PowerPoint 2007.• Course Code: PP71• 84Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used a mouse and keyboard. Theyshould be comfortable in the Windows environment and beable to use Windows to manage information on a computer.Students should have completed the following coursesor possess equivalent skills/knowledge: Windows XP—Introduction, Windows XP Professional—Level 1, Windows XPProfessional—Level 2, and Windows 2000—Introduction.PowerPoint 2007 Level 2As a Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 user, you are familiarwith the basics of creating a presentation and are able toconvey information effectively in a simple way. Static content inpresentation, however, will not keep your audience interested.In this course, students will enhance presentations with featuresthat will transform basic presentations into a powerful meansof communication.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students whowant to gain the skills necessary to work with design templates,various types of diagrams, special effects, custom slide shows,collaboration functionality, and advanced presentation delivery.This course also assists in the preparation for the MicrosoftOffice Specialist exam in Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007.It is for students who already have knowledge of the basics ofPowerPoint 2007, including slide formatting and working withtables, charts, images, objects, and presentation preparation.• Course Code: PP72• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: We recommend students first take the followingcourses or have equivalent skills/knowledge: Windows XP—Introduction, Windows 2000—Introduction, and MicrosoftOffice PowerPoint 2007—Level 1.PowerPoint 2010 Level 1Students will explore the PowerPoint environment and create apresentation. They will format text on slides to enhance clarity.To enhance the visual appeal, they will add graphical objectsto a presentation and modify them. They will also add tablesand charts to a presentation to present data in a structuredform. Lastly, they will finalize a presentation to deliver it.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for studentswho are interested in learning the fundamentals needed tocreate and modify basic presentations using Microsoft OfficePowerPoint 2010.• Course Code: PP101• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers, and have used a mouse and keyboard. They shouldbe comfortable with the Windows environment and be ableto use Windows to manage information on their computers.Students should have completed the following courses orpossess equivalent skills/knowledge: Microsoft Office WindowsXP Introduction, Microsoft Office Windows XP ProfessionalLevel 1, Microsoft Office Windows XP Professional Level 2, andMicrosoft Office Windows 2000 Introduction.PowerPoint 2010 Level 2Students will enhance a presentation by using features thatwill transform it into a powerful means of communication. Theywill customize the PowerPoint interface to suit requirementsand use features to create dynamic and visually appealingpresentations. They will then finalize a presentation and secureit to authenticate its validity.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for professionalswho will use Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2010 to preparepresentations and be more productive in their work.• Course Code: PP102• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: We recommend students first take anintroductory course such as Microsoft® Office PowerPoint®2010 Level 1 or have equivalent knowledge and skills.ProjectProject 2003Microsoft Office CoursesThis course is designed for individuals who will use MicrosoftOffice Project Professional 2003 as a tool to assist them inmanaging projects. The topics in this course cover the criticalskills necessary to create and modify a project plan file thatcontains tasks, resources, and resource assignments.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for a person whohas an understanding of project management concepts, who isresponsible for creating and modifying project plans, and whoneeds a tool to manage those project plans.• Course Code: P31• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 2 daysSummer 2012• 85Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Prerequisite: Students enrolling in this class should have thefollowing skills/knowledge: An understanding of projectmanagement concepts and knowledge of a Windowsoperating system (either Windows 2000—Introduction orWindows XP—Introduction. The following would be helpful,but is not required: A basic knowledge of Microsoft Word andMicrosoft Excel; Project Management Fundamentals—PartOne course and/or Project Management Fundamentals—Part Two course.Project 2007Microsoft® Office Project Professional 2007 acts as a tool toassist in managing projects. In this course, students will createand modify a project plan. The plans need to be updated andmodified regularly to keep the project moving on track. Thiscourse will build upon the knowledge gained and give studentsthe opportunity to work with a project plan once it reaches theproject implementation phase.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for a person whohas an understanding of project management concepts, who isresponsible for creating and modifying project plans, and whoneeds a tool to manage these project plans.• Course Code: PR7• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students should have the following skills/knowledge: An understanding of project managementconcepts and knowledge of a Windows operating system,either Windows XP or Windows Vista. The followingwould be helpful, but is not required: Project ManagementFundamentals Part 1 and 2 and a basic knowledge ofMicrosoft Word and Microsoft Excel.Project 2010 Level 1Students will create and manage a project schedule usingMicrosoft Project 2010. Topics covered include identifyingthe basic features and components of the Microsoft Projectenvironment, creating a new project plan file and enteringproject information, managing tasks by organizing tasks andsetting task relationships, managing resources for a project,and finalizing a project plan.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for a person whohas an understanding of project management concepts, who isresponsible for creating and modifying project plans, and whoneeds a tool to manage those project plans.• Course Code: P101• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students enrolling in this class should have thefollowing knowledge/skills: A general introductory-levelunderstanding of project management concepts; ProjectManagement Fundamentals (Second Edition); basic enduserskills with any current Windows operating systemsuch as Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional—Level 1or Microsoft® Windows® Vista—Level 1 or Microsoft®Windows® 7—Level 1.Project 2010 Level 2This ILT Series course builds on the concepts and skills taught inthe basic course. Students will learn how to work with templates,create baseline plans, monitor and update projects, analyzeproject statistics, handle delays and conflicts, create reports,consolidate project files, share resources, and customizeProject. Students will also learn how to communicate projectinformation by using Project Server 2010 and how to integrateProject data with other Office applications.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for a person whohas an understanding of project management concepts, who isresponsible for creating and modifying project plans, and whoneeds a tool to manage those project plans.• Course Code: P102• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Project 2010—Level 1PublisherPublisher 2003Microsoft Office CoursesMicrosoft Publisher 2003 is an easy to use, flexible programfor creating newsletters, brochures, business cards, postcards,flyers, and more for print, email, and the Web. In this course,students will look at how to create a publication from scratchor use one of the hundreds of business and personal designsavailable in Publisher.Who Should Attend: This course is for persons with a basicunderstanding of Microsoft Windows and Microsoft Word whoneed to learn how to use Microsoft Publisher 2003 to create,layout, and edit publications.• Course Code: PU3• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: This course assumes familiarity with usingpersonal computers and word processing. Students shouldSummer 2012• 86Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingbe comfortable in the Windows environment and be able touse Windows to manage information on a computer. One ofthe following courses is recommended, or you should haveequivalent knowledge: Windows XP Professional—Level1, Windows XP Professional—Level 2, Windows XP—Introduction, or Windows 2000—Introduction.Publisher 2007Microsoft Office Publisher 2007 is an easy-to-use, flexibleprogram for creating newsletters, brochures, business cards,postcards, flyers, and more for print, email, and the Web. In thiscourse, students will look at how to create a publication fromscratch or use one of the hundreds of business and personaldesigns available in Publisher.Who Should Attend: This course is for persons with a basicunderstanding of Microsoft Windows and Microsoft Word whoneed to learn how to use Microsoft Publisher 2007 to create,layout, and edit publications.• Course Code: PU7• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: This course assumes familiarity with usingpersonal computers and word processing. Students shouldbe comfortable in the Windows environment and be ableto use Windows to manage information on your computer.One of the following courses is recommended, or you shouldhave equivalent knowledge: Windows XP Professional—Level 1, Windows XP Professional—Level 2, Windows XP—Introduction, or Windows 2000—Introduction.SharePointMicrosoft Office CoursesSharePoint 3.0 End-User Level 1In almost every office around the world, people communicateand share ideas to create products and services. Thisinformation sharing often requires multiple software and Webapplications that do not necessarily work together perfectly. Incontrast, Windows SharePoint services combine familiar officetools, add the latest technology, and extend the functionalityof applications and the Web into a single environment to shareinformation and collaborate with colleagues, no matter wherethey are or how they access the information. In this course,students will create and edit content in a Windows SharePointServices team website, and then they will create and managetheir own team site.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for individualswho access information on a Windows SharePoint team site orSharePoint site owners who are responsible for creating andmanaging a team website.• Course Code: SP1• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: We recommend students first take the followingcourse or have equivalent skills/knowledge: Any or all of thecourses in the Microsoft Office 2007 curriculum and poweruser experience. Students should also have experienceaccessing information via a Web browser.SharePoint 3.0 End-User Level 2Students will have used the features of a WSS team site andhave also performed some basic administration of WSS teamsites as a site owner. Students might need to perform moreadvanced administration of the sites they own or even administermultiple sites and the SharePoint Services environment as awhole. In the Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 Level2 (Second Edition) course, students will manage team sites as asite owner and as a SharePoint Services administrator.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for individualcontributors or departmental staff in a variety of job roles,such as administrative assistants or functional or operationsmanagers, who have basic SharePoint site owner skills andhave the responsibility for managing SharePoint sites as anenabling technology within their workgroups and are notnecessarily IT tech professionals.• Course Code: SP2• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: The following course or equivalent experience isrequired: Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 Level1. Some familiarity with basic Windows server conceptsand Internet Information Server (IIS) is recommended butnot required.VisioVisio 2003Microsoft Office CoursesIn this course, students will learn fundamental skills whilecreating several types of diagrams using Microsoft OfficeVisio Professional. They will create a directional map, ablock diagram, a basic and cross-functional flowchart, anorganization chart, and an office layout. As these drawings arecreated, students will learn techniques to drag and manipulateVisio master shapes, create connections between shapes, andSummer 2012• 87Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Trainingapply styles to shapes, text, and pages. They will generatean organization chart from imported data and edit customproperties to store additional information in diagrams. Theywill learn shortcuts to enhance productivity and use uniquetools designed for each type of drawing. When the course iscompleted, students will have a firm grasp of all of the skillsneeded to create any kind of diagram using Visio.• Course Code: VI3• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: This course is designed for the student who haslittle or no experience using Visio 2003 Professional andwho needs to learn the basic skills necessary in order tobegin to use this program effectively. Before taking thiscourse, students should have a basic understanding of theoperating system.Visio 2007Diagrams and charts play a pivotal role in knowledgedissemination and making complex data easy to understand.Microsoft Office Visio Professional 2007 has a host of featuresthat are instrumental in creating pictorial representations ofinformation. In this course, students will learn the essentialsof Visio.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for persons whohave an understanding of basic workflows and the concept ofend-to-end flowcharting.• Course Code: VI7• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used a mouse and keyboard (basictyping skills are recommended). They should be comfortablein the Windows environment and be able to use Windows tomanage information on their computer.Visio 2010Students will design and manage basic diagrams, workflow,and flowcharts.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for persons whohave an understanding of the basic workflow and the conceptof end-to-end flowcharting.• Course Code: V10• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used a mouse and keyboard (basictyping skills are recommended). They should be comfortablein the Windows environment and be able to use Windows tomanage information on their computers.Windows 7Microsoft Office CoursesInstalling and Configuring Windows 7 ClientThis three-day instructor-led course is intended for ITprofessionals who are interested in expanding their knowledgebase and technical skills about Windows 7 Client. In this course,students learn how to install, upgrade, and migrate to Windows7 client. Students then configure Windows 7 client for networkconnectivity, security, maintenance, and mobile computing. Thiscourse helps students prepare for Exam 70-680—TS: Windows7, Configuring.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for IT professionalswho are interested in expanding their knowledge base andtechnical skills about Windows 7 Client, acquiring deeptechnical knowledge of Windows 7, learning the detailsof Windows 7 technologies, and focusing on the “how to”associated with Windows 7 technologies. Most of theseprofessionals use some version of Windows client at theirworkplace and are looking at new and better ways toperform some of the current functions.• Course Code: 6292• Contact Hours: 19.5.0• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Students must have experience installing PChardware and devices, a basic understanding of TCP/IP andnetworking concepts, basic Windows and Active Directoryknowledge, the skills to map network file shares, experienceworking from a command prompt, basic knowledge ofthe fundamentals of applications, basic understanding ofsecurity concepts, and an understanding of the fundamentalprinciples of using printers.Windows 7 Level 1Students will log on to Windows 7, explore its interface,identify the different components in the interface, customizethe Windows 7 desktop, manage files and folders, use thecommon tools and programs available in Windows 7, andbrowse the Internet.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for any worker,business professional, or private individual who needsknowledge in operating systems and file management skills.• Course Code: W71Summer 2012• 88Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: We recommend an introduction to personalcomputers course or equivalent knowledge/skills.WordMicrosoft Office CoursesMicrosoft Office Word 2010:Transition From MS Word 2003 (First Look)Participants will identify and use the new and enhancedfeatures in Microsoft Office Word 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for experiencedWord users who have used earlier versions of Microsoft OfficeWord, ideally Microsoft Office Word 2003, and who areplanning to upgrade to Microsoft Office Word 2010.• Course Code: WNF10• Contact Hours: 3.5• Course Length: ½ day• Prerequisite: Students should understand how to use someversions of Word, preferably 2003, and have somefamiliarity with the Internet. Due to the nature of thiscourse and the minimal prerequisites, this course covers thecommonly used new features and not the more advancednew features of the application.Word 2003 Level 1Word processing is the use of computers to create, revise, andsave documents for printing and future retrieval. This courseis the first in a series of three Microsoft Office Word 2003courses. It will provide the student with the basic conceptsrequired to produce basic business documents.Who Should Attend: This course is for students with a basicunderstanding of Microsoft Windows who need to learn howto use Microsoft Word 2003 to create, edit, format, lay out,and print standard business documents complete with tablesand graphics. This course is intended for people interested inpursuing the Microsoft Office Specialist certification in MicrosoftWord 2003.• Course Code: W31• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used a mouse and keyboard (basictyping skills are recommended). They should be comfortablein the Windows environment and be able to use Windows tomanage information on your computer. One of the followingcourses or equivalent knowledge is required: Windows XPProfessional Level 1, Windows XP Professional Level 2,Windows XP Introduction, or Windows 2000 Introduction.Word 2003 Level 2In the first course in this series, Microsoft Word 2003 Level 1,students gained all the basic skills needed to create a widerange of standardized business documents. The next step is toimprove proficiency. Students will customize and automate theway Microsoft Word 2003 works, and they will improve thequality of their work by enhancing documents with customizedMicrosoft Word 2003 elements. In this course, students willincrease the complexity of Microsoft Word 2003 documentsby adding components such as customized lists, tables, charts,and graphics. They will also create personalized MicrosoftWord 2003 efficiency tools.Who Should Attend: This course was designed for personswho can create and modify standard business documentsin Microsoft Word 2003 and who need to learn how to useMicrosoft Word 2003 to create or modify complex businessdocuments as well as customized Word efficiency tools. It willbe helpful for persons preparing for the Microsoft OfficeSpecialist exams for Microsoft Word 2003.• Course Code: W32• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be able to use Microsoft Word2003 to create, edit, format, save, and print basic businessdocuments that contain text, basic tables, and simplegraphics. Students can obtain this level of skill by taking thefollowing course: Microsoft Word 2003 Level 1.Word 2003 Level 3In this course, students will learn how to use Word to create,manage, revise, and distribute long documents, forms, andWeb pages.Who Should Attend: This course was designed for persons with abasic understanding of Microsoft Windows who can create andmodify standard business documents in Microsoft Office Word2003 and who need to learn how to use the more advancedfeatures of Word 2003 to create, manage, revise, and distributelong documents, forms, and Web pages. This course is intendedfor persons interested in pursuing the Microsoft Office Specialistcertification in Microsoft Word 2003.• Course Code: W33• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 daySummer 2012• 89Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Prerequisite: Students should be able to use MicrosoftOffice Word 2003 to create, edit, format, save, and printbusiness documents that contain text, tables, and graphics.Students should also be able to use a Web browser and anemail program. A basic understanding of XML would alsobe helpful. In order to understand how Word interacts withother applications in the Microsoft Office System, studentsshould have a basic understanding of how worksheetsand presentations work. To ensure success, we recommendstudents first take the following courses or have equivalentknowledge: Microsoft Office Word 2003 Level 1 andMicrosoft Office Word 2003 Level 2.Word 2007 Level 1Word processing is the use of computers to create, revise, andsave documents for printing and future retrieval. This courseis the first in a series of three Microsoft Office Word 2007courses. It will provide students with the basic concepts requiredto produce basic business documents.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for individuals whowant to gain basic knowledge of working on Word. Individualswho want to pursue the Microsoft Certified ApplicationSpecialist certification in Microsoft Office Word 2007 can alsotake this course.• Course Code: W71• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used a mouse and keyboard. Theyshould be comfortable in the Windows environment and beable to use Windows to manage information on a computer.Students should have completed the following courses orpossess equivalent knowledge: Windows XP ProfessionalLevel 1, Windows XP Professional Level 2, Windows XPIntroduction, and Windows 2000 Introduction.Word 2007 Level 2In the first course in this series, Microsoft Office Word 2007Level 1, students gained all the basic skills needed to create awide range of standardized business documents. The next stepis to improve proficiency. Students will customize and automatethe way Microsoft Word 2007 works. They will also improve thequality of their work by enhancing documents with customizedMicrosoft Word 2007 elements. They will create complexdocuments by adding components such as customized lists,tables, charts, and graphics. They will also create personalizedMicrosoft Word 2007 efficiency tools.Who Should Attend: This course was designed for personswho can create and modify standard business documentsin Microsoft Word 2007 and who need to learn how to useMicrosoft Word 2007 to create or modify complex businessdocuments as well as customized Word efficiency tools. It willbe helpful for persons preparing for the Microsoft CertifiedApplication Specialist exams for Microsoft Word 2007.• Course Code: W72• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be able to use Microsoft Word2007 to create, edit, format, save, and print basic businessdocuments that contain text, basic tables, and simplegraphics. Students can obtain this level of skill by taking thefollowing course: Microsoft Office Word 2007 Level.Word 2007 Level 3In this course, students will use Word to create, manage, revise,and distribute long documents and forms.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for persons who wantto gain skills necessary to manage long documents, collaboratewith others, and secure documents. In addition, it will be helpfulfor persons preparing for the Microsoft Certified ApplicationSpecialist exams for Microsoft Office Word 2007.• Course Code: W73• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be able to use MicrosoftOffice Word 2007 to create, edit, format, save, and printbusiness documents that contain text, tables, and graphics.Students should also be able to use a Web browser and anemail program. A basic understanding of XML would alsobe helpful. In order to understand how Word interacts withother applications in the Microsoft Office System, studentsshould have a basic understanding of how worksheets andpresentations work. To ensure success, students should firsttake the following courses or have equivalent knowledge:Microsoft Office Word 2007 Level 1 and Microsoft OfficeWord 2007 Level 2.Word 2007 New FeaturesStudents will explore the components of the results-orientedinterface of the Word environment, finalize and secure adocument, and use the tools available in Word 2007 to createprofessional-looking documents.• Course Code: WNF7• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1daySummer 2012• 90Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Prerequisite: Students should have a basic understanding ofhow to use Word (preferably Word 2003 or Word XP).Word 2010 Level 1Students will create, edit, and enhance standard businessdocuments using Microsoft Office Word 2010. It provides thefundamental knowledge and techniques needed to advanceto using more complex Word features such as protecting yourdocuments and usage of ligatures.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for students whowish to learn the basic operations of the Microsoft Word toperform their day-to-day responsibilities and who want to usethe application to be more productive in their work.• Course Code: W101• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers and have used the mouse and keyboard.They should be comfortable in the Windows environmentand be able to use Windows to manage information onthe computer. It is recommended for students to take thefollowing introductory Windows courses or have equivalentskills and knowledge: Windows XP Professional Level 1 orWindows XP Introduction.Word 2010 Level 2Students will create complex documents and build personalizedefficiency tools using Microsoft Office Word 2010.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for persons whoare able to create and modify standard business documentsin Microsoft Word 2010 but need to know how to create ormodify complex business documents and customized Wordefficiency tools. It also aims to assist persons preparing for theMicrosoft Office Specialist exams for Microsoft Word 2010.• Course Code: W102• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be able to use Microsoft Word2010 to create, edit, format, save, and print basic businessdocuments containing text, tables, and graphics. Studentscan obtain this level of skill by taking the Microsoft OfficeWord 2010 Level 1 course.Word 2010 Level 3Students will create, manage, revise, and distribute documents.Topics covered include using Word with other programs,collaborating on documents, managing document versions,adding reference marks and notes, simplifying the use of longdocuments, securing a document, and creating forms.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for persons whowant to gain skills necessary to manage lengthy documents,collaborate with others, and secure documents.• Course Code: W103• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be able to use MicrosoftOffice Word 2010 to create, edit, format, save, and printbusiness documents that contain text, tables, and graphics.Students should also be able to use a Web browser andan email program. In order to understand how Wordinteracts with other applications in the Microsoft OfficeSystem, students should have a basic understanding of howworksheets and presentations work. Students should firsttake the following courses or have equivalent knowledge:Microsoft Office Word 2010 Level 1 and Microsoft OfficeWord 2010 Level 2.Miscellaneous Technical CoursesCrystal ReportsCrystal Reports XI Level 1Participants will learn to create a report by using data froman existing database; use a report to present specific data inthe desired order; create groups to summarize report data;build formulas to calculate and display data; format reports;add and modify elements in a report, create single data seriescharts, and distribute report data.• Course Code: CR1• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Access Level 1Crystal Reports XI Level 2Participants will learn to create running totals in a report;build cross-tabs in a report; add subreports to a report;design a report that uses a drill-down; improve processingspeed in your reports; chart single and multiple data series;report from Excel data; implement report prompts; andenhance report functionality.• Course Code: CR2• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: Crystal Reports XI EssentialsSummer 2012• 91Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingDeveloperMiscellaneous Technical CoursesGoogle Apps for BusinessesStudents will communicate and collaborate with others usingthe various applications in Google Apps. Students will learnto describe the basic features of Google Apps; communicateusing Gmail; communicate using Gmail Chat and GoogleTalk; use Google Calendar to keep track of schedules; createand share documents and presentations using Google Docs;work with Google spreadsheets and forms; communicate andcollaborate with others using Google Groups; create andcustomize a site using Google Sites; and upload and sharevideos in Google Video.• Course Code: GA• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 day• Prerequisite: NoneRelational Database DesignIn this course, students will plan, design, and create a functionaland efficient relational database. They will create effectivedatabase designs by applying relational database designtechniques. Topics include designing and creating a relationaldatabase; analyzing client requirements; creating a preliminarydesign; implementing the database design; generating reports;and customizing a database.Who Should Attend: Individuals who are able to write simplequeries or run queries that someone else has designed• Course Code: RDD• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Microsoft Access 2007 Level 1 (Second Edition)course (recommended)Working With Agile/ScrumScrum is the most widely adopted of the Agile SoftwareDevelopment Methods. Like the other Agile methods, Scrum isnot a license to work in an undisciplined way. Rather, throughdisciplined use of Scrum, an organization can realize thepromise of software projects that please the customer, aretolerant of change, and deliver what they promise within theircost and time constraints. This course will prepare studentsto manage, lead, or participate on Scrum projects. Studentswill learn how to apply the practices of Scrum to achievesoftware success.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for developmentteam members, team leads, technical leads, project managers,analysts, developers, programmers, testers, IT managers/directors, software engineers, software architects, andcustomers who will be using Scrum/Agile.• Course Code: WWAS• Contact Hours: 13.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneMiscellaneous Technical CoursesIT—InfrastructureSQL: Fundamentals of QueryingStudents will compose SQL queries to retrieve desiredinformation from a database. Topics include connecting to theSQL server database and executing a simple query; includinga search condition in a simple query; using various functionsto perform calculations on data; organizing data obtainedfrom a query before it is displayed on-screen; retrieving datafrom tables; and formatting an output, saving a result, andgenerating a report.Who Should Attend: Individuals with basic computer skills whoare familiar with concepts related to database structure andterminology and want to use SQL to query databases• Course Code: SQL• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Windows XP Professional Level 1, WindowsXP Professional Level 2, Microsoft Windows Vista Level 1,Microsoft Windows Vista Level 2, Relational Databases Design(Second Edition), and Access 2003—Designing a DatabaseQuickBooksMiscellaneous Technical CoursesQuickBooks 2010Students will learn to set up a company; work with lists; setup inventory; sell a product; invoice for services; processpayments; work with bank accounts; enter and pay bills;memorize transactions; use the EasyStep Interview; use onlinebanking; and share files with an accountant.• Course Code: QB10• Contact Hours: 13.0Summer 2012• 92Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink Training• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneMiscellaneous Technical CoursesWireless TechnologyWireless Networking ConceptsTechnology Primers provide basic and advanced trainingon a wide range of technologies. They are an inexpensive,time-saving way to gain knowledge in a hands-on learningenvironment with low instructor-to-student ratios. Dive intoour basic and advanced wireless course, and discover thenetwork and security concepts of wireless. In-depth discussionis abundant in this full-day course.Who Should Attend: Students with practical wirelessexperience who need to become proficient with thefundamentals of wireless• Course Code: WNC• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 days• Prerequisite: NonevSphereVMware-Certified CoursesVMware vSphere: Fast Track (V5.0)This intensive, extended-hours training course focuses oninstalling, configuring, and managing VMware vSphere® 5.This course combines the content of the VMware vSphere:install, configure, and manage course with advanced tasks andskills for configuring a highly available and scalable virtualinfrastructure. The course is based on VMware ESXi 5.0and VMware vCenter Server 5.0. Completion of this coursesatisfies the prerequisite for taking the VMware® CertifiedProfessional 5 exam.• Course Code: VM2• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: A willingness to participate in a demanding,high-intensity training experience; comfort with systemadministration using command-line interfaces; and a basicunderstanding of virtualization concepts.VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage v5.0This hands-on training course explores installation,configuration, and management of VMware vSphere®, whichconsists of VMware ESXi and VMware vCenter Server.The course is based on ESXi 5.0 and vCenter Server 5.0.Completion of this course satisfies the prerequisite for takingthe VMware® Certified Professional 5 exam. Students whocomplete this course may enroll in any of several moreadvancedvSphere courses. For advanced course options, seewww.vmware.com/education.Who Should Attend: System administrators, systems engineers,and operators responsible for ESXi and vCenter Server• Course Code: VMWC• Contact Hours: 32.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: System administration experience on MicrosoftWindows or Linux operating systemsUsabilityWebsite Language CoursesIntroduction to Web UsabilityIn this introduction to Web usability, students will learn whatWeb usability is and why it matters for the success of anorganization. Students will not only learn the standards andprinciples of Web usability but will put them into practice.They will have a plan for building Web usability into theirnext website. They will discover how to make incrementalimprovements in Web usability that don’t require throwing outa website and starting over. Students will take away businessreasons to incorporate Web usability in their organization.• Course Code: WU• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneWebsite Language CoursesXHTML, HTML, and CSSWeb Design With XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level 1In this course, students will examine the basics of foundationalWeb technology and create their own functional Web pagesusing markup languages such as Hypertext Markup Language(HTML), Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML), andSummer 2012• 93Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

MasterLink TrainingCascading Style Sheets (CSS). Participants will create anddesign Web pages with text, graphics, and data tables. Theywill then link these pages to enable navigation between theseWeb pages.Who Should Attend: Students who are interested in creatingWeb pages and websites using popular Web publishingtechnologies as well as anyone who wants to learn Web designfor their personal use or for business-related purposes• Course Code: HTML1• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Familiarity with using personal computers witha mouse and keyboard and basic typing skills; experiencein the Windows environment and ability to use Windows tomanage information on a computer; and familiarity withInternet Explorer 7 and Firefox would be an advantage.Web Design With XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level 2Students will learn skills that will be instrumental in creatingadvanced Web pages. They will create advanced Web pagesand test their validity, create Web page layouts, manage CSS,test a website, create advanced navigation, and incorporatemeta-content and multimedia.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for persons whounderstand the fundamentals of XHTML, HTML, and CSS andhave used the three technologies to create basic Web pages.It is aimed at individuals interested in using these technologiesto create advanced Web pages and test their validity.• Course Code: HTML2• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Students should be familiar with using personalcomputers with a mouse and keyboard; basic typing skillsare mandatory; comfort in the Windows environment andthe ability to use Windows to manage information on yourcomputer; familiarity with Internet Explorer 7 and Firefoxis an advantage; and Web Design with XHTML, HTML, andCSS Level 1.accessibility, optimizing a website for search engines, andpublishing a website.Who Should Attend: This course is intended for persons whohave the necessary skills to create most Web pages andwebsites but now want to enhance the usability, interactivity,and professionalism of their Web pages/sites. It is aimed atindividuals interested in optimizing websites to achieve bettersearch engine results, making sites accessible to all individuals,and creating websites that can be viewed using any compatibleelectronic device.• Course Code: HTML3• Contact Hours: 6.5• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Familiarity with using personal computers witha mouse and keyboard; basic typing skills are mandatory;comfort in the Windows environment and the ability to useWindows to manage information on a computer; familiaritywith Internet Explorer 7, Firefox, and Opera is an advantage;Web Design with XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level 1 and WebDesign with XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level 2 (or comparableskills/knowledge).Summer 2012Web Design With XHTML, HTML, and CSS Level 3Students will apply the best practices of Web design andcreate a website that enhances the usability and interactivityof the Web page/site. Students will create forms and applyadvanced CSS styles. They will perform search engineoptimization, make it accessible to all users, and then publishthe website. Topics covered include creating forms, creatingadvanced styles and page layouts, optimizing a website for• 94Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteSeminars and Cross-Training3D/2D Linac Beam Scanning Hands-On WorkshopDefining the two- and three-dimensional attenuation profilesof radiation beams from a medical linear accelerator (Linac) isextremely important to the accurate delivery of radiation dosedistributions for the treatment of cancer. These data are usuallycollected upon commissioning of a Linac and after replacementof certain major parts. Data must be collected for all beamenergies and beam types for which the machine will be used,including multiple photon and electron energies, multi-leafcollimators, small fields, and any beam-shaping accessoriesthat may be used. Proper procedures for collecting thesedata have been defined in task group report 106 from theAmerican Association of Physicists in Medicine. This workshopwill provide a training opportunity for medical physicistsfollowing recommendations of the TG106 report. Beamscanningsystems from multiple vendors will be used in thetraining. Hands-on demonstrations of 3D and 2D beam datacollection will be done on linacs from several different vendors.Analysis and preparation of beam data for transfer to fivedifferent treatment planning systems will be demonstrated ina laboratory format.Who Should Attend: This hands-on workshop is for medicalphysicists interested in training on the collection of linacbeam data following TG106-recommended procedures andpreparation of beam data for treatment planning.• Course Code: MTMI 0040• Contact Hours: 20.0• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneAnnual Mammography Update for PhysicistsMammography continues to be the most effective line of defenseagainst breast cancer. Survival is significantly enhanced by theearly detection and treatment of malignant breast lesions. TheMammography Quality Standards Act (MQSA) was enacted toensure high-quality mammography by all facilities offering thisservice. Medical physicists play an important role in assistingfacilities in complying with these regulations. We are pleasedto have Penny Butler, Senior Director of Breast ImagingAccreditation at the ACR, serve on our faculty this year. Shewill have the latest updates on ACR accreditation and give usthe status of efforts to develop coordinated testing proceduresfor all FFDM equipment. Also, this years’ program places moreemphasis on digital mammography—we will review currenttesting procedures and requirements and update participantswith the latest state-of-the-art technology in the field.Attendance at this seminar will meet the MQSA continuingeducation requirements for medical physicists in digital andfilm-screen mammography. Three hours on stereotactic breastbiopsy is also included.Who Should Attend: This seminar is for medical physicistswanting to review and learn more about the technicalaspects of mammography as well as obtain the continuingeducation credits required by the MQSA regulations and ACRmammography facility accreditation. It is also appropriatefor state and federal mammography facility inspectors,medical physics assistants, medical physics students, residentsand fellows, biomedical engineers, vendor personnel,experienced technologists, and others interested in the physicsof mammography.• Course Code: MTMI 0001• Contact Hours: 15.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneAnnual State-of-the-ArtVascular Ultrasound SeminarUltrasound is a valuable tool for diagnosing vascularabnormalities. The technology continues to be refined to expandits applications. A very experienced and knowledgeable facultywill address areas of appropriate utilization for this imagingtechnique. Practical applications, scanning techniques, anddiagnostic interpretation will be stressed, with faculty-audiencediscussion encouraged throughout the seminar. This stimulatingand convenient two-day program always receives high marksand will update your skills in this important diagnostic area.Who Should Attend: This program is designed for radiologists,vascular surgeons, physicians, residents, fellows, sonographers,and other healthcare professionals wanting to enhance theirskills in vascular ultrasound.• Course Code: MTMI 0002• Contact Hours: 12.0• Course Length: 1.5 days• Prerequisite: NoneBone Densitometry Training Coursefor Technologists (2.5 Day)This 2½-day course is a comprehensive review of the roleof bone densitometry in the diagnosis and treatment ofosteoporosis. The course will cover the technology, clinicalapplications, interpretation of results, clinical procedures,handling of problem cases, safety, quality assurance, and theestablishment and operation of a bone densitometry service. ASummer 2012• 95Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management Institutehands-on workshop demonstration of clinical bone densitometryunits is included in the curriculum.Who Should Attend: This course is appropriate for anyonewanting to learn about bone densitometry including technologists,physicians, managers and allied health personnel. It would alsobe useful for individuals from companies offering productsrelated to bone densitometry. The course will be useful tothose setting-up, managing, or operating a bone densitometryservice as well as those preparing to take a certification exam,such as offered by the ISCD or ARRT.• Course Code: MTMI 0003• Contact Hours: 18.0• Course Length: 2.5 days• Prerequisite: NoneBone Densitometry Training Coursefor Technologists (2 Day)This 2-day course is a comprehensive review of the role of bonedensitometry in the diagnosis and treatment of osteoporosis.The course will cover the technology, clinical applications,interpretation of results, clinical procedures, handling ofproblem cases, safety, quality assurance, and the establishmentand operation of a bone densitometry service.Who Should Attend: This course is appropriate for anyonewanting to learn about bone densitometry, includingtechnologists, physicians, managers and allied health personnel.It would also be useful for individuals from companies offeringproducts related to bone densitometry. The course will beuseful to those setting-up, managing, or operating a bonedensitometry service as well as those preparing to take acertification exam, such as offered by the ISCD or ARRT.• Course Code: MTMI 0004• Contact Hours: 16.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneWho Should Attend: This seminar is helpful for mammographers,managers, radiologic technologists, educators and healthcareprofessionals involved in providing breast-imaging services. Itwill also be helpful to staff members of companies offeringmammographic equipment and supplies.• Course Code: MTMI 0023• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneBreast Ultrasound Training Coursefor Technologists (3 Day)This course will provide increased knowledge of the technicaland clinical aspects of breast ultrasound as well as practicalhands-on training of ultrasound imaging of the breast. Anoverview of the basic principles and techniques utilized inbreast ultrasound will be presented. This course combineslecture sessions and hands-on positioning workshops taughtby a team of experienced sonographers, technologists and aphysician. Instruction in patient scanning is stressed with handsondemonstrations using clinical ultrasound scanners, tissueequivalent breast phantoms, and live models.Who Should Attend: This course is helpful for mammographersand sonographers who are directly involved in breast imaging.Participants should have an understanding of the basic conceptsof mammography. If you are a mammographer looking fortraining in breast ultrasound or a sonographer wanting toreview basic breast imaging skills, this course is for you.• Course Code: MTMI 0006• Contact Hours: 16.0• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: NoneBreast Ultrasound Training Coursefor Technologists (2 Day)Summer 2012Breast Imaging: Conventional, Digital and FutureThis seminar is a comprehensive review of issues importantto executing a quality mammographic exam. It will providevaluable information on digital mammography and otheremerging breast imaging technologies. This seminar willhelp participants learn about advanced imaging techniques,handling the difficult patient QA of digital units, and MQSAcertification issues. It will also help to prepare participants forthe ARRT advanced-level certification.This course will provide increased knowledge of the technicaland clinical aspects of breast ultrasound as well as practicalhands-on training of ultrasound imaging of the breast. Anoverview of the basic principles and techniques utilized inbreast ultrasound will be presented. This course will utilizea combination of lecture sessions and hands-on positioningworkshops taught by an experienced sonographer andtechnologist. Instruction in patient scanning is stressed withhands-on demonstrations using clinical ultrasound scanners,tissue equivalent breast phantoms, and live models.Who Should Attend: This course will be helpful for mammographersand sonographers who are directly involved in breast imaging.• 96Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteParticipants should have an understanding of the basic conceptsof mammography.• Course Code: MTMI 0007• Contact Hours: 14.75• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneThe Cardiac Patient in thePrimary or Urgent Care SettingThis seminar will cover the signs, symptoms, and anatomy ofthe most common cardiovascular problems faced by healthcareprofessionals in primary or urgent care. This will be proceededby a grounding in the important anatomy and physiology ofthe muscle, vessels, valves, and nerves involved. Diagnostic EKGprinciples will also be covered.Who Should Attend: This seminar is for physicians, nursepractitioners, physician assistants, nurses, emergency medicaltechnicians, cardiac catheterization technologists, and clinicalhealthcare personnel.• Course Code: MTMI 0036• Contact Hours: 7.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneComprehensive Mammography Training CourseThe MTMI Mammography Course for Technologists continues itsreputation as the premier training course for mammographytechnologists and includes eight hours introduction to digitalmammography as required by MQSA for operations ofdigital mammography devices. This comprehensive course useslecture sessions, radiographs, and hands-on training sessionswith live models to enhance your skills and understandingof the mammography process. Quality control, technologistresponsibilities for quality assurance, positioning with breastimplants as required by MQSA, and film critique are alsocovered. These sessions are designed to meet FDA regulatoryrequirements as well as for registry exam preparation. TheMammography Quality Standard Act (MQSA) mandates thattechnologists complete 40 hours of documented training specificto mammography. In addition, 25 mammography exams (notincluded in this course) must be performed under the directsupervision of a qualified mammographer and can be countedtoward the 40-hour training requirement.• Course Code: MTMI 0016• Contact Hours: 40.0• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: ARRT registration or state licensureCross-Sectional Anatomy for CT and MRIRadiology has been developing dramatically during the pastfew years. With enhancements in magnetic resonance imaging(MRI) and computed tomography (CT), the role of the radiologictechnologist has also been changing. Skills in cross-sectionalanatomy are important and help the technologist in MRI andCT to identify the anatomy being imaged and to communicateeffectively with the radiologist and physicians. This seminar isoffered in your area to provide you with the opportunity toexpand your knowledge of body cross-sectional anatomy andits appearance in CT and MRI images.Who Should Attend: You should attend if you are a radiologictechnologist currently working in CT and MRI or are interestedin learning about these fields. Student technologists will alsofind this an effective way to learn about or expand theirknowledge of body cross-sectional anatomy. It would also beappropriate for other healthcare professionals interested inimproving their knowledge in this basic skill area.• Course Code: MTMI 0029• Contact Hours: 16.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneCT Physics UpdateWith the recent incidents involving patient overexposure, agreat deal of publicity and attention has been put on thetechnology of computed tomography. Medical physicists havea critical role to play in helping facilities control radiation doseand improve imaging techniques to provide valuable clinicalinformation while minimizing risk. The requirement for facilitiesto accredit their CT units is growing with the approaching2012 deadline of the MIPPA regulations. This is posing achallenge to medical physicists to increase their knowledgeof this technology and the accreditation procedures for CTunits. This seminar will provide an interactive forum with timefor discussion of important aspects of CT scanner operation,testing and QC. Participants are invited to bring their questionsand concerns about supporting these units for an exchangewith other attendees and the faculty.Who Should Attend: This activity is designed for medicalphysicists, technically knowledgeable technologists, vendorpersonnel working in CT, and others interested in the technologyof CT scanning.• Course Code: MTMI 0037• Contact Hours: 15.0• Course Length: 2 day• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 97Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteCT Training Course for TechnologistsThe technology of medical imaging has undergone a tremendouschange since the Nobel prize-winning development ofcomputed tomography. Becoming knowledgeable about hightechnology imaging is essential for the radiologic technologistto grow with the field. This course will provide technologistswith the opportunity to learn this technology and become partof the evolution toward electronic computerized imaging. Thisis an opportunity to improve your technical knowledge andprepare for the ARRT CT Registry Examination. If you arelooking to enhance your job opportunities or provide yourselfwith a more satisfying work experience, then this course isfor you.Who Should Attend: This course is appropriate for technologistswishing to enter the field of CT scanning with no previousexperience as well as technologists who have worked in CTwithout extensive formal training. A working background incross-sectional anatomy is desirable but is not required.• Course Code: MTMI 0034• Contact Hours: 38.0• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: ARRT registration or state licensureDigital Breast TomosynthesisHands-On Training WorkshopIn conventional and digital projection mammography, thesuper-position of structures and imaging of dense breasttissue present significant challenges to producing sensitiveand accurate diagnoses of breast cancer. These problemsresult in unnecessary biopsies and repeat examinations thatcause patient anxiety and additional expense. Digital breasttomosynthesis (DBT) provides planar images of the breastwithout overlying and underlying tissue, thus reducing falsepositives and suspicious structures and improving diagnosticaccuracy. One DBT unit has been approved by the FDA forsale in the U.S. market. Under MQSA rules, DBT is considereda new modality and, therefore, requires eight hours of trainingbefore participation in the surveying and QC of these unitsin the field. This two-part workshop is designed to providehands-on training of DBT to satisfy this requirement. The lectureportion of the workshop (Part 1) will be delivered by a liveinteractive webinar series (two sessions) over the internet, andthe hands-on onsite training (Part 2) will be offered at theEllenbogen Center for Health Science Education at Hologic inBedford Massachusetts.Who Should Attend: This combined webinar and hands-ononsite training is designed primarily for medical physicists tosatisfy the eight-hour training required for new modalitiesbefore performing unit surveys and QC specified by the MQSArules. Others interested in obtaining this training would includemedical physics graduate students and residents, physicsassistants, state and federal mammography facility inspectors,and some technically oriented mammography technologistsinterested in learning QC procedures for tomosynthesis units.• Course Code: MTMI 0028• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: ½ Day + Two 2-Hour Webinar Sessions• Prerequisite: NoneDigital Breast Tomosynthesis ImagingDigital breast tomosynthesis (DBT) is a new application ofdigital mammography recently approved by the FDA. DBTprovides thin cross-sectional images through the volume ofthe breast. This prevents overlying structures from obscuringbreast masses and prevents intersecting normal structures frombeing falsely identified as cancer. DBT is expected to increasethe reliability of detecting abnormal structures while reducingpatient call-backs. This seminar will review the technology ofDBT, its practical application in the clinical setting, and changesin required quality-control procedures. DBT is considered a newmodality under MQSA and requires all personnel to receiveeight hours of training before participating in clinical services.This seminar provides eight hours of training in digital breasttomosynthesis as a new modality as required by MQSA.Who Should Attend: This seminar is appropriate formammography technologists, supervisors, MQSA inspectors,and vendor personnel.• Course Code: MTMI 0020• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneDigital Breast Tomosynthesis:Imaging and ImplementationDigital breast tomosynthesis (DBT) is a new application ofdigital mammography recently approved by the FDA. DBTprovides thin cross-sectional images through the breast. Thisprevents overlying structures from obscuring breast massesand prevents intersecting normal structures from being falselyidentified as cancer. DBT increases the reliability of detectingabnormal structures while reducing patient call backs. Thisseminar will review the techniques and implementation of DBT,its practical application in the clinical setting, and changes inrequired quality-control procedures. DBT is considered a newmodality under MQSA which requires all personnel to receiveeight hours of training before participating in clinical services.Summer 2012• 98Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteWho Should Attend: This seminar is appropriate formammography technologists, supervisors, MQSA inspectors,and vendor personnel.• Course Code: MTMI 0022• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneDigital Mammography:The New Modality in Breast ImagingFull-field digital mammography (FFDM) holds promise toimprove a host of new imaging applications for the breastimagingpractice. FFDM will improve image quality, increasepatient flow, decrease patient dose, and reduce retakes. Theadvantages of this new technology account for the proliferationof commercial FFDM units in the clinical setting. This seminarprovides an opportunity to learn from experienced facultyabout this new technology and its appropriate utilization in abreast-imaging practice. Practical considerations for makingthe transition to digital imaging will be emphasized, and newapplications that are facilitated by the digital image formatwill be reviewed.The Mammography Quality Standards Act (MQSA) requireseight hours of training on FFDM before operating these units.Attending this seminar fulfills this requirement.Who Should Attend: This seminar is designed for radiologictechnologists working in mammography, as well as supervisors,MQSA inspectors, vendor personnel, and others interested inFFDM. It will provide a good introduction to digital imagingtechnology as it relates to breast imaging and will provideeight hours of training on FFDM, as required by MQSA, beforeworking on a Digital Mammography Unit.• Course Code: MTMI 0030• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneEmergency Ultrasound Hands-On WorkshopWith its flexibility, low cost, speed, and mobility, ultrasound hasestablished itself as a primary screening tool in the emergencydepartment (ED), ICU, and urgent-care settings. The imagingcapability of ultrasound allows for quick diagnosis during triageand helps make critical life-saving decisions, such as the needfor surgery or further imaging techniques. By mixing obstetrical,abdomen, vascular, renal, gallbladder, and scanning of otheranatomical sites, ultrasound can be a key player when everysecond counts. The faculty members for this workshop are boardcertifiedin emergency medicine and in ultrasound scanning.They have extensive experience teaching this technology bothin residency/fellowship programs and to practicing cliniciansin the field. The workshop is organized to provide instructionin each area of application followed by plenty of hands-onscanning in small groups with live models under guidance ofthe faculty. A presentation on reimbursement for emergencyultrasound will also be provided during the reception.Who Should Attend: The target audience is physicians workingin emergency departments, intensive care units, urgent carefacilities, and other areas where these skills would be ofbenefit. Residents, fellows, and sonographers practicing inthese fields will also benefit.• Course Code: MTMI 0046• Contact Hours: 12.5• Prerequisite: NoneHealthcare Leadership Training CourseTraditionally, healthcare services have promoted personnelwith experience in these services into lead, supervisory, andmanagement roles. In many cases these individuals have nothad formal management training and learn many of the skillsneeded to be effective managers on-the-job. This HealthcareLeadership Training Course is designed to provide thenecessary training in management skills, shorten the learningcurve, and improve performance as a supervisor and manager.The course is also an excellent review of management topicsand responsibilities which will serve to update the skills ofthose currently working in the field as well as those interestedin moving into higher levels of management. The application ofmanagement skills will focus on the areas of medical imagingand other allied health disciplines.Who Should Attend: This course is appropriate for managementcandidates, new department managers, section managers,lead technologists, clinic administrators, or others wishing tolearn management skills applied to healthcare.• Course Code: MTMI 0021• Contact Hours: 30.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: NoneIMAT/VMATModulated arc therapy (IMAT/VMAT) is a rapidly emergingprogression of conventional IMRT technology. During treatment,beam parameters are in a dynamic state while the machine isin arc motion. This seminar offers participants an all-inclusiveperspective on IMAT/VMAT. The faculty will bring a largeSummer 2012• 99Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management Instituteamount of clinical knowledge on relevant topics and share ahost of professional experience from well-established patientdatabases and technical experience. IMAT/VMAT is quicklyevolving as a practical solution which rivals slice-based andfixed field IMRT.Who Should Attend: It is a must-attend for any facilityimplementing or considering to implement this technology.• Course Code: MTMI 0041• Contact Hours: 15.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneIntroduction to Musculoskeletal UltrasoundUltrasound imaging of the musculoskeletal system is a rapidlygrowing specialty. Technologic advances and portability ofsystems are making ultrasound a valuable and cost-effectivetool for the diagnosis and treatment of joint abnormalities.Presentations of proper scanning techniques, with a groupdemonstration of scanning and a review of the pathologyencountered, followed by personal hands-on instruction inscanning, will make this an effective learning experience.During the hands-on workshop, attendees will be providedwith an opportunity to learn proper imaging techniques for theshoulder, wrist, knee, and ankle. Learning will be facilitatedthrough an interactive and practical format with the directsupervision of our knowledgeable and experienced faculty.A presentation on reimbursement for MSK US will also beprovided during the reception.Who Should Attend: This workshop is for radiologists, sportsmedicine physicians, rheumatologists, and orthopedic physiciansas well as sonographers, athletic trainers, fellows, residents,and others interested in improving their skills in musculoskeletalultrasound imaging.• Course Code: MTMI 0035• Contact Hours: 12.5• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneMammography Course for TechnologistsHigh-quality mammographic images have a direct impact onthe quality of care for patients being evaluated for breastcancer. The MTMI Mammography Course for Technologistscontinues its reputation as the premier initial training coursefor mammography technologists and includes eight hoursintroduction to digital mammography, as required byMQSA for operations of digital mammography devices. Thiscomprehensive course uses lecture sessions, radiographs, andhands-on training sessions with live models to enhance skills andunderstanding of the mammography process. Quality control,technologist responsibilities for quality assurance, positioningwith breast implants as required by MQSA, and film critiqueare also covered. Extended clinical training is available ona limited basis for technologists wishing to complete their 25supervised exams.This intensive course will utilize a combination of lecturesessions and hands-on positioning workshops taught by a teamof experienced mammography instructors. Participants will beindividually evaluated on their competency by demonstratingbasic mammography positioning on a live model. Clinical casestudies will be reviewed during the course, and film critiqueskills will be addressed.• Course Code: MTMI 0017• Contact Hours: 40.0• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: ARRT registration or state licensureMammography ReviewThis seminar is designed as a review of the topics includedon the Mammography Certification Examination conductedby the ARRT. All of the major topic areas listed in the examspecifications will be covered, making this program a verygood preparation for the examination. The seminar can alsoserve as a comprehensive overview of mammography forthose wanting to use it to update skills as well as those new tothe field.Who Should Attend: Radiologic technologists working inmammography and planning to take the mammographyregistry examination given by the ARRT will find this seminarhelpful in their preparation. Those technologists interestedin learning the field of mammography will find this seminarto be a good introduction to the principles and practices ofmammography. More experienced mammographers lookingfor a review and updating of skills will also find the seminarto be of value while earning eight category A credits towardARRT requirements.• Course Code: MTMI 0015• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneThe Many Facets of Forensic ImagingForensic radiography is a very demanding area of themedical imaging sciences. Successful examinations depend onthe technologist’s ability to master complex and challengingSummer 2012• 100Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management Instituteworking conditions. This seminar will provide participants withthe knowledge and skills needed to skillfully complete mostforensic examinations.Who Should Attend: Both registered technologists andradiology students will benefit from this seminar.• Course Code: MTMI 0025• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneMastering the Art of Digital RadiographyMost digital radiography seminars discuss how the equipmentworks and the physics behind it. This seminar is designed togive technologists practical knowledge to help them use theirCR and DR equipment. With over 250 images, the presentationwill feel like a “hands-on” workshop. This seminar will confrontthe universal problems and concerns with digital radiography.Participants will learn why they should be using 15–20kVp higher and one third the mAs required for film/screen.Little training exists to provide an understanding of the useof magnification modes and the Dose Exposure Index (DEI)number. These will be discussed throughout the seminar. Usingfilm/screen, radiographers once worried about a film beingtoo dark or light—now they need to be concerned aboutacceptable quantum mottle and over-radiating patients. Thiswill lead to a better understanding of how to utilized this newtechnology to improve the art of radiography and science.Who Should Attend: This seminar is appropriate for radiologictechnologists, medical imaging specialists, educators, andvendor personnel.• Course Code: MTMI 0005• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneMedical Dosimetry: An InitialTraining Course, Part IThis course provides a basic overview of medical dosimetry,starting from basic principles through some practical clinicalapplications. Three days are primarily didactic lectures with ahands-on lab on day 4. Modeled after the AAMD’s MedicalDosimetry Education Program guidelines, this course offersattendees a basic review of mathematics and physics as wellas an understanding of dosimetry principles. The didacticlectures, offered by physicists and certified dosimetrists, willprovide attendees with the basic tools used in clinics. Thecontent is thorough and specific. The course will fulfill the needof didactic lectures and provide clinical insight to implementknowledge gained in a practical setting. Attendees may utilizethe knowledge gained towards professional development, entryinto the field, or DMD certification. MTMI has coordinated theirdosimetry curriculum so individuals can take full advantageof each component at their own pace or at the desired levelof development needed. Once professional objectives havebeen achieved, attendees are ready to advance to the nextcomponent of the dosimetry curriculum. Pre-course webinarsare included in registration.Who Should Attend: The course will be beneficial forthose new to medical dosimetry and established dosimetrypractitioners alike.• Course Code: MTMI 0012• Contact Hours: 28.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: NoneMedical Dosimetry: An InitialTraining Course, Part IIIncreasingly, dosimetrists must be concerned with theirprofessional role relative to others. Moreover, as complexitywithin radiation therapy escalates, there are increaseddemands on dosimetrists and physicists to deal with numeroustechnologies, including computers, electron beams, IMRT,IGRT, stereotactic radiotherapy, brachytherapy, and othernew dedicated technologies. Accurately defining treatmentvolumes, avoidance of critical structures, selection of planningtechniques, and plan optimization and plan evaluation foreffective delivery are common to all these treatment methods.Specialty treatments for pediatric patients and the retreatmentof previously treated patients offer unique challenges.This course reviews the key issues in each of these topics,heightening understanding and performance for either noviceor experienced dosimetrists, as well as therapists. The didacticlectures, offered by physicists and certified dosimetrists overthree days, cover the basic concepts of each topic and theiruse in day-to-day practice. Content is thorough and specific.The course will fulfill the need for didactic lectures and provideclinical insight to implement knowledge gained in practicalsetting. Day 4 is planned as a practicum using treatmentplanning systems.Who Should Attend: Attendees seeking professional developmentopportunities and/or in preparation for the MDCB certificationexam are encouraged to attend.• Course Code: MTMI 0013• Contact Hours: 28.0• Course Length: 4 days• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 101Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteMRI Hands-On Workshop for PhysicistsMRI Training Course for TechnologistsThe American College of Radiology has established avoluntary certification program for MRI facilities. Clinicalmedical physicists have an important role to play in assessingthe performance of MRI units under this program as well asassisting facilities to implement more advanced applicationswhich will expand their MRI services. This course combines acomprehensive series of lectures on the technology of MRI withthree hands-on laboratories to provide practical demonstrationsof key concepts and procedures. The University of Texas HealthScience Center at San Antonio has graciously offered the useof MRI units for the laboratories. This is a unique opportunityto learn both theory and practical assessment and testingof MRI units, including 3T systems, from an experienced andknowledgeable faculty.Who Should Attend: Participation will provide the continuingeducation credit required for supporting certified MRIfacilities. It is also useful for preparing to take the subspecialtyexamination in MRI offered by the ABMP.• Course Code: MTMI 0045• Contact Hours: 20.0• Course Length: 2.5 days• Prerequisite: NoneMRI: Practical Tips for the TechnologistsThe technical capabilities of magnetic resonance imagingcontinue to present significant challenges to optimize clinicalexaminations and produce high image quality. This seminarwill address the critical information needed to be a successfulMRI technologist. The seminar will feature practical clinicalscenarios the technologist faces and how to deal with them.Participants will come away with useful applied information tohelp take maximum advantage of the capabilities of a scanner,work safely in this environment, and provide the best images toanswer the clinical question for each patient.Who Should Attend: This seminar is for practicing MRtechnologists. It would also be helpful to students, vendorpersonnel, and radiology residents wishing to understandhow to apply the technology of MR imaging.• Course Code: MTMI 0018• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneMRI promises to continue providing new avenues of diagnosticimaging that will have a significant impact on medicine.Knowledge of MRI technology will provide a basis for growthand future opportunities for those trained in this modality.Who Should Attend: You should attend this course if you area radiologic technologist or if you have experience in theimaging sciences with basic or no previous MR experience andare interested in learning the principles necessary to operatean MR imager. This course will also prepare participants for theARRT MRI Registry exam. It may be appropriate to attend justthe 2nd week of the course if you have recent demonstrableexperience and are seeking an intermediate-level course. Aworking knowledge of cross-sectional anatomy is desirablefor this course but is not required. Those who are not ARRTregisteredindividuals and are interested in this course mustmeet certain prerequisites.• Course Code: MTMI 0019• Contact Hours: 72.0• Course Length: 2 weeks• Prerequisite: NoneMRI Update for PhysicistsThe technology of magnetic resonance imaging continues todevelop with higher field systems, faster gradients, higherefficiency coils, faster scanning techniques, more sophisticatedscanning protocols, and improved image quality algorithms.These enhancements are driving a wide variety of clinicalapplications that continue to expand the diagnostic capabilitiesof this modality. Keeping up with this technology is a challengefor those utilizing MRI to image and interpret disease andprovides an opportunity for those with this knowledge. Thisseminar will provide an opportunity to review and update yourskills on the technology of MRI, including scanner operation,testing, and QC. Participants are encouraged to bring theirquestions and concerns about supporting MRI units for anexchange with the faculty and other attendees. You will getan update on MRI unit accreditation and frequent reasonsfor failure. You will hear from a radiologist the importantcontributions that medical physicists can make to the clinicaldelivery of this service. This seminar will provide 15 hours ofcontinuing education to fulfill the ACR requirement for personnelsupporting accredited facilities.Who Should Attend: This seminar is for medical physicists,technically knowledgeable technologists, other personnelworking in MRI, and those interested in fulfilling the ACRcontinuing education requirement for supporting accreditedMRI units.Summer 2012• 102Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management Institute• Course Code: MTMI 0044• Contact Hours: 15.0• Course Length: 2 day• Prerequisite: NoneMulti-Slice CT Hands-On Workshop for PhysicistsThe technology of computed tomography has made significantstrides in the past few years, first with the development ofspiral/helical scanning and more recently with multi-slice(multi-detector row) CT scanning capability. Clinical medicalphysicists have an important role to play in supporting facilitiesseeking accreditation for this new technology. This workshopwill emphasize the ACR CT facility accreditation process, testingprocedures, and the QA measurements required. The Universityof Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center has graciously allowedthe use of several multi-slice CT units for this training. Thesewill include GE 64-slice, Siemens 64-slice, and Philips 64-sliceCT units.Who Should Attend: This workshop is for medical physicistsand others wanting an opportunity for hands-on instructionand experience on the operation and testing of multi-sliceCT units.• Course Code: MTMI 0038• Contact Hours: 15.0• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: Participants should have previous knowledgeof CT basic principles and applications.Multi-Slice CT Protocol Parameters and DoseThe recent radiation overexposures to patients from CT imagingprocedures at several medical facilities have increasedawareness of the importance of CT scanning protocols and thecontrol of radiation dose. As a result, many imaging facilitiesare reviewing their CT scanning procedures to ensure that theappropriate tradeoffs are being made between the imagequality needed to diagnose the patient and the dose delivered.This seminar will review the considerations that should be usedfor selecting appropriate scanning parameters to achievethe best results with minimum risk to the patient. Improvingknowledge of the parameters and capabilities of multi-slice/multi-detector CT scanners will help participants become abetter CT technologist and provide better results for patients.Who Should Attend: CT technologists, CT imaging specialists,CT department managers/lead techs, and any technologist/manager interested in learning multi-slice/multi-detector CTprotocol management and dose control.• Course Code: MTMI 0010• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneMusculoskeletal Imaging in the Digital WorldToday’s radiology personnel must continue to educatethemselves to best utilize the advancing technology of digitalradiography while maintaining proper positioning andtechnique to provide the best possible diagnostic image withthe lowest patient dose. This seminar is designed to update theparticipant’s musculoskeletal radiography skills and improvetheir understanding of digital radiography. Anatomy, functionand pathology of each major musculoskeletal system will bediscussed. Proper patient positioning and dose optimizationwill also be discussed as well as common artifacts that will befound while utilizing digital radiography.Who Should Attend: Radiologic technologists, students, andeducators will find this an enjoyable and useful presentation.• Course Code: MTMI 0008• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneMusculoskeletal Imaging and PathologyCT and MRI are fast becoming the gold standard for imagingof bone tumors, cysts, and bone, joint, and soft tissue injuries.The challenges for technologists working in these modalitiesare increasing steadily. This seminar will present a greaterunderstanding of various musculoskeletal disease states,the appearance of pathology, as well as traumatic injuryto the bones and joints, and the role of MRI, CT, and otherimaging techniques in diagnosis. An ability to recognize thesepathological processes in diagnostic images will greatly enhancethe effectiveness of MSK exams and provide useful insight forimproving them. This seminar will provide an understanding ofdiseases, pathology, and trauma visualized with images foreach clinical situation.Who Should Attend: If you are a MRI or CT technologistinterested in improving your understanding of musculoskeletalabnormalities in your images or a technologist interested inlearning more about the work-up of the MSK patient, thisseminar is for you.• Course Code: MTMI 0032• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 103Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteNuclear Medicine Physics Hands-On WorkshopThe trend to tie reimbursement for imaging procedures toaccreditation of these procedures is driving an increaseddemand for medical physics support services. To assist medicalphysicists and others prepare themselves to deliver supporttoward nuclear medicine accreditation, MTMI has developedtwo continuing education programs. A three-day seminarentitled, “The Physics of Nuclear Medicine” provides a revieworganized around the four modules defined in the AmericanCollege of Radiology (ACR) accreditation standards for nuclearmedicine facilities. A second program, “Hands-on NuclearMedicine Physics,” provides an opportunity to receive practicaltraining on the testing and quality-control procedures requiredfor ACR and ICANL accreditation and for ongoing technicalsupport of nuclear medicine facilities. The hands-on trainingprogram is organized with small group laboratory sessionsusing NM equipment and phantoms to demonstrate testing andQC procedures and is conducted by an experienced faculty.• Course Code: MTMI 0042• Contact Hours: 12.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: An understanding of the principles and conceptspresented in “The Physics of Nuclear Medicine” program ora background in nuclear medicine physics is needed to takemaximum advantage of the hands on program.Optimizing CT Protocols and DoseIn the past several years, significant advances in thetechnology of computed tomography (CT) have occurred.These developments have driven an expansion in the clinicalapplications of CT and an increase in the number of CTscanners. Opportunities for CT technologists have grown asa result. Never has the importance of CT dose control beenas prevalent in the public as it is today. The competent CTtechnologist must have the most current information in order toprovide quality patient care.Who Should Attend: CT technologists, radiologic technologists,students and educators, and anyone interested in updatingand renewing CT skills or starting “on-the-job” training in CTas well as those interested in radiation safety and reducingpatient dose.• Course Code: MTMI 0014• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NonePACS Administrator Course:Training in Imaging InformaticsMTMI’s PACS (Picture Archiving and Communication Systems)Administrator Course aims at providing all of the essentialskills and knowledge necessary for the successful, planning,implementation, and maintenance of a PACS or other radiologysystem. This program also helps prepare students for theCertified Imaging Informatics Professional (CIIP) certificationexam. Major topics include: a comprehensive guide to DICOMand HL7, Teleradiology, PACS architecture, integrating thehealthcare enterprise, and electronic medical records.Who Should Attend: This course is designed for all imagingprofessionals who want to enter the challenging world ofimaging informatics. Radiology administrators, RTs andpersonnel who are actively involved in PACS selection, planning,and implementation will benefit from this course. Also, currentPACS administrators and field engineers who wish to updatetheir knowledge will benefit from the blend of medical imagingand PACS business content in this course.• Course Code: MTMI 0027• Contact Hours: 35.5• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NonePathology and Diagnostic ImagingRecognition of the pathological processes present in imagesis key to ensuring a successful imaging exam. This seminar willreview the pathology of major anatomical systems commonlypresented in various diagnostic imaging examinations and helpthe participant recognize the difference between normal andabnormal structures. This knowledge will help the participantunderstand the disease processes presented by patients andimprove effectiveness in contributing to the resulting diagnosis.Who Should Attend: Radiologic technologists, radiologydepartment managers, educators and students, and vendorsupport staff.• Course Code: MTMI 0031• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneThe Physics of Nuclear MedicineThe growth in technology of nuclear medicine imaging andthe emerging field of molecular imaging are driving anincreased utilization of nuclear medicine clinical proceduresand the expansion of facilities. This creates a challenge forSummer 2012• 104Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management Instituteclinical medical physicists to stay up-to-date on this technology,participate in equipment performance surveys and acceptancetests, and establish quality-control programs for these systems.Beginning in 2012, nuclear medicine services (including PET),falling under the MIPPA regulations, are required to beaccredited to receive reimbursement under Part B for Medicarepatients. The American College of Radiology (ACR) has anaccreditation program for Nuclear Medicine facilities consistingof four modules: General Nuclear Medicine, SPECT, NuclearCardiology and PET Imaging. The ACR has also establishedcontinuing education requirements for medical physicists andothers working with these facilities.This 3-day seminar will provide a comprehensive series ofpresentations covering the four modules of ACR accreditation.Recommended surveying and QC procedures will be emphasizedalong with a review of the technology, instrumentation, andradiation safety for this field. Accreditation requirements byICANL and JCAHO will also be covered.Each session/presentation in the seminar will be given inlecture format using audio-visual materials. A syllabus withsupporting material for each presentation will be provided toall attendees. The exchange of practical experience betweenfaculty members and attendees will be encouraged.Who Should Attend: This activity is designed to providecontinuing education for the practicing clinical medical physicistand for the Nuclear Medicine Technologist.• Course Code: MTMI 0033• Contact Hours: 20.5• Course Length: 3 days• Prerequisite: xxxPractical Applications for Today’s CT TechnologistComputed tomography has made a huge impact on diagnosticimaging since it was introduced to the medical field some 40years ago. So much about CT imaging technologies and ourclinical environments changes rapidly, challenging today’s CTtechnologist to keep up and keep it fresh. This interactiveseminar is designed to help CT techs (at any level) improvetheir skills of caring for patients and performing high-qualityscans. This seminar will cover communication, preparation,contrast enhancement, managing patient dose, and scanningparameters for the most common exams. Finally, participantswill spend time learning about different pathologies in clinicalsituations scanned on a daily basis. This seminar is a greatway to learn more about practical applications for today’sCT scanning.Who Should Attend: This seminar will be useful for CTtechnologists interested in learning more about the practicalclinical applications of CT and understanding more aboutradiation dose and protocols in everyday scanning situations.The seminar will also be helpful for those learning aboutCT and interested in entering the field. It would be usefulfor anyone interested in improving their scanning skills andreducing patient dose.• Course Code: MTMI 0026• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneA Review of Bone DensitometryOsteoporosis is a major health problem that affects morethan 50 million people (of which 80% are women) in theU.S. The “Gold Standard” of diagnosis for osteoporosisand bone health status continues to be Dual-Energy X-rayAbsorptiometry (DXA), which is the most accurate and precisemethod for determining bone strength (bone mineral density)in a clinical setting. This seminar will provide attendees with upto-dateinformation on the use of DXA and how to maximizeits clinical utility for baseline and serial determinations in alltypes of patients. Attendees will obtain a solid foundation inall details of the use and analysis of bone densitometry aswell as understanding osteoporosis. This seminar will providea focused guide for those preparing for the ARRT or ISCDBone Densitometry Certification Examinations. It will alsohighlight topics within the certification exams and mock registryexams that will be given and reviewed throughout the day.In addition, all aspects of bone health management will bediscussed throughout the seminar. Participants are encouragedto bring their DXA questions, problematic DXA scans, and otherrelated issues for open discussion.Who Should Attend: This seminar is for technologists preparingfor the certification exam, technologists who are certified inDXA and in need of an update of DXA use, all healthcareprofessionals involved with patients and their bone health, suchas physicians in family practice, internal medicine, OB/GYN,rheumatology and orthopedics, and individuals interested inan introduction to bone densitometry.• Course Code: MTMI 0011• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneStereotactic Breast Biopsy Hands-On CourseStereotactic breast biopsy is used to obtain pathologicinformation from mammographic areas of suspicion. When aSummer 2012• 105Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management Institutemass, microcalcifications, or area of abnormal tissue changeexist; stereotactic breast biopsy offers a minimally invasivealternative to open surgical biopsy, often before a massdevelops. This course offers the attendee the opportunity to learnthe basics, as well as the tricks of the trade, from experiencedinstructors with multi-vendor competence. MTMI and ourinstructors are excited and willing to share this knowledge tohelp bridge the gaps in training so that intelligent performancebecomes the daily mode of operation. Supervised simulationand hands-on training with phantoms, live-models, and biopsydevices make this course refreshingly unique. Critical thinkingbecomes possible once attendees develop an understandingof why and how these procedures are done rather than “this ishow we have always done it.” In addition to covering qualityassurance and patient documentation, this two-day coursereviews the ACR accreditation requirements and fulfills thecredits required for accreditation.Who Should Attend: This course is useful for professionalsinvolved in women’s imaging services, including radiologictechnologists, mammographers, sonographers, breast biopsycoordinators, breast health clinicians, nurses, and medicalimaging managers.• Course Code: MTMI 0024• Contact Hours: 13.75• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneSuccessful Stereotactic Breast BiopsiesStereotactic breast biopsy is used to obtain pathologicinformation from mammographic areas of suspicion. When amass, microcalcifications, or area of abnormal tissue changeexists, stereotactic breast biopsy offers a minimally invasivealternative to open surgical biopsy, often before a massdevelops. This seminar offers the attendee the opportunityto learn the basics as well as the tricks of the trade froman experienced technologist and supervisor. MTMI believesthis education will bridge gaps in training so that intelligentperformance becomes the daily mode of operation in imagingcenters. Critical thinking becomes possible once attendeesdevelop an understanding of why and how this procedure isdone. In addition to covering quality assurance and patientdocumentation, the seminar reviews the ACR accreditationrequirements and fulfills the credits required for accreditation.Who Should Attend: This course is useful for professionalsinvolved in women’s imaging services, including radiologytechnologists, mammographers, sonographers, breast biopsycoordinators, breast health clinicians, nurses, and medicalimaging managers.• Course Code: MTMI 0009• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneSurveying Digital Mammography UnitsHands-On WorkshopFull-field digital mammography (FFDM) holds promise to improveimage quality and reduce radiation dose in the detection ofbreast cancer. Commercial systems have been approved by theFDA and make up a large majority of the systems in the clinicalsetting. The Mammography Quality Standards Act (MQSA)requires eight hours of training on all new modalities, suchas FFDM, before performing surveys on these units. The FDAalso strongly recommends that the required training includehands-on instruction on surveying these units. This workshopprovides an opportunity to receive hands-on training for bothFFDM surveying and quality control procedures on units fromseveral manufacturers. The workshop will consist of lecture aswell as laboratory training.Who Should Attend: This workshop is for medical physicistswanting to learn surveying and quality-control procedureson FFDM units as well as to obtain the eight hours oftraining required by the FDA before surveying these units.It is also appropriate for experienced mammography QCtechnologists, medical physics students, residents and fellows,biomedical engineers, state and federal mammographyfacility inspectors, and others interested in surveying and QCtesting of FFDM units.• Course Code: MTMI 0039• Contact Hours: 15.0• Course Length: 2 day• Prerequisite: NoneUltrasound Physics Hands-On WorkshopThe involvement of medical physicists in ultrasound imagingservices is increasing at many facilities as they seek theaccreditation to qualify for reimbursement by some insurancecompanies. The American College of Radiology (ACR) requiresa medical physicist to oversee a quality assurance programin facilities seeking their accreditation. Medical physicistssupporting these facilities need to update their skills as wellas meet the continuing education requirements of variousaccrediting bodies. This workshop is designed to meet thoseneeds and provide 15 hours of continuing education credits.An in-depth review of ultrasound technology will be givenalong with an opportunity for hands-on application of qualityassurance testing procedures. The workshop will be conductedby a well-qualified faculty including two medical physicistsSummer 2012• 106Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management Institutein private practice. Wayne Hedrick is coauthor of a bookentitled, “Ultrasound Physics and Instrumentation,” and TerryZipper is a physics member of the ACR Advisory Committeeon Ultrasound Accreditation. The faculty also includes MaryHenne, a practicing sonographer experienced in teachingultrasound physics.• Course Code: MTMI 0043• Contact Hours: 15.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneContinuing Education WebinarsBone Densitometry: The Diagnostic Gold StandardOsteoporosis is a major health problem that affects more than28 million people in the U.S. Ongoing research advances havecreated optimism and treatment options for those who havebeen diagnosed with the disease. An early assessment of bonehealth with accurate and precise measurements is critical to theprevention and diagnosis of osteoporosis. This webinar will helpyou obtain a foundation in clinical bone densitometry as well asprovide an in-depth understanding of the appropriate use andinterpretation of Dual X-Ray Absorptiometry (DEXA) scans. Inaddition, it will also be a valuable guide for those preparing forthe ARRT or ISCD Bone Densitometry Certification Examinations.Who Should Attend: This seminar is for radiologic technologists,physicians, and other healthcare professionals interestedin learning about the clinical use of bone densitometry.Technologists preparing for the ARRT Bone DensitometryCertification Exam or the I.S.C.D. examination to be a CertifiedDEXA Technologist will find this seminar particularly beneficial.Physicians and other healthcare and imaging professionals whoare working with osteoporosis patients in medical practicesinvolved with predominantly senior or postmenopausalpatients, such as OB/GYN, family practice, rheumatology,endocrinology, orthopedics, and internal medicine will also findthis webinar of value.• Contact Hours: 4.0• Prerequisite: Noneunderstanding of the appropriate use and interpretation ofthis technology. It will also prove to be valuable instructionfor those preparing for the ARRT or ISCD Bone DensitometryCertification Examinations.Who Should Attend: This webinar is for healthcare professionalsinterested in learning about bone densitometry imaging.Technologists that may be preparing for the ARRT BoneDensitometry Certification Exam or the I.S.C.D. examinationto be a Certified DXA Technologist will find this seminarparticularly beneficial. If you are a healthcare or imagingprofessional interested in bone densitometry, or if you arelooking for a registry review in bone densitometry imaging,this webinar is for you.• Contact Hours: 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneCross-Sectional Anatomyof the Body for CT and MRIRadiology has been developing dramatically during the pastfew years. With enhancements in magnetic resonance imaging(MRI) and computed tomography (CT), the role of the radiologictechnologist has also been changing. Skills in cross-sectionalanatomy are important to help the technologist in MRI and CTto identify the anatomy being imaged and to communicateeffectively with the radiologist and physicians. This webinaris offered to provide the participant with the opportunity toexpand their knowledge of cross-sectional anatomy and itsappearance in CT and MRI images.Who Should Attend: You should attend if you are a radiologictechnologist currently working in CT and MRI or are interestedin learning about these fields. Student technologists will alsofind this an effective way to learn about or expand theirknowledge of cross-sectional anatomy. It would be appropriatefor other healthcare professionals interested in improving theirknowledge in this basic skill area.• Contact Hours: 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneCT Registry ReviewSummer 2012Bone Densitometry: A Registry ReviewOsteoporosis is a major health problem that affects 44 millionpeople. Recent medical breakthroughs have created hopeand healing to those who are diagnosed early. Facilitiesare recognizing the importance of early diagnosis due toadequate examinations by DXA equipment and imagers. Thiswebinar will help the student obtain a sound foundation ofknowledge in densitometry imaging and give them a betterIn the past several years, significant advances in the technologyof computed tomography (CT) have occurred with thedevelopment of spiral/helical scanning and multi-slice/multidetectorrow scanners. These developments have driven anexpansion in the clinical applications of CT and an increase inthe number of CT scanners. Opportunities for CT technologistshave grown as a result. The growth in these more sophisticatedcapabilities has resulted in a need for CT technologists withmore training and experience. Evidence of competency in• 107Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteCT can be demonstrated by completing the requirements forcertification in computed tomography offered by the AmericanRegistry of Radiological Technologists (ARRT). This has becomea required credential for employment in many facilities.This webinar series is designed as a review of the topics includedon the certification examination conducted by the ARRT. Allof the major topic areas listed in the exam specifications willbe covered, making this program a very good preparationfor this examination. This webinar series can also serve as acomprehensive overview of CT for those wanting to use it toupdate skills as well.Who Should Attend: Radiological technologists working in CTand planning to take the CT registry examination given by theARRT will find this webinar helpful in their preparation. Thosetechnologists interested in learning the field of CT will find thiswebinar series to be a good introduction to the principles andpractices of CT. More experienced CT technologist lookingfor a review and updating of skills will also find the webinarseries to be of value while earning eight category A creditstoward ARRT requirements. Students, nurses, and other alliedhealthcare personnel wanting an overview of the field will findthis educational opportunity of value. Personnel of vendersof CT and related equipment will find these webinars anopportunity to increase their knowledge of the skills needed toconduct successful CT examinations.• Contact Hours: 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneImaging Pathology of the Chest and AbdomenAt the completion of this webinar, participants will be ableto review normal anatomy imaged on a chest/abdomenradiograph, recognize normal and abnormal cardiacanatomy, predict the appearance of major pathology ona radiograph, determine which major organs are likely todevelop calcifications, explain causes/differences of free airand fluid levels, and recognize enlarged organs, masses, orfree fluid in radiographic images.• Contact Hours: 6.0 hours• Prerequisite: NoneMRI Accreditation Procedures for PhysicistsEffective January 1, 2012, under the Medicare Improvementsfor Patients and Providers Act (MIPPA), all providers that billfor MRI underpart B of the Medicare Physician Fee Schedulemust be accredited in order to receive technical componentreimbursement from Medicare. Per MIPPA, accreditingbodies may perform unannounced facility surveys to validatecompliance with accreditation policies and procedures. Thiswebinar series provides an up-to-date overview of MRIaccreditation and what medical physicists and MRI facilitiesshould be doing to comply with these existing requirementsand procedures. This webinar series would be appropriate forany medical physics.Who Should Attend: This webinar is appropriate for medicalphysicists personnel involved in the planning or implementationof current or future MRI facility accreditation, as well asaccreditation personnel and vendor personnel involved withcurrent or future MRI accreditation• Contact Hours: 5.0• Prerequisite: NoneNeuro Cross-Sectional Anatomy for CT and MRIRadiology has been developing dramatically during thepast few years. With enhancements in magnetic resonanceimaging (MRI) and computed tomography (CT), the role ofthe radiologic technologist has also been changing. Skills incross-sectional anatomy are important to help the technologistin MRI and CT to identify the anatomy being imaged and tocommunicate effectively with the radiologist and physicians.This webinar is offered to provide you with the opportunity toexpand your knowledge of neuro cross-sectional anatomy andits appearance in CT and MRI images.Who Should Attend: You should attend if you are a radiologictechnologist currently working in CT and MRI or are interestedin learning about these fields. Student technologists will alsofind this an effective way to learn about or expand theirknowledge of neuro cross-sectional anatomy. It would beappropriate for other healthcare professionals interested inimproving their knowledge in this basic skill area.• Contact Hours: 8.0• Prerequisite: NonePACS as a ProfessionThis webinar is designed for all imaging professionals whowant to explore the challenging world of imaging informatics.Who Should Attend: Radiology administrators, RTs andpersonnel who are actively involved (or want to be involved) inPACS selection, planning, and implementation will benefit fromthis Webinar. Current PACS administrators and field engineerswho wish to update their knowledge will benefit from the blendof medical imaging and PACS business content in this webinar.• Contact Hours: 2.0 hours• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 108Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteTransition From Staff to ManagementHave you ever wondered if you would like to become asupervisor or manager within your department? Traditionally,radiology departments have promoted personnel withexperience in these services into lead, supervisory, andmanagement roles. This two-hour webinar presentationwill give participants an insight into the job functions andrequirements of a medical imaging department supervisor.This webinar is also an excellent review of managementtopics and responsibilities which will serve to update the skillsof those currently working in the field and those interested inmoving into higher levels of management.Who Should Attend: This webinar is for anyone considering atransition into management in the healthcare professions.• Contact Hours: 2.0• Prerequisite: NoneInservice ProgramsAdditional programs are available upon request.Contact MTMI for more information or to schedule aninservice program.Alzheimer’s DiseaseThis program focuses upon the patient diagnosed withAlzheimer’s Disease. Included in this discussion is a historicaltimeline of Alzheimer’s Disease, the warning signs, stages ofdisease and it’s progression, diagnostic imaging, and currenttreatment methodologies.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneAnatomy of a KUBThis program focuses upon plain imaging of the abdomen.Upon completion of this program, attendees should be ableto identify the normal appearance and location of abdominalorgans and structures, describe the proper ways to image theabdomen in the supine position, describe the proper ways toimage the abdomen in the AP upright position, describe theproper ways to image the abdomen in the lateral and dorsaldecubitus positions, list 5 abnormal findings that are viewedon plain films without the aid of iodinated contrast,.explain thesignificance of the visualization and non-visualization of thepsoas shadow (stripe/muscle), list three significant radiologicsigns that may be present on the flate plate of the abdomentfollowing trauma, and list one advantage and disadvantageof abdominal imaging utilizing computed tomography, MRIand ultrasound.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneBone TumorsThis program presents an overview of bone tumors. Emphasisis placed upon bone tumor classifications, types, radiographicrecognition, location, and specific age groups.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneCancer: An Update for Radiologic TechnologistsThis program focuses upon the three leading cancers affectingadults. Emphasis is placed on cancer of the lung, breast, andprostate gland. Discussion will include diagnostic imagingmodalities, treatment options, and determination of prognosis.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneChest RadiographyThis program is designed to give the student an introductionon the basic assessment of routine chest radiography.Included are the factors affecting photographic appearance,common patholgoical findings, and specific radiologic signsindicating disease.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 109Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteConventional and Digital Breast Imaging:Past, Current and FutureDiagnostic Imaging of Aneurysmsand Vascular MalformationsThis seminar is a comprehensive review of issues importantto executing a quality mammographic exam and providesvaluable information on digital mammography and otheremerging breast imaging technologies. This seminar willhelp participants learn about advanced imaging techniques,handling the difficult patient QA of digital units, and MQSAcertification issues. It will also prepare participants for theARRT advanced-level certification.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneCranial and Vertebral TraumaThis program focuses upon the various types of injuries sustainedby the cranium and vertebral column. Most important are theinjuries sustained during blunt and penetrating trauma. Motorvehicle accidents, sports accidents, industrial accidents, and simplefalls will be highlighted, presenting a wide variety of contusions,fractures, and dislocations. Comparative diagnostic imaging toillustrate these injuries will be included in this presentation.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneCranio-Cerebral TraumaThis program is intended to describe and differentiate betweencommon forms of cranio-cerebral trauma sustained by patientswho are imaged at trauma center hospitals. Included will bebrain concussion and contusion, cerebral hemorrhages, andskull fractures. Actual case studies will be presented showingexamples of the aforementioned injuries and the diagnosticmethods utilized for image interpretation.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneThis program focuses upon the etiology, development, imaging,and treatment of aneurysms and arteriovascular malformations.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneDiagnostic Imaging of the Genitourinary SystemThis program focuses on the most common diseases andconditions of the genitourinary system. Congenital andinflammatory disorders, urinary tract obstruction, cysts andtumors, and renal failure.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneDiagnostic Imaging of TraumaThis program focuses on the various types of blunt andpenetrating trauma. An overview of common fractures will bepresented. In addition, this program will include injury examplesof the heard, neck, chest, and abdomen.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneExcellence in Bone DensitometryOsteoporosis is a major health problem that affects morethan 28 million people in the U.S. Ongoing research advanceshave created optimism and treatment options for those whohave been diagnosed with the disease. The importance ofearly diagnosis is critical because of the preventive nature ofosteoporosis, therefore, accurate and precise measurementsby DXA (duel-energy X-ray absorptiometry) technologistsare essential. This seminar will provide attendees with themost recent information on bone densitometry treatment andprevention. Participants will also obtain a solid foundation inclinical bone densitometry as well as the tools necessary toenhance the quality of bone densitometry procedures andSummer 2012• 110Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management Instituteservices. In addition, the mock registry examination and reviewwill be a valuable guide for those preparing for the ARRT orISCD Bone Densitometry Certification Examinations.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneForensic and Trauma ImagingUsing film/screen, radiographers once worried about a filmbeing too dark or light—now they need to be concerned aboutacceptable quantum mottle and over-radiating patients. Thiswill lead to a better understanding of how to utilize this newtechnology to improve the art of radiography and science.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneThis seminar presents an overview of forensic and traumaimaging. The focus is placed upon the role of the radiographerand his/her duties, requirements, and responsibilities as theypertain to the work environment under the direction of aforensic pathologist.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneMammography Positioning CourseMTMI is now offering a new, one-day mammography positioningcourse at your facility. This course, taught by our expertinstructor, Shelly Lillè, BS, RT(R)(M), is geared towards the needsof your technologists. With a maximum of 5 mammographersparticipating, it is an ideal learning environment whereattendees will learn the essential tips and secrets of the tradeto improve positioning skills and image evaluation.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists and mammographers.• Contact Hours: Up to 4.5• Prerequisite: NoneMastering the Art of Digital RadiographyMost digital radiography seminars discuss how the equipmentworks and the physics behind them. This seminar is designedto give technologists practical knowledge to help use CRand DR equipment. With over 250 images and 9 videos, thepresentation will feel like a “hands-on” workshop. This seminarwill confront the universal problems and concerns with digitalradiography. Participants will learn why they should be using15-20 kVp higher and one-third the mAs required for film/screen. Little training exists to provide an understanding of theuse of a histogram, magnification modes, and the Dose ExposureIndex (DEI) number. All will be discussed throughout the seminar.An Overview of Vascular PathologyThis program is intended to present an overview of vascular diseaselesions. Discussion will focus on atherosclerosis and its etiology,distribution, appearance, complications, and management.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NonePathology and Diagnostic ImagingThis seminar will identify primary disease processes of the chestand respiratory system, gastrointestinal system, cardiovascularsystem, and central nervous system, including a comprehensivediscussion of the diagnostic imaging procedures utilized indemonstrating these diseases and conditions.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneRadiologic Signs of Child AbuseThis program focuses on skeletal imaging of the abused childand the role of the radiographer.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 111Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Medical Technology Management InstituteTrauma and Forensic Radiography:Enhancing Your SkillsTrauma and forensic radiography are two very demandingareas of the medical imaging sciences. Successful examinationsdepend on the technologist’s ability to master complex andchallenging working conditions. This seminar will provideparticipants with knowledge and skills needed to skillfullycomplete most trauma or forensic examinations.Who Should Attend: This inservice program is for radiologictechnologists, radiology administrators, clinical instructors, andvendor personnel.• Contact Hours: Up to 8.0• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 112Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Minneapolis CampusCertification in Sealant Applicationfor Dental AuxiliaryThis course is designed to prepare the licensed dentalassistant to properly apply pit and fissure sealants in thedental practice.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0045/CECSADA• Contact Hours: 9.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: Dental assisting license; CPR certification;proof of liability insurance; and required immunizationsDANB General Chairside RefresherThis course will provide the student with the necessarybackground information to sit for the Dental Assisting NationalBoard (DANB) General Chairside Exam. The student will gainunderstanding in the following areas: anatomy of the head andneck; how to perform and interpret and intraoral exam; andhow to utilize dental charting techniques, along with diagnosticaids for interpreting patient cases. The student will review traysetups for a variety of general and emergency procedures andwill also gain knowledge in how to perform these proceduresand the steps involved. The student will review dental materialscommonly utilized in the dental office and how to properlymanipulate and apply these materials on patients. A reviewof providing patient education and oral health managementtechniques to patients and how to properly handle medicalemergency situations that may arise in the dental office willalso be covered.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0041/CEDGCR• Contact Hours: 40.0• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneDANB Infection Control RefresherThis course will provide the student with the necessarybackground information to sit for the Dental Assisting NationalBoard (DANB) Infection control Exam. Topics covered includethe following: infection control protocols for the dental officedeveloped by the Centers for Disease control and Preventionper the Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report (MMWR) 2003;understanding of standard precautions; infection diseasesand their relationship to patient safety and occupational risk;how to maintain aseptic conditions and perform sterilizationprocedures; how to work safely with hazardous chemicals; howto maintain quality assurance programs in the dental office;basic pharmacology concepts; and how to properly handleemergency situations that may arise in the dental office.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0048/CEDICR• Contact Hours: 4.0• Course Length: 1 days• Prerequisite: NoneDANB Radiology RefresherThis course will provide the student with the necessarybackground information to sit for the Dental AssistingNational Board (DANB) Radiation Health and Safety exam.The student will gain knowledge in the following areas: howto properly expose and evaluation dental radiographs; thetypes of dental radiographs that are utilized in the clinic; theappropriate equipment needed for exposing radiographs;how to properly employ infection control techniques whenexposing radiographs; patient management skills; intraoraland extraoral techniques; digital radiography; common errorsand corrections associated with exposing dental radiographs;how to properly process dental radiographs using both manualand automated techniques; how to properly mount and labelpatient radiographs; how to keep both the operator and thepatient safe during exposure; and quality assurance techniquesutilized to ensure diagnosable films and the ALARA concept.The student will also learn basic anatomic structures and how tointerpret these structures on intraoral and extraoral films.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0042/CEDRR• Contact Hours: 40.0• Course Length: 5 days• Prerequisite: NoneElementary Spanish I for Medicaland Dental ProfessionalsThe Elementary Spanish I for Medical and Dental Professionalscourse is designed for the very beginning Spanish learnerwith little to no foreign language background. This coursewill help develop listening, reading, writing, and speaking(conversational) skills, with emphasis on speaking skills. Thecourse will provide an introduction to the Spanish language,as well as terminology and skills needed to effectivelycommunicate with Spanish-speaking patients in the medicaland dental community.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0046/CEES1MD• Contact Hours: 30.0• Course Length: 15 weeks• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 113Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Minneapolis CampusExpanded Functions Technique RefresherThis course will provide licensed dental assistants with athorough review on expanded functions including mechanicalpolish, alginate impressions, cement removal, vital signs, topicalplacement, and fluoride treatments in both a lecture setting andin clinic. Each student will bring a qualified patient to performthese functions on after a review has taken place.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0043/CEEFTR• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: NoneNitrous Oxide/Oxygen InhalationSedation TrainingThis course is for beginning or refining the student’s skills innitrous oxide administration. This practical course will give thestudent the capacity to reduce patient anxiety and fear in thedental office. The student will administer and manage three (3)patients with nitrous oxide. All equipment and materials areprovided, including a valuable text for your reference in thedental office.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0044/CENOIST• Contact Hours: 12.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012Radiology Technique RefresherThis course will provide students with a radiology techniquerefresher, reviewing both film placement and exposuretechniques in the lab setting and in the didactic setting. Studentswill be provided with a review on film placement criteria,bisecting and paralleling techniques, film evaluation (basicangulation and error notation), and soft-tissue placementtechniques for direct and digital radiography. Students willpractice placing films on dexters and also on each other,along with positioning the tubehead and cone, to demonstrateknowledge on bisecting and paralleling techniques.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0047/CERTF• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: 1 day• Prerequisite: None• 114Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

New Orleans CampusNotary PreparationThe purpose of the Notary Preparation Course is to preparethe student to sit for the notary exam. The examination will testthe knowledge of the applicant in the laws governing his/heroffice and the exercise of authorized notarial functions in orderto determine his ability to carry out the duties of a notary.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0027/CENP• Contact Hours: 60.0• Course Length: 11 weeks• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 115Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Online CampusLabSim A+ Essentials Certification TrainingThis course prepares students for the A+ EssentialsCertification Exams (220-701). To pass the two examscomprising CompTIA’s A+ certification, the student mustdemonstrate knowledge of installing, configuring, upgrading,troubleshooting, and repairing desktop systems. Herzing’shands-on labs provide real-world experience performingcomputer maintenance tasks while expert video instruction,realistic practice exams, and accurate fact sheets teach andguide the student step-by-step in easy-to-understand lessons.Topics include basic operating system and computer hardwarefunctionality, networking components and configuration,security considerations, and basic troubleshooting and safetymethodology. In addition, communication with customers in aprofessional manner is discussed.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0032/CELSA+E• Contact Hours: 100.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneLabSim A+ Practical ApplicationsCertification TrainingThis course prepares students for the A+ Practical ApplicationCertification Exam (220-702). To pass the two examscomprising CompTIA’s A+ Certification, the student mustdemonstrate knowledge of installing, configuring, upgrading,troubleshooting, and repairing desktop systems. Herzing’s handsonlab gives the student real-world experience performingcomputer maintenance tasks while expert video instruction,realistic practice exams, and accurate fact sheets teach andguide the student step-by-step in easy-to-understand lessons.Topics include basic operating system and computer hardwarefunctionality, networking components and configuration,security considerations, and basic troubleshooting and safetymethodology. In addition, communication with customers in aprofessional manner is discussed.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0033/CELSA+P• Contact Hours: 100.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneLabSim CCNA Certification TrainingThis course prepares students to pass the Cisco Certified NetworkAssociate (CCNA) Certification (640-802) and become a CiscoCertified Network Associate. The course will help the studentmaster the knowledge and skills needed to install, configure,operate and troubleshoot routed and switched networks.These powerful computer-based training and simulation toolswill provide hands-on experience with protocols such as IP, RIP,Ethernet, and Access Lists. The course focuses on implementing,managing, protecting, and troubleshooting small- to mediumsizeenterprise branch networks.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0034/CELSCCN• Contact Hours: 50.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneLabSim Network+ Certification TrainingThis course prepares students for the CompTIA Network+Certification exam (N10-004). Topics include themanagement, maintenance, installation, configuration,operation, and repair of basic network infrastructures. Usingthese simulated labs, the student will learn the foundationsof network management and gain the professional skillsnecessary to launch or enhance a networking career.Network technologies and devices, design principles, wiringstandards, and testing tools are also considered.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0031/CELSN+• Contact Hours: 50.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: None—A basic understanding of computersand networking is recommendedLabSim Security+ Certification TrainingThis course prepares students to pass CompTIA’s Security+Certification Exam (SYO-201). Network security has risen tothe top of the list of importance when it comes to a networkadministrator’s skills. Human error is the number one causefor a security breach, and proving competency with networksecurity is in demand by today’s employers. This course willhelp give the student on-the-job skills for system security,access control, network infrastructure, assessments and audits,and cryptography and organizational security. Topics includeaccess control methods, authentication models, and physicalsecurity methods. Vulnerability and mitigations are exploredfor devices and traffic. Finally, tools for assessing vulnerabilitiesand establishing security are considered along with the roleand implementation of policies, procedures, redundancy, anddisaster recovery planning.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0035/CELSS+• Contact Hours: 50.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 117Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Online CampusLEED AP Building Design + Construction (BD+C)In this 8-hour online anytime class, you will learn about the LEEDAP Building Design and Construction (BD&C) specialty, whichreplaces the LEED AP for New Construction accreditation. Thisprogram is geared toward professionals participating in thedesign and construction phases of durable and economicalhigh-performance buildings. BD&C-accredited professionalsapply their knowledge to commercial, institutional, and highriseresidential construction projects.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0038/CELAPBD• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneLEED AP Interior Design + ConstructionThis course is for professionals participating in the designand construction of environmentally responsible, highperformancecommercial spaces and tenant improvementsthat provide healthful, productive places to work and are lesscostly to operate and maintain. The LEED AP Interior Design+ Construction exam is designed to measure knowledge andskill in understanding the LEED Rating System and ability tofacilitate the project certification process. Exam simulationprep is included.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0037/CELAPID• Contact Hours: 5.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneLEED AP Operations + Maintenance (O+M)Participants will learn about the LEED for Green BuildingOperations + Maintenance Rating System. This specialtyprovides a standard for professionals participating inthe operation and maintenance of existing buildings thatimplement sustainable practices and reduce the environmentalimpact of a building over its functional lifecycle. Examsimulation prep is included.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0039/CELAPOM• Contact Hours: 5.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneLEED Green Associate Exam Prepof practice. GBCI has created the LEED Green Associatecredential, which denotes basic knowledge of green design,construction, and operations. The Green Associate credentialalso serves as the first step for professionals pursuing a LEED APspecialization. This new Tier I credential attests to demonstratedknowledge and skill in understanding and supporting greendesign, construction, and operations.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0040/CELGAEP• Contact Hours: 8.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneOn-Par Project ManagementThis course is designed so the student first initiates and plans anOn-Par Project Management Golf Project. (Students are giveninstructions and templates from the Website upon registration).Next, the student executes a project plan to play 10 rounds ofgolf. While playing each round of golf, the student completesmilestone reviews and measures the performance of the projectby doing earned value analyses. (The student is instructedhow to do this via the course Website.) The course is endedby completing a final acceptance test (after completing allrounds) and documenting the lessons learned.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0055/CEOPPM• Contact Hours: 60.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NonePayback AnalysisThe purpose of this course is to learn how to use paybackanalysis formulas to choose which projects to pursue. Thestudent will learn how to claim personal independence withproject management. Using energy self-sufficient projectexamples, the student will start by developing an awarenessof their needs. They will then align their interests with what isneeded and, finally, develop a payback analysis to determinethe most cost-effective choices for becoming less dependenton others.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0054/CEPA• Contact Hours: 2.0• Course Length: Self-paced online (most students complete in1 day)• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012This self-paced course is for professionals who want todemonstrate green building expertise in non-technical fields• 118Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Online CampusPMI-RMP Exam PrepProject Home ImprovementThe purpose of this program is to help the student becomePMI-RMP®-certified. It is modeled after Cheetah Learning’svery successful and award-winning exam prep programs andis designed for a person with a busy schedule.Each student must successfully complete all of the courses inseries during the time frame stated. Students have up to fourweeks from the date payment is received and processed tocomplete the two courses in this program.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0056/CEPREP• Contact Hours: 55.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NonePMP Exam PrepThe purpose of this program is to help the student becomePMP-certified. The course is modeled after Cheetah Learning’svery successful four-day classroom course, but it is designedfor the person who cannot carve a week out of their verybusy schedules.Each student must first successfully complete the Cheetah ExamPrep® for the PMP® pre-course in two weeks, which includesregistering to take PMI’s PMP exam. As an added bonus,successful completion of the pre-course satisfies PMI’s required35 hours of education.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0057/CEPEP• Contact Hours: 85.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneProject Energy IndependenceIn this 35-hour online course, the student will learn how to assessthe following: current energy usage; ways to cost effectivelyand efficiently reduce energy usage without making significantlifestyle changes; various alternative energy options that areright for the student’s situation; and implementation strategiesfor the student’s own energy self-sufficiency program that willhelp create a more secure future. This course is designed forpeople who may not have a deep technical background inorder to quickly grasp and apply the concepts.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0058/CEPEI• Contact Hours: 35.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneThe purpose of this course is to bring to life the projectmanagement phases and processes described in the ProjectManagement Body of Knowledge. The course requires thatstudents select their own personal home improvement orremodeling project (building materials and supplies for theindividual’s project are determined in the project plan and arethe responsibility of the student). The course is designed sothe student first initiates and plans the project. Next, a projectplan is executed for building or remodeling. While the studentis executing, they will do milestone reviews and measure theperformance of their project by doing earned value analyses.The course is ended by completing a final acceptance test (fromthe student’s own scope and quality plan) and documenting thelessons learned.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0059/CEPHI• Contact Hours: 60.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneProject Management ScorecardDo you like to brag about your accomplishments, or would youprefer to have others sing your praises because of objectivemeasured data? Do you need to get feedback on your projectmanagement performance? Do you like to get bonuses,promotions, and “Best Project Manager of the Year” awardsbased on objective measurements of your performance? Canyou prove you’re as good as you think you are? This course willshow you how to make meaningful PM performance assessmentsso both you and your organization can soar.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0060/CEPMS• Contact Hours: 5.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneProject ProsperityPeople who are good at getting things done hold the knowledgecapital to increase their prosperity, as well as the prosperityof those they do projects for. This course teaches students howto leverage project management skills to improve prosperityfor themselves and others. The course follows four levels oflearning: awareness, knowledge, skills, and mastery. It is apractical hands-on course, and the student develops the abilityto immediately achieve the results desired to improve prosperity.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0061/CEPP• Contact Hours: 35.0Summer 2012• 119Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Online Campus• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneProject TurnaroundWhen faced with a situation that is no longer working in yourfavor, how do you turn the situation around to put you backout leading the pack? And, when the old rules no longerapply but the new rules are still emerging, how do you learnhow to navigate turbulent times to turn your situation around,FAST? This course teaches the student how to leverage projectmanagement skills to create and capitalize on emergingopportunities to turn around situations that are no longerworking. The course follows four levels of learning: awareness,knowledge, skills, and mastery. It is a practical hands-on course,so the student develops the ability to immediately turn aroundbad situations.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0062/CEPT• Contact Hours: 40.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneRapid Synthesis of the Project ManagementBody of KnowledgeThe purpose of this course is to learn about changes in thePMBOK® Guide–Fourth Edition and the importance of keepingup-to-date with the evolving knowledge within the professionof project management. In addition, the student will learn anduse the Accelerated Learning Techniques to rapidly synthesizethe new materials.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0063/CERSPM• Contact Hours: .2• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneVirtual Project TeamsWhile virtual work geographically allows corporations torecruit and retain the best talent and develop partnershipsacross multiple time zones, it also relies more on relationshipsand alliances forged by an electronic handshake. Individualteam member relationships, communication, and workplacecommunity building is critical for teams to align with the mission,vision, and goals of the organization. In this course, the studentwill learn and apply tools and techniques to develop a highfunctioningvirtual project team where team members find asense of connection to the work and the team.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0064/CEVPT• Contact Hours: 20.0• Course Length: Self-paced online• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 120Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Orlando CampusBasic EKG CourseCST Exam PreparationThis course is designed to provide essential training andeducation in EKG arrhythmia interpretation for registeredprofessional nurses, graduate nurses, and other healthcareprofessionals. The basic EKG course will provide an excellentway to prepare students for advancement in their medicaltraining programs. A thorough understanding of cardiacanatomy, physiology, and properties can provide a frameworkfor understanding and interpreting cardiac rhythms. Discussionof the physiology of cardiac conduction is discussed andcovers the basics of how to read an EKG strip and the normalcomponents of the EKG waveform. Examination of basic cardiacdysrhythmias, including sinus, atrial, junctional and ventriculardysrhythmias, and blocks will be examined. Measurement ofcomplexes, placement of EKG leads for both 12 lead andtelemetry, and rhythm strip practice analysis are incorporated.Selected nursing diagnoses for patients with dysrhythmias willbe offered, along with associated nursing interventions. Thisis a two-day course, and attendance is mandatory to earn abasic EKG course completion certificate.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0025/CEEKG• Contact Hours: 12.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneCentral Service Technician CertificateThe course introduces students to the central service departmentand identifies the important roles in quality patient care thatcentral service technicians (CST) provide. This course reviewsthe basic concepts of medical terminology, anatomy andphysiology, and microbiology as they relate to central service.Students will learn about material management, supply,processing, and distribution in healthcare facilities. They willexplore the duties of a central service technician, includingthe reprocessing, decontaminating, disinfecting, preparation,packaging, sterilization, and distribution of medical-surgicalinstruments and equipment and soft goods products in hospitalsand large ambulatory care settings. The student will also learnthe important regulations and standards that impact the CSTscope of practice.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0028/CECST• Contact Hours: 60.0 Lecture/20 Lab/420.0 Externship• Course Length: 8 weeks• Prerequisite: NoneThis course provides the surgical-technology graduate with therequired preparation to complete the national certificationexamination process. This course reinforces academicknowledge, professional accountability, independent decisionmaking,and the critical nature of self- assessment. Studentswill take the practice CST examination from the NBSTSA todetermine their individual areas of weakness in eight (8) keyareas: pre-operative preparation; intra-operative procedures;post-operative procedures; administrative and personneltasks; equipment sterilization and maintenance; anatomy andphysiology; microbiology; and surgical pharmacology. Fromthis assessment, an individualized learning module will bedeveloped that focuses on context and test-taking skills.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0030/CECSTEP• Contact Hours: 24.0• Course Length: 5 weeks• Prerequisite: Must be a graduate of an ABHES- orCAAHEP-accredited surgical technology programIV CertificationThis course is designed for RNs and LPNs looking to gainknowledge or expand their skills in intravenous (IV) therapy.This class prepares participants for initiating and/ormaintaining common intravenous therapies. Participants willreceive 34 hours of classroom and hands-on practice sessions.Topics will include legal aspects, review of vein anatomy andphysiology, indication for IV therapy, infection control, nursingmanagement, equipment complications, parenteral therapy,including TPN/PPN and blood, and blood components. Insertiontechniques, piggybacks, intermittent infusions, heparin locks,needleless systems, and common IV drugs will be discussed.Nursing assessments, documentation, and special patient careare included. Care of central lines and central line dressingswill be discussed. This course covers minimum competenciesfor Florida IV certification and the regulations and scope ofpractice rules. Upon completion of this course, participants willreceive a Certificate of Completion for Intravenous Therapy.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0002/CEIVCERTIF• Contact Hours: 30.0• Course Length: 4 days (2 days per week)• Prerequisite: Current Florida LPN or RN licenseSummer 2012• 121Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Orlando CampusNurse Refresher CourseThis course is designed to enhance and provide a review ofcurrent theoretical knowledge and clinical skills necessary toprepare the LPN/RN who has been inactive from nursing practice.The nurse’s ability to return to today’s increasingly complexpractice setting will require learning new trends, acquiringfundamentals of nursing skills and updating clinical practice.Nurses seeking to refresh and update nursing knowledge willgain confidence and competency in taking care of clients invarious medical settings. Emphasis is placed on physiologicalpsychosocialneeds and the utilization of the nursing processas the framework for critical thinking and problem solving.A variety of learning opportunities are provided within theclassroom and clinical environment: utilizing lecture, readings,study guide assignments, teaching project, on line case studies,critical thinking exercises, health assessment, moderate toadvanced skills for client care, pharmacology with medicationadministration techniques. The nurse refresher student will beafforded the opportunity to participate in direct client careunder the supervision of a clinical preceptor.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0001/CENR• Contact Hours: 238.0 (includes 96 clinical hours)• Course Length: 8 weeks (2 days per week)• Prerequisite: Current RN/LPH licenseProfessional NCLEX-RN Remediation CourseThis course is designed for RNs who have failed the NCLEXthree or more times. The Florida Board of Nursing has sinceexpanded the Remedial Course for Nurses who have let theirlicense lapse. New graduates from an RN program seeking areview course may also attend. The RN Review/RemediationCourse combines both theory and clinical experience to assistthe student in applying the nursing process and essential skillsto clients experiencing alterations in their health status. Thefocus of the course will be a review of standard curriculafor nursing programs including universal principles of nursingcare management, legal and ethical issues, maternal childand pediatric nursing, psychiatric and mental health nursing,pharmacology, adult health and critical care. The coursereviews the structure and scoring of the NCLEX-RN as well assuggestions for preparation and test-taking strategies. Clinicalemphasis is placed on the management of clients in a medical/surgical acute care setting. This course complies with FloridaBoard of Nursing approved remedial courses. Evaluative testingwill be incorporated to determine strengths and weaknesses.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0004/CEPNR• Contact Hours: 238.0 (includes 96 clinical hours)• Course Length: 8 weeks (2 days per week)• Prerequisite: NoneSpanish for Healthcare ProfessionalsThis course is designed as an entry-level class in whichstudents will learn basic medical terminology in Spanish toenhance effective communication between patients and theirhealthcare providers (doctors, nurses, emergency responders,medical assistants, medical receptionists). Emphasis is placedon the development of the basic skills necessary to effectivelycommunicate in a variety of healthcare settings. This courseis available to students that have limited or no previousknowledge of medical Spanish. The goal is to facilitate thestudent’s ability to communicate respectfully and effectivelywith Spanish-speaking patients and their families. The course isoriented towards improving student’s basic vocabulary relatedto healthcare needs. Conversational Spanish, basic grammar,comprehension, key medical vocabulary and terminology, anduseful phrases are incorporated into the course. Attention willbe given to pronunciation and accent as it is crucial, particularlyin healthcare situations, to communicate clearly and beunderstood. Class time will consist of one-on-one conversations,role plays, and dialogues related to the clinical setting as wellas grammar and pronunciation exercises. Topics to be coveredinclude: assessing medical history and health risks; physicalexaminations and parts of the body; illnesses and diseases;equipment; and locations within the hospital.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0003/CESHP• Contact Hours: 24.0• Course Length: 6 weeks (2 days per week)• Prerequisite: NoneSuccess Skills for Nursing ApplicantsThis course is designed to help the nursing applicant preparefor success and acceptance into the nursing program. The coursewill introduce content areas and test-taking strategies. Focuswill be on particular content areas: reading comprehension;mathematics; English and English language skills; and scienceand technical reasoning. The student will be given an initialpractice assessment test to identify areas of strength andweakness. A post-assessment test will be given at the end ofcourse and graded.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0023/CESSNA• Contact Hours: 14.0• Course Length: 2 days• Prerequisite: NoneSummer 2012• 122Visit our website at www.herzing.edu

Orlando CampusSurgical Technology Clinical ExternshipSurgical Technologist Certification Review CourseThis course is designed for the CST (certified surgicaltechnologist) or ST (surgical technologist) that has graduatedfrom an accredited surgical technology program within thelast 4 years but needs additional clinical exposure. This coursereviews the laboratory skill components of a surgical technologyprogram and prepares the student for an externship in an OR(operating room) setting.• Course Code/Version Code: CEU 0029/CESTCE• Contact Hours: 10.0 Lab/384.0 Externship• Course Length: 14 weeks• Prerequisite: CST/ST graduate from ABHES- or CAAHEPaccreditedprogramThis course is designed to provide the surgical technologygraduate with the needed preparation to complete thecertification exam process. This course reinforces academicknowledge, professional accountability, independent decisionmaking,and the critical nature of self-assessment. Attentionwill be given to specific content area(s) based on the student’sassessment of the NBSTSA (National Board of SurgicalTechnologist and Surgical Assistant) practice exam. Emphasisis placed on the development of test-taking skills necessaryto effectively evaluate and solve critical thinking content. Theclass will consist of discussion, dialogues related to the ORsetting, and computerized assessments. Topics to be coveredinclude assessing surgical pharmacology and patient careissues, medical terminology, anatomy, physiology, microbiology,instrumentation, and surgical specialty procedures.• Course Code/Version Code: CE 0005/CESTCR• Contact Hours: 40.0• Course Length: 8 weeks• Prerequisite: Graduation from an accredited surgicaltechnology programSummer 2012• 123Visit our website at www.herzing.edu